Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

46th Annual Convention; Washington DC; 2020

Program by Continuing Education Events: Saturday, May 23, 2020


 

Special Event #22
CE Offered: BACB
Opening Event and Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Award Ceremony
Saturday, May 23, 2020
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, Ballroom AB
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago)
CE Instructor: Mark A. Mattaini, Ph.D.
 

SABA Award for Distinguished Service: The Social Tissue and the Salamander’s Tail

Abstract:

What makes us human? That is an old question, much older than the modern division of science. Today anthropogeny tries to explain the origin of humans with a multidisciplinary approach. To answer that question one first has to define culture. For some biology researchers, “culture is information that is capable of affecting individuals’ behaviour, which they acquire from other individuals through teaching, imitation and other forms of social learning. Here, ‘information’ includes knowledge, beliefs, values and skills.”. In behavior analysis, Skinner has shown a definition that can cover all of the meanings of previous attempts, with the advantage of specifying what and how it is learned; in his own words, “the usefulness of any lawful relation depends on the sharpness of reference of the terms in which it is stated.” In behavioral terms, culture is the set of conditional relations, or contingencies, which regulates the power to reinforce or punish members of a group. Large groups usually have some controlling agencies for different kinds of behavior.

This award will be accepted by Julia Todorov-Thomsen on behalf of João Todorov.

 
JOÃO TODOROV (Universidade de Brasilia)
 
Dr. Todorov received his Ph.D. from Arizona State University. He held faculty positions at the University of Virginia at Fredericksburg and the University of São Paulo at Riberiao Preto before his appointment at the University of Brasília in 1973, where he has spent most of his career. Retired since 200o, he is professor emeritus and also still serves as a researcher. From 2000–2009, he was a professor at the Catholic University of Goiás. Dr. Todorov’s career as a behavior analyst includes a remarkable range of achievements in research, education, and service to his discipline and his country. At Brasília, Dr. Todorov served variously as department chair, dean of graduate studies and research, vice-president, and president of the university, all while leading generations of Brazilians to behavior analytic research and academic careers that continue his legacy, and helping to secure a place for behavior analysis in the nation’s academic governance. His scholarly contributions span important basic research topics (e.g., multiple and concurrent schedules, avoidance, and pharmacology), applications to the solution of societal problems—his more recent focus, and dissemination of behavior analysis to the public (with more than 150 articles in the Brazilian media). Dr. Todorov’s many contributions have been widely recognized—by the Brazilian government with the Cross of the Ordem de Rio Branco, by SABA with the Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis, and by an award from the Ibero-American Federation of Psychological Associations.
 
SABA Award for Scientific Translation: On the Complexity of Discounting (and People)
Abstract: Although steep delay discounting is associated with various behavioral problems (e.g., substance abuse), it is best not conceived of as a character flaw such as impulsivity. Such a view, while part of a centuries-old tradition, does not distinguish between actions whose outcomes involve gains and losses, or between delayed outcomes and probabilistic outcomes, nor does it acknowledge that how steeply an individual discounts one of these kinds of outcome often is independent of how steeply they discount other kinds. Therefore, consistent with a behavior-analytic view, we advocate an approach that does not require making judgments about the character of the individual. We show that when drug- (i.e., cocaine, nicotine) dependent individuals are compared with controls, a substantial number of the drug-dependent individuals discount delayed monetary rewards less steeply than the average (median) member of the control group. Moreover, a substantial number of the controls discount more steeply than the average drug-dependent individual. Finally, many everyday choice situations differ from those studied in most discounting experiments in that they involve both gains and losses as well as qualitatively different outcomes that may be both delayed and probabilistic. Past research on discounting that focused on simpler choice situations has provided a solid foundation, but research on more complicated situations is needed. The principles revealed by such research both inform the choices of treatment providers and improve our understanding of the complicated decisions that people face every day.
 
LEONARD GREEN (Washington University in St. Louis)
 

Len Green received his undergraduate degree from the City College of New York (CCNY) and his Ph.D. from the State University of New York at Stony Brook. After completing post-doctoral research, he ventured west of the Mississippi (despite thinking he still would remain east of the river) where he is Professor of Psychological & Brain Sciences and Professor of Economics at Washington University in St. Louis, as well as Director of Undergraduate Studies. His research concerns choice and decision-making in rats, pigeons, and people, with a particular interest in models of self-control, impulsivity, and choice and decision-making. He is one of the developers of ‘behavioral economics,’ a transdisciplinary field that combines the experimental methodology of psychology with the theoretical constructs of economics. He is co-author of the book Economic Choice Theory: An Experimental Analysis of Animal Behavior, and editor of Advances in Behavioral Economics, the third volume of which is subtitled Substance Use and Abuse. His research has been funded by the National Institute of Mental Health, National Institute on Aging, and the McDonnell Center for Higher Brain Function. He served on the Executive Board of the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior (SQAB), was President of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (SEAB), and was Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB). He is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) and the Association for Psychological Science (APS), and was President of Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) of the American Psychological Association. He received the Victor G. Laties Award for Lifetime Service from the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior in 2018.

 
SABA Award for Dissemination: Behaviour Analysis in Ireland: Sustained Growth From Small Beginnings
Abstract: Serendipity is “the occurrence and development of events by chance in a happy or beneficial way”. So, it was serendipitous that Jock Millenson, a Columbia PhD in operant conditioning, moved to London in the 1960’s, because this led to the beginnings of behaviour analysis in Ireland in the 1970’s. By the late ‘60’s Jock had a research position at Oxford University and in a brief time window he taught me at undergraduate and postgraduate levels and introduced me to Leo Baker who was in a faculty position at Trinity College Dublin. When I moved to Northern Ireland in the mid-70’s, Leo and I established a small group to support behaviour analysis in Ireland. This began as entirely concerned with EAB but gradually became more involved with ABA. To help deal with applied and professional issues it morphed into the Division of Behaviour Analysis of the Psychological Society of Ireland around 15 years ago. Now, behaviour analysis is taught in most of the universities in Ireland, North and “South”, and there are three well-established ABA Masters programs. Masters and Doctoral graduates from Irish programs are in teaching and professional roles across the world, including a group of Ulster graduates in the Middle East. Researchers trained in this Irish network have contributed substantially in both basic and applied fields. It has been a great pleasure to witness this growth which I am sure will continue.
 
JULIAN LESLIE (Ulster University)
 

I obtained my doctorate in Experimental Psychology from Oxford University in 1974 since when I have been in academic posts in Northern Ireland where I have been a full professor since 1986. I published textbooks on behaviour analysis in 1979, 1996, 2000, 2002. As well as teaching undergraduate and postgraduate courses, I have successfully supervised 48 students who have obtained PhDs in fields including, experimental analysis of behaviour, applied behaviour analysis, psychopharmacology, behavioural neuroscience, experimental psychology, applied psychology. Three PhD’s were concerned with behavioural strategies to address environmental issues. In 1977 I was co-founder of the group, Behaviour Analysis in Ireland which became a chapter of ABAI. In 2004, the group became the Division of Behaviour Analysis of the Psychological Society of Ireland, and I am currently the Division chair. I organised the Third European Meeting for the Experimental Analysis of Behaviour in Dublin, Ireland 1999, and have co-organised 13 annual conferences of the Division of Behaviour Analysis from 2007 to 2019, variously in Dublin, Galway and Athlone. I have been a keynote speaker at the European Association for Behaviour Analysis in Milan in 2006, in Crete, Greece in 2010, at the Brazilian Association for Behaviour Analysis, Salvador 2011, and at the 30th International Conference of the Spanish Society for Comparative Psychology 2018, and at the 10th International Conference of the Association for Behavior Analysis International in Stockholm, September 2019.

 
SABA Award for Dissemination: Embracing Challenges and Abolishing Stereotypes to Support the Growth of Behaviour Analysis in the United Kingdom
Abstract: When I arrived at the University of South Wales (then the University of Glamorgan) in 2008, I was the sole behaviour analyst in a department comprised mainly of cognitive and health psychologists. Hired to lead an undergraduate programme in child development, I immediately began the task of infusing behaviour analysis into any space I could find or create. Since that time, I have worked with a team of incredible colleagues to build undergraduate and postgraduate programmes in behaviour analysis, develop the first university-based behaviour analysis clinic in Europe, and capitalise on opportunities to demonstrate the breadth and power of behaviour analysis across underserved populations and settings. In this presentation, I will share some of the outcomes of these endeavours and analyse the contingencies that generated them.
 
JENNIFER AUSTIN (University of South Wales)
 

Jennifer L. Austin received her Ph.D. in Psychology from the Florida State University, where she had the privilege of studying under the supervision of Dr. Jon Bailey. For over 20 years, she has worked as a behaviour analytic researcher and clinician, whilst also playing a key role in the development of behaviour analysis programmes in the United States and the United Kingdom. She currently serves as Professor of Psychology and Head of Behaviour Analysis at the University of South Wales, where directs the MSc Behaviour Analysis and Therapy and PgDip Behaviour Analysis Supervised Practice programmes. She also serves as the Clinical Director of the USW Behaviour Analysis Clinic, which is the only university-based behaviour analysis clinic in Europe. Dr. Austin’s research and clinical interests have focussed primarily on behaviour analytic applications in mainstream education, as well as applying our science to populations that are relatively underserved by the field, including children who have experienced trauma and prisoners. She has been a key driver in the development of the UK Society for Behaviour Analysis, which seeks to protect consumers of behaviour analysis, whilst also working toward professional recognition of behaviour analysts in the UK. Dr. Austin has published over 30 peer-reviewed articles and book chapters, and is a former associate editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavior Analysis in Practice, and Education and Treatment of Children.

 

SABA Award for Effective Presentation in the Mass Media: Expanding the Frame of Behavior Analysis and Communicating With the Media

Abstract:

A fortunate part of my early academic environment was exposure to behavior analysis, which has been critical to my investigation of drugs, addiction, risk behavior, and therapeutic pharmacology. One topic is behavioral economic demand analysis, which I have used to examine the relations among tobacco products, such as traditional cigarettes and e-cigarettes, and the effects of a potential cigarette nicotine-reduction policy. Another topic within the realm of behavioral economics is delay discounting. I have conducted studies helping to identify delay discounting as a fundamental behavioral process underlying addiction across a variety of drugs. My research has applied delay discounting to understand risky sexual behavior in the form of condom use decisions. My drug administration studies show that cocaine and alcohol acutely increase sexual risk behavior by decreasing likelihood of condom use through a delay discounting mechanism. I have conducted drug administration studies with drugs from nearly all drug classes, investigating abuse liability and behavioral effects. These have included first-in-humans studies and studies of novel or atypical drugs such as salvinorin A, the active agent in Salvia divinorum. Finally, I have conducted extensive research with the psychedelic drug psilocybin, including studies showing large long-term reductions in depression and anxiety in cancer patients, and high smoking cessation success rates in treatment-resistant smokers. Overall, my research has provided me the opportunity to speak to the media about a larger number of topics such as: the therapeutic potential of psychedelic drugs; novel psychoactive drugs largely unknown to the public; the risks associated with alcohol, tobacco, cannabis, and other drugs; the effects of drugs on sex and sexual risk, and the changing landscape of tobacco/nicotine and cannabis products. My behavior analytic background has not only been instrumental in conducting my research, but also in responsibly communicating about these topics to the public.

 
MATTHEW JOHNSON (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
 

Matthew W. Johnson, Ph.D., has broad expertise on psychoactive drugs, addiction, and risk behavior. Early contributions include research contributing to the recognition that delay discounting, or the devaluation of future consequences, is a fundamental behavioral process broadly relevant to addiction. His early research also validated methods and developed analytic techniques that have since become widely adopted in delay discounting research. He has conducted tobacco/nicotine research throughout his career, determining the role of nicotine and nonpharmacological factors in tobacco use and addiction. This includes recent research on e-cigarettes and current research funded by the Food and Drug Administration using behavioral economics to evaluate cigarettes with potentially modified risk. Applying behavioral economics to sexual risk behavior, Matt has conducted seminal research implicating delay discounting in condom use decisions. He published the first human research determining the effects of cocaine administration on sexual decision making and risk, providing important information for addressing the high rates of HIV among cocaine users. Matt is also a leading expert on the effects of psychedelic drugs and has conducted seminal work that has expanded basic and therapeutic interest in these compounds, including research suggesting potential therapeutic effects of psilocybin in cancer-related psychiatric distress and smoking cessation. He has conducted studies administering nearly all classes of psychoactive drugs. Matt has published 119 articles and chapters including studies on cocaine, tobacco/nicotine, methamphetamine, alcohol, psilocybin, dextromethorphan, salvinorin A, GHB, cannabis, opioids, benzodiazepines, and cathinone-like compounds (“bath salts”). He has been internationally sought as a science communicator on psychoactive drugs and addiction, being interviewed by the CBS 60 Minutes, CNN’s Wolf Blitzer Show, Fox Business News, BBC, National Public Radio including Morning Edition and the Kojo Nnamdi Show, Labyrint (a public television show in the Netherlands), the New York Times, the Washington Post, the Globe and Mail, the Daily Mail, USA Today, CBS News, the Baltimore Sun, the Atlantic, the Washingtonian, Psychology Today, Scientific American, and Nature, among others. Matt was quoted and his research was described in Michael Pollan’s best-selling book How to Change Your Mind: How to Change Your Mind: What the New Science of Psychedelics Teaches Us about Consciousness, Dying, Addiction, Depression, and Transcendence.

 

SABA Award for Programmatic Contributions: The Center for Autism and Related Disorders

Abstract:

The Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD) was founded in 1990 by Doreen Granpeesheh, Ph.D., BCBA-D, at the suggestion of O. Ivar Lovaas, Ph.D., who wanted the participants in his groundbreaking study to have an ABA program to attend when they aged out of his UCLA research. What began as a one-woman practice in Westwood, California, grew into the largest ABA provider in the world with more than 260 clinic locations in 33 states. Having practiced, researched, and advocated for ABA for over 40 years, Dr. Granpeesheh provides a view of the earliest years of behavioral applications to the treatment of autism, and speaks of the ways in which access to ABA has grown, largely as a result of the onset of health insurance funding. Dr. Granpeesheh shares the lessons learned in the field, describes how data-driven decisions continue to shape behavior analysis, and shares her insights on future directions.

 
DOREEN GRANPEESHEH (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
 

Dr. Doreen Granpeesheh is the Founder and CEO of the Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD) and the Founder and President of the Board of Autism Care and Treatment Today (ACT Today). Dr. Granpeesheh received her Ph.D. in Psychology from UCLA under the mentorship of Professor Ivar Lovaas. She is licensed by the Medical Board of California and the Colorado, Texas, Arizona, Virginia, Michigan and Oregon State Boards of Psychologists. Dr. Granpeesheh holds a Certificate of Professional Qualification in Psychology from the Association of State and Provincial Psychology Boards, is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst, doctoral level, and has been providing behavioral therapy for individuals with autism since 1979. She has been a member of numerous scientific and advisory boards including the US Autism and Asperger's Association, the Autism File journal, Autism 360/medigenesis, the 4-A Healing Foundation, and the Defeat Autism Now coalition. In addition, Dr. Granpeesheh has served on the National Board of Directors of the Autism Society of America, the practice board of ABAI, as well as the Autism Human Rights and Discrimination Initiative Steering Committee, the Early Intervention Taskforce of the Senate Select Committee on Autism and Related Disorders, and the Oversight Committee of the Department of Developmental Disabilities.

 

Dr. Granpeesheh has co-authored the book Evidence-Based Treatment for Children with Autism and numerous peer reviewed publications on issues concerning the diagnosis and treatment of Autism. She was awarded the George Winoker Clinical Research Award from the American Academy of Clinical Psychiatrists for her publication titled: Retrospective analysis of clinical records in 38 cases of recovery from autism. Together with her colleagues at CARD, Dr. Granpeesheh created Skills® for Autism, a web-based software tool that creates comprehensive treatment plans for children and adults with autism spectrum disorder, and founded the Institute for Behavioral Training, an online platform for training professionals and families on the principles of ABA.

 

SABA Award for Programmatic Contributions: Bettering the World: Creating Population-Level Change Using Behavior Analysis

Abstract:

In 1968, Baer, Wolf and Risley wrote: “Better applications [of behavioral science], it is hoped, will lead to a better state of society, to whatever extent the behavior of its members can contribute to the goodness of a society.” I grew up with that idea and passion—even before I was their student, but they had the practical science. Only a few things from ABA have been brought to population-level scale—with measured population-level benefits. My talk is how my colleagues and I have achieved population-level impact on violence, mental health, addictions and academics using ABA and other proven science. The driving example in this talk, and paper, uses the Good Behavior Game, because it was the first ABA publication on a whole classroom implementation of ABA. Scaling up and scaling out GBG is a function having worked with Sesame Street, implementing my national child-safety effort in NZ, implementing an ABA tobacco control strategy, and understanding and building a business based on sales rather than grants. Achieving population-level benefits with ABA is unlikely to happen as a direct result of an NIH grant. The contingencies are not aligned. Both the Good Behavior Game at micro level and as our international prevention-science company involve selection by consequences to achieve the vision that Baer, Wolf and Risley envisioned. My talk lays a step-by-step pathway to population-level impact of ABA informed prevention science that Don, Mont and Todd foresaw 50 years ago, but did not live to see. From these lessons, we might succeed in bettering the world they predicted.

 
DENNIS EMBRY (PAXIS Institute)
 

Dennis D. Embry received his Ph.D. from the University of Kansas, focused on using ABA for population-level efforts with Sesame Street and the AAA Foundation for Traffic Safety—ultimately implementing that work throughout New Zealand. Dr. Embry is president/senior scientist at PAXIS Institute in Tucson, and co-investigator at both Johns Hopkins Center for Prevention and the Manitoba Centre for Health Policy.  Founded in 1998, PAXIS Institute is an international prevention science company, focused on preventing mental, emotional, behavioral and related physical disorders at population-level. He is a SAMHSA/CMHS National Advisory Council member, the board of the National Federation of Families for Children’s Mental Health, and the scientific advisory board of the Children’s Mental Health Network. In the 1990s, he implemented the first RCT at population-level to reduce youth violence (PeaceBuilders) using ABA principles. In 1999, he began replicating the longitudinal Hopkin’s studies of the Good Behavior Game. Today Dr. Embry’s prevention efforts affecting more than one million children in 38 states, multiple provinces of Canada, and EU countries with multiple studies showing population-level reduction of mental, emotional, and behavioral disorders using PAX GBG and evidence-base kernels. As grad student, Dr. Baer (his advisor) asked Dennis why he wanted to study ABA having a political and history background, the answer: “I want to use science to make our world a better place for children.”

 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #23
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
A Search for Efficiency in Teaching Basic Skills to Implement Autism Intervention: Research on Technology-Based Training in Brazil
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207A
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Romariz Barros, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: ROMARIZ BARROS (Federal University of Pará-Brazil; National Institute of Science and Technology on Behavior, Cognition, and Teaching)
Abstract:

The efficiency of behavior analytic intervention to autism spectrum disorder (ASD) increases when it is early, intensive, comprehensive, and long-lasting. This is particularly true for children with moderate to severe impairment. The above-mentioned key elements make behavior analytic intervention often inaccessible for most of the affected population in developing countries, such as Brazil. The main causes for that are: the shortage of trained professionals and the absence of specialized public services. Some of the families have the profile to be trained to participate in the intervention plan. Parental implementation may be an important tool for behavior analysts to deliver interventions with the required intensity, comprehensiveness, and extension. On the other hand, training technicians efficiently is another challenge. In this scenario, research focusing on the advancement of training procedures to develop implementation skills in parents of children diagnosed with ASD and also technicians is helpful. This presentation describes some of our applied research on teaching basic skills to implement behavior-analytic intervention to ASD. We describe our results with instructional video-modeling to teach parents to implement structured teaching and its impact on their respective children. We also compare results of implementation by parents to results of implementation by technicians. Research on training basic skills to implement incidental teaching is also reported, along with data on self-video-monitoring to prevent drifting in implementation by technicians. This research line as a whole is dedicated to developing useful tools for behavior analysts to quickly bring others to help in an intervention plan.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Students and professionals interested in the dissemination of Applied behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the challenge of implementing large-scale, high-quality intervention to ASD in developing countries; (2) understand the importance of teaching technology to overcome such challenge; (3) analyze data concerning to the use of instructional video-modeling and video-monitoring as part of the solution.
 
ROMARIZ BARROS (Federal University of Pará-Brazil; National Institute of Science and Technology on Behavior, Cognition, and Teaching)
Romariz S. Barros is was born in Brazil in 1971. He is a Psychologist graduated at the Federal University of Pará-Brazil and Ph.D. on Experimental Psychology at the University of São Paulo. He has worked as a college professor at the Federal University of Pará-Brazil since 1997. He is currently a Full Professor at the Graduate Program on Theory and Research on Behavior. He is a Behavior Analyst accredited by the Brazilian Association of Psychology and Behavioral Medicine (ABPMC) and a member of the National Institute of Science and Technology on Behavior Cognition and Teaching.
 
 
Symposium #24
CE Offered: BACB
Variables That Impact Skill Acquisition
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 206
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Claudia Campos, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The purpose of these three studies was to evaluate different variables that may impact skill acquisition in individuals with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The first paper evaluated the order in which stimuli were presented (i.e., sample-first or comparison-first) during receptive discrimination in six children. Results suggest that all participants learned faster during the sample-first condition. The second paper examined if the participants acquired receptive identification and tacting of unknown stimuli presented in array of stimuli that included directly trained tacts. Results suggest that receptive responding may emerge after tact training and that for some individuals tacting and receptive identification may be acquired through exclusion. Finally, the last paper investigated whether the form of visual stimuli affects the acquisition of object-to-picture matching in three young men. Results suggest that the use of stimuli with greater visual similarity to the target object may yield greater efficiency in mastering object-to-picture relations for some individuals diagnosed with ASD.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

RBTs, BCaBAs, BCBAs, graduate students

 
Further Examination of the Effects of Order of Stimulus Presentation on Receptive Discrimination
JINA SALAMA (Florida Institute of Technology), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology), Alexa Suarez (Florida Institute of Technology), Krista Belinov (Florida Institute of Technology), Kaitlynn Gokey (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Petursdottir and Aguilar (2016) recently demonstrated that presenting the sample auditory stimulus prior to the comparison visual stimuli may enhance the rate of skill acquisition of receptive skills of typically-developing children. More recently, Cubicciotti et al. (2019) and Vedora et al. (2019) attempted to replicate Petursdottir and Aguilar (2016)’s procedures with individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder in more clinical settings. Results from these two studies differed from Peturdottir and Aguilar. However, there were some procedural variations that may have accounted for these mixed findings. Thus, the purpose of the current study was to systematically replicate Petursdottir & Aguilar (2016) and to further extend research in sample-first versus comparison-first conditions using teaching procedures commonly used during discrete trial instruction (e.g., prompt fading) with individuals with autism spectrum disorder or speech delays. All six children who participated in the study acquired receptive skills faster during the sample-first stimulus presentation condition which replicates the original findings by Petursdottir and Aguilar (2016).
 
Acquisition of Non-Target Tacts and Receptive Identification Through Discrete Trial Instruction
JEFF SCHRAM (Engage Behavioral Health), Natalie Mandel (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Discrete Trial Training (DTT) is a common educational procedure for children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD; Delprato, 2001). This procedure can be used to teach expressive (Sundberg & Partington, 1999) and receptive responses (Smith, 2001). Naming by exclusion (NE) is when individuals acquire a word-object relations from hearing a word and being presented with an unknown stimulus (Greer & Du, 2015) The current study examined if individuals with an ASD acquired receptive identification and tacting of unknown stimuli presented in array of stimuli that included directly trained tacts. The participants in this study are young children diagnosed with an ASD. During training two tacts from a set of three stimuli were directly taught. Then we assessed if participants could receptively identify all three stimuli, two of which were directly taught tacts. Following tests for emergence of receptive identification, we also assessed whether the participants could tact the stimulus that was not directly trained. Current results indicate that some individuals with an ASD receptive responding will emerge after tact training and that these individuals can acquire tacting and receptive identification through exclusion. These results support bi-directional naming and acquiring skills through exclusion.
 
Matching Visual Stimuli: Does Similarity Matter?
KELSEY BURREN (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children and Western New England University)
Abstract: Three young men with autism participated in this study investigating whether the form of visual stimuli affects the acquisition of object-to-picture matching. Object-to-picture matching was established with photos and line drawings, and then relations were taught between the objects and arbitrary stimuli. Subsequently, probes were conducted for the emergence of untrained relations between these arbitrary stimuli and the photos and line drawings. A parallel treatments design was used to compare performances based on photos vs. line drawings. For two participants, there was no difference in trials to mastery between photos and line drawings. For the third participant, relations were mastered more efficiently with photos than line drawings in 8/11 comparisons; both relations were mastered at the same rate in the remaining 3 comparisons. Equivalence relations emerged between arbitrary symbols and both photos and line drawings for the first two participants, but object-to-arbitrary symbol relations were not acquired by the third participant. The use of stimuli with greater visual similarity to the target object may yield greater efficiency in mastering object-to-picture relations for some individuals with autism. Mean interobserver agreement across all phases and participants was 99%.
 
 
Symposium #25
CE Offered: BACB
Strategies for Developing Spontaneous and Social Language in Individuals With Autism
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon H
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Eric Rozenblat (Institute for Educational Achievement)
Discussant: Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
CE Instructor: Kevin J. Brothers, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Our field continues to refine and advance methods of teaching individuals with autism critical language skills that allow them to more fully interact with others in their surroundings. The goal of research within this area is often to produce spontaneous language that allows individuals with autism to have more successful social experiences. The papers in this symposium will address teaching language skills to individuals with autism with respect to question-asking skills and simple social responses for an individual also diagnosed with catatonia. Through the use of single-subject experimental designs, the researchers have investigated strategies of teaching language responses to students with autism and demonstrated the effective use of such strategies to increase appropriate spontaneous language responses in the presence of target discriminative stimuli. In addition, each presenter will define methods by which the generalization of these important verbal skills was targeted and the extent to which these responses were displayed under non-training conditions. Finally, each presenter will detail the acquisition and generalization of these responses through a learning-based account and comment on the importance of these skills in advancing the language repertoires of individuals with autism.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): audio scripts, catatonia, question asking, social language
Target Audience:

Professionals in behavior analysis, education, and clinicians serving individuals with autism who hold certification in behavior analysis or BA, MA, or Ph.D level degrees.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn how to use scripts to teach question asking skills, with an emphasis on requesting assistance. 2. Participants will learn how to identify the relevant conditions under which language should be emitted and to program for generalized behavior change. 3. Participants will learn how to effectively use prompts in dually diagnosed individuals with autism and catatonia to bring verbal responses under the control of relevant environmental stimuli.
 

Using Audio Scripts, Interrupted Chain Procedure and Sufficient Exemplar Training to Teach Children With Autism to Ask for Help

MARTA WOJCIK (Institute for Child Development, Gdansk), Svein Eikeseth (Oslo Metropolitan University), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo Metropolitan University), Anna Budzinska (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk)
Abstract:

Children with autism exhibit severe deficits in social communication and social interactions (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Studies show that even if children acquire a verbal repertoire they rarely engage in spontaneous speech (Krantz, Rams Land, & McClannahan, 1989; Stevenson, Krantz, & McClannahan, 2000). Question-asking skills is a key aspect of spontaneous language that typically is absent or delayed in individuals with autism (Hauck, Fein, Waterhouse, & Feinstein, 1995; Stone & Caro-Martinez, 1990), and a particular form of question asking that is of vital importance is asking for help. During our presentation we will show the use of audio scripts, an interrupting chain procedure and sufficient exemplar training in teaching preschool aged children with autism to ask for help. Children were taught to request help across three different skill domains (play, self-help, and academic tasks). We employed a nonconcurrent multiple-baseline design across three participants. The intervention was effective for all participants. All three participants learned to ask for help when appropriate, and to refrain from asking for help when help was not needed. Furthermore, asking for help behavior generalized to untrained situations and to new people. Asking for help behaviors were also maintained at follow-up, conducted three months after intervention.

 

Increasing Verbal Behavior in a Young Adolescent Girl With Catatonia and Autism Spectrum Disorder

ALISON WICHNICK-GILLIS (The Graduate Center/CUNY, New York Child Learning Institute), Susan M. Vener (New York Child Learning Institute), Claire L. Poulson (Queens College/CUNY)
Abstract:

Catatonia is a syndrome characterized as a cluster of difficulties in verbal and motor behavior that interfere with everyday function. The following is an experimental analysis of the effects of a prompt-fading behavioral treatment package on the verbal behavior of an adolescent girl with autism spectrum disorder and catatonia. Data were collected on the verbal production of three target responses previously in the participant’s repertoire: “Hi;” “That sounds great;” and “Excuse me.” Following the presentation of an opportunity to respond (e.g., following an instructor’s greeting), the instructor provided full manual guidance, in conjunction with a verbal model when needed, to assist the participant in emitting the verbal response. Over time, manual prompts were replaced with graduated guidance, spatial fading and shadowing. A functional relation between prompt-fading and verbal behavior was demonstrated by the systematic increase in the percentage of verbal responses displayed following the introduction of prompt fading across three verbal responses. As manual prompts were systematically faded, independent verbal responding emerged. Responding was displayed across unfamiliar adults and maintained over a 12-month period. Future researchers may want to investigate the effectiveness of prompt fading to reestablish verbal behavior across different individuals with similar/less similar profiles.

 
 
Panel #26
CE Offered: BACB
Who’s Afraid of the IRB? A Framework for Conducting Meaningful, Ethical Research in Applied Settings
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202A
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Gina T. Chang, Ph.D.
Chair: Gina T. Chang (Autism Learning Partners)
MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University)
KRISTINE RODRIGUEZ (Autism Learning Partners)
ELIZABETH LANDERS (Autism Learning Partners)
Abstract:

Behavior Analysts in the applied setting have a unique opportunity to contribute to a robust literature base by providing replication of existing best practices, and by evaluating treatment models rooted in behavior analytic literature. We are compelled by our ethical code (and our funding sources) to continue to disseminate evidence that Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is an effective treatment for Autism Spectrum Disorder. The call to disseminate, combined with the opportunity of capturing progress in real-world settings, is a powerful argument for conducting meaningful applied research. In practice, there are numerous potential hurdles to conducting quality applied research. This panel will propose an approach for creating infrastructure to support in-house research initiatives, as well as strategies for implementation within the time and resource constraints faced by practicing Behavior Analysts. Additionally, the panelists will review the benefits of mentorship and collaboration between academics and practitioners, as well as self-reported benefits to clinicians who participate in research efforts in the applied setting.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to identify 3 benefits to a mentorship collaboration with an academic research advisor. Participants will be able to identify 3 organizational processes to support ethical, compliant research efforts, including process for IRB application. Participants will be able to design measurement systems for staff engagement.
Keyword(s): applied, ethical, IRB, research
 
 
Symposium #27
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Three Examples of Autistic Stimulus Control Over Verbal Behavior
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 201
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Felipe Diaz (Guadalajara University)
CE Instructor: Lee L Mason, Ph.D.
Abstract: Language deficits are characteristic of individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder according to both the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th Edition, and the International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision. In particular, individuals with autism show disproportionate levels of strength across environmental relations that control the verbal repertoire. For many providers, authorization of services is often contingent upon demonstrating an educational or medical necessity for behavior-analytic intervention. Treating operant classes as populations of behavior allows us to observe samples of the populations for experimentation and analysis, and from which inferences about the larger population can be drawn. By comparing related operants, we can demonstrate autistic stimulus control over structurally similar and functionally diverse properties of the environment. Here we extend functional analysis technology to examine response populations across operant classes to demonstrate statistically significant discrepancies in stimulus control over the verbal behavior of individuals diagnosed with autistic disorder. Our analyses and implications for and intervention will be discussed. Through multiple-exemplar training, we aim to establish discriminative control over a behavior analytic concept of autism from which other examples of disproportionate stimulus control may be extrapolated.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): chi-squared test, Cochran's Q, inferential statistics, response populations
Target Audience: This workshop is geared towards Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts, Registered Behavior Technicians, special education teachers, school psychologists, speech language pathologists, and other professionals who provide direct services to strengthen the language of children with autism.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the strength of verbal operants in relation to one another; (2) conduct a verbal operant analysis; (3) develop individualized treatment objectives from a stimulus control ratio; and (4) demonstrate the process for transferring stimulus control across verbal operants.
 
An Examination of Stimulus Control over Selection-Based Verbal Behavior
ALONZO ALFREDO ANDREWS (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: Previous research and practice regarding disproportionality of the elementary verbal operants noted in children with autism spectrum disorder focused primarily on those with at minimum emerging vocal verbal behavior repertoires. When regarding skill development of early and/or nonverbal performers to include conditioning listener responding, these relevant operants have been identified: manded stimulus selection, motor imitation, match to sample, selection by variable, and the SCoRE model of disproportionality. Using verbal operant analysis to determine relative balance across these relevant, prerequisite responses, potential treatment options include: if prepotence for manded stimulus selection is identified, then the specific strategies for functional communication training (e.g. mand training) with augmentative and alternative communication are prescribed. If relative strength of motor imitation is indicated, shaping procedures and high-p/low-p instructional sequencing are recommended to shape oral imitation to the echoic operant for which the transfer-of-stimulus-control, errorless teaching procedures prescribed for vocal verbal behavior are applicable. Lastly, insomuch as the prerequisite relevant operants function independently, when taught interdependently, generativity (relational flexibility) may be fostered in accordance with this proportionality model.
 

An Examination of Stimulus Control Over Topography-Based Verbal Behavior

JANET ENRIQUEZ (Texas Education Service Center, Region 20)
Abstract:

Individuals without a fluent speaking repertoire may show disproportionate levels of strength across samples of verbal operants. Verbal behavior is inherently social in that its reinforcement is mediated by a listener. Common examples of verbal behavior within the applied literature include conditioning mand, tact, echoic, and intraverbal control. Sampling responses from these four operant classes allows us to infer the overall strength of these populations of behavior, and analyze differences in their relative strength. The null hypothesis for this type of analysis is that the levels of strength across these four operants is proportionate, a phenomenon commonly described as “fluency” that facilitates transfer of stimulus control across changing environmental conditions. The alternative hypothesis is that the levels of strength across these four operants is disproportionate, a phenomenon commonly described as “autism” that inhibits transfer of stimulus control due to certain response prepotencies. Assessment strategies and implications for treatment will be discussed.

 

An Examination of Derivational Stimulus Control Over Intraverbal Behavior

LEE L MASON (Cook Children's Health Care System; Texas Christian University)
Abstract:

Individuals without derivational stimulus control may show disproportionate levels of strength across samples of intraverbal relations. Derivational stimulus control refers to the extent to which listeners effectively respond to verbal stimuli along a generalization gradient. Common examples of derivational stimulus control within the applied literature include reflexivity, symmetry, and transitivity. Sampling responses from these three operant classes allows us to infer the overall strength of these populations of behavior, and analyze differences in their relative strength. The null hypothesis for this type of analysis is that the levels of strength across these three operants is proportionate, a phenomenon commonly described as “listener comprehension” that facilitates prolonged verbal episodes and facilitates the development of other social skills. The alternative hypothesis is that the levels of strength across these three operants is disproportionate, a phenomenon commonly described as “autism” that inhibits transfer of stimulus control due to certain response prepotencies. Assessment strategies and implications for treatment will be discussed.

 
 
Panel #28
CE Offered: BACB
Parent Barrier Behaviors and Recommended Treatment Indications
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Cailin M Ockert, M.S.
Chair: Cailin M Ockert (The BISTÅ Center)
CAILIN M OCKERT (The BISTÅ Center)
DIANA DAVIS WILSON (Aspen Behavioral Consulting)
MICHELLE REED (Arizona Association of Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

In this panel discussion we will identify parent barrier behaviors and treatment indications resulting from parent barrier behaviors. We have developed a basic checklist of parent barrier behaviors observed in an ABA clinic in Arizona and corresponding data will be described. These identified parent barrier behaviors have been hypothesized to impact treatment duration and ultimately impact the child’s long-term access to effective ABA intervention. Many of the families with high barrier behaviors often begin ABA services with various providers in a geographic area with limited duration of services at each location. These barrier behaviors are often seen in various settings with the caregiver, therapy, school, and other medical providers. This checklist was designed to identify what barrier behaviors may be exhibited by parents or caregivers, establish a threshold score to indicate a specific treatment focus, and a suggestion for high intensity parent training at the onset of ABA therapy and other treatment indications should be discussed. The goal is to focus on parent barrier behaviors and address them behavior analytically in order to increase duration of effective ABA services for the child.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs in practice, BCBA administrators that may have policy control, practitioners that have direct contact with parents on a regular basis.

Learning Objectives: -How to identify parent barrier behaviors? -What treatment indications can be made after identification? -What other items do we need to consider?
Keyword(s): Parent Training, Service Barriers, Service Duration
 
 
Panel #29
CE Offered: BACB
A Psychologist, Psychiatrist, Pediatrician, and Behavior Analyst All Walk Into a Room...
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon B
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Virginia Kaufmann, M.Ed.
Chair: Virginia Kaufmann (Children's Hospital of Philadelphia)
DAWN DEBROCCO (Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia)
GABRIELA ANDRADE (Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia)
KRISTINE DELLABADIA (Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia)
Abstract:

A child psychologist, child psychiatrist, general pediatrician, and behavior analyst all walk into a room and... The result is a discussion about how integrating applied behavior analysis into a 10-bed medical-behavioral unit at a children's medical hospital has impacted the practice of non-behavior analytic colleagues. From providing capacity for these practitioners to use their unique skill sets to ensuring that patients receive more effective treatment, the presence of behavior analysts on the medical-behavior unit has allowed for behavior to be assessed and treated with efficacy and integrity. This has resulted in a larger emphasis on behaviorally-based treatments rather than the sole use of psychotropic medications. Practitioners report greater proficiency with behavioral terminology, better understanding of behavioral technologies, increased use of behavior analytic assessment and treatment, and overall improved outcomes for patients. As a result, non-behavior analytic practitioners are able to re-focus resources as needed to patients and families with a greater understanding of why behaviors are occurring as well as more targeted treatment.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Target audience includes consultants and behavior analysts working with acute feeding disorders and/or medically complex clients.

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will describe treatment for Avoidant-Restrictive Food Intake Disorder (ARFID) 2) Participants will describe the use of self-monitoring as a treatment for exercising behaviors in patients with anorexia nervosa 3) Participants with describe the individualization of a standard medical pathway in order to increase client outcomes
Keyword(s): Hospital, Medical, Pediatrician, Psychiatry
 
 
Symposium #30
CE Offered: BACB
Self-Care and Wellbeing: Taking Care of Yourself so You Can Take Care of Others
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty M
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota Duluth; InJewel LLC)
CE Instructor: Julie M. Slowiak, Ph.D.
Abstract:

According to the most recent report of the US Employment Demand for Behavior Analysts, annual demand for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) has increased about 800% from 2010 to 2017. While this leads to greater job security in the field, it also means that employers are under a great deal of stress to provide services to significantly more clients, leading to either turning away business and money, or pressuring staff to take on more than they can handle. Gregoire (2016) reported that levels of stress in the workplace are reportedly 18% – 24% higher now than they were 30 years ago. The first presentation in this symposium will provide an overview of the theory of self-care and Basic Conditional Factors (BCFs), commonly overlooked barriers to self-care. The second presentation will provide an overview of results from a recent study that examined the relationships between self-care strategies, job crafting practices, work-life balance, work engagement, and burnout among behavior analysts. The third presentation will provide an example of how self-care practices have been integrated into the organizational culture of a multi-specialty practice pediatric practice and provide suggestions for how these practices can be generalized to other settings.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): burnout, community-care behaviors, self-care, wellbeing
Target Audience:

Professionals, including behavior analysts, working in human service settings of any type, interested in supporting personal and professional health and wellbeing of individuals and organizations; psychologists, behavior analysts, practitioners, and graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) identify Basic Conditional Factors (BCFs) as overlooked barriers to self-care that should be included in self-care planning; (2) describe specific actions within domains of self-care and job crafting practices that predict work-life balance, work engagement, and burnout and include these in professional self-care action plans; (3) describe how employers and leaders can embed self-care planning into their organization's culture.
 
Programming Self-Care: A Look at Semi-Static Variables and Behavior Change
(Theory)
SHANE T. SPIKER (Positive Behavior Supports, Corp.)
Abstract: Within the Orem (2001) theory of self-care, behavior change is the primary focus. Around behavior change are discussions surrounding burnout, compassion fatigue, quality of life, and other elements that highlight significant impact on the carer. This talk will focus on overlooked barriers to self-care; Basic Conditional Factors (BCFs). These semi-static variables create significant barriers that often prevent behavior change from effectively occurring and maintaining naturally. In highlighting BCFs in self-care planning, an interventionist may be more successful in actively treating self-care deficits and creating a care system that benefits the carer and supports alike.
 
Self–Care and Job Crafting Practices Among Behavior Analysts
(Theory)
JULIE M. SLOWIAK (University of Minnesota Duluth; InJewel LLC)
Abstract: This study extended the findings of previous research that indicated high levels of burnout and low levels of job satisfaction and burnout among practitioners who provide applied behavior analysis (ABA) services (Plantiveau, Dounavi, & Virués-Ortega, 2018). Over 700 behavior analysis practitioners were surveyed to explore the relationships between self-care strategies, job crafting practices, work-life balance, work engagement, and burnout among those who work in human service settings. Results support those of previous research, revealing higher than average levels of disengagement and exhaustion (two dimensions of burnout). In addition, regression analyses revealed that several factors self-care and job crafting practices significantly predict levels of work-life balance, work engagement, and dimensions of burnout. Specific findings from this research will be discussed and can be used to inform interventions to reduce burnout and exhaustion and improve overall wellbeing and job satisfaction among this professional demographic.
 
Embedding Self-Care / Wellness Behaviors into Organizational Culture: Implications of a Case Study
(Service Delivery)
BECCA TAGG (Del Mar Center for Behavioral Health)
Abstract: This portion of the symposium will discuss the application of self-care / community-care behaviors into the organizational culture of a multi-specialty practice pediatric practice in southeastern North Carolina that includes behavior analytic services. Benefits of self-care and community-care behaviors will be discussed as well as specific examples of application in this case study. Suggestions for application outside of this case study will be provided as well as limitations.
 
 
Symposium #31
CE Offered: BACB
Efficacy and Acceptability of Telehealth Training and Coaching Across Caregivers and Professionals
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 103
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Elizabeth Anne Horton (Hope College)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Anne Horton, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Efficient and effective training on evidence-based practices including applied behavior analysis (ABA) based interventions may not be accessible to caregivers and professionals implementing interventions. In order for caregivers and professionals to effectively implement ABA-based interventions, training and ongoing coaching are critical. However, numerous training barriers associated with traditional didactic models exist (e.g., time, costs, scheduling, shortage of qualified individuals). Telehealth is a model that can address these barriers and support individuals as they learn to implement ABA-based interventions. Telehealth is the use of online and communication technologies to deliver explicit training and ongoing coaching from a distance. This presentation aims to address the need for efficient and effective training on ABA-based interventions through the use of telehealth. The results of four single-case design studies in which caregivers and professionals (e.g., teachers, early intervention providers, and parents) were taught and coached via telehealth to implement ABA-based interventions are presented. Data regarding implementation fidelity, child outcomes, and social validity are shared.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): coaching, early childhood, telehealth, telepractice
Target Audience:

Practicing BCBAs

 
Inclusive Preschool Practitioners’ Implementation of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Intervention Using Telehealth Training
SOPHIA R D'AGOSTINO (Hope College), Sarah Douglas (Michigan State University), Elizabeth Anne Horton (Hope College)
Abstract: This single-case investigation was designed to evaluate the effects of telehealth training on practitioner implementation of a naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention (NDBI). Six general education preschool practitioners engaged in an intervention with six children with varying disabilities in inclusive classroom settings. The telehealth training package included a collaborative approach to intervention planning, online training module, video self-evaluation, and performance feedback via videoconferencing. Following telehealth training, practitioners reached criteria for implementation fidelity and increased communication opportunities. Additionally, child participants increased communication behaviors above baseline levels. All behaviors generalized to a different activity context and maintained over time. Social validity was measured and results suggest high levels of acceptability for the telehealth training package.
 
The Cascading Coaching Model: Supporting Service Providers, Caregivers, and Children via Telepractice
HEDDA MEADAN (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Moon Chung (Stonehill College), Michelle Sands (University of Illinois), Melinda Snodgrass (Illinois State University)
Abstract: Teaching caregivers to support their young children’s language development is recommended as an effective early language intervention, and caregiver-implemented interventions are recognized as evidence-based. However, as the natural change agents for training and coaching caregivers, early intervention (EI) service providers are in need of professional development to effectively coach caregivers to use interventions with their child. The purpose of this study was to examine the Coaching Caregivers Professional Development program (CoCare PD) in which researchers train and coach EI service providers via telepractice in caregiver coaching, a set of skills useful in nurturing partnerships with families to support caregivers’ use of evidence-based practices with their young children with disabilities. A single-case research study across four EI service providers was conducted and findings support a functional relation between training and coaching EI service providers via telepractice and providers’ use of coaching practices with families on their caseload.
 

The Efficacy and Acceptability of Telehealth for Parents and Professionals Using Behaviour Analysis With Children

KATERINA DOUNAVI (Queen's University Belfast), Janet Ferguson (Queen's University Belfast), Emma Craig (Queen's University, Belfast)
Abstract:

Applied Behaviour Analysis is the basis of the most effective interventions for the treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorders. However, there is a significant shortage in appropriately qualified individuals (i.e., Board Certified Behavior Analysts; BCBA®) that can design and oversee the implementation of individually-tailored interventions that meet service-recipients needs. To address this gap in professional training and service provision, telehealth has emerged as a model that makes use of technology to increase treatment efficiency and accessibility by providing remote training and supervision of behaviour analytic treatment. Given existing research on the use of telehealth presents important methodological flaws, rigorous experiments are warranted before telehealth can be classified as evidence-based practice. Our work has focused on the creation and experimental testing of two parent and professional training packages that use instruction and live coaching to teach skills that promote communication and independent living skills. In this presentation, we will share data on efficacy in terms of parent/professional skill acquisition and child outcomes, fidelity of implementation and social validity.

 
 
Symposium #32
CE Offered: BACB
Correspondence Between Relational Responding and Bidirectional Naming as a Verbal Developmental Cusp
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon C
Area: DEV/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Discussant: Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University)
CE Instructor: Dermot Barnes-Holmes, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Growing evidence suggests complementary findings in research on verbal development and relational responding. A large body of research in relational responding demonstrates stimulus control involving complex human behavior and communication including language. Simultaneously, decades of research findings in verbal development and applications identified stimulus control for the range of cusps and how this changes children’s prognosis. This program of research suggests experiential and reinforcement sources of stimulus control that lead to incidental language learning as bidirectional naming (BiN) and the component unidirectional naming (UniN). Another body of research on BiN increasingly points to the presence of BiN as a facilitator of relational responding. We present and discuss two papers whose findings show correlational and functional relations between the presence of and onset of the BiN cusp and arbitrary derived relations (AAR). Each body of research represents extensions of behavior analysis to domains traditionally seen as exclusive properties of cognitive psychology. Findings showing the intercept of stimulus control for these lines of investigation are evidence of a more mature science that promises a bright future for the science of behavior.  

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Intermediate level, behavior scientists,

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how bidirectional naming is a verbal developmental cusp. 2. Describe the relation between bidirectional naming and other relational frames. 3. Describe how bidirectional naming appears to be a predictor of AAR.
 

Relations Between the Cusp of Bidirectional Naming and Derived Relations in Preschoolers

(Basic Research)
GEORGETTE MORGAN (Columbia University; Fred S. Keller School), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

Bidirectional Naming and derived relational responding have both commonly been used to explain the accelerated rate in word learning that often occurs within the second to third year of life. However, there has been limited research on how these repertoires may intersect and relate to each other. Across two analyses we evaluated the relation between Bidirectional Naming (BiN) and derived relational responding demonstrated by 31 preschool students with and without diagnoses. Within the first experiment we tested the presence and strength of relations between BiN, arbitrary and non-arbitrary relations which were mutually and combinatorial entailed. Data from the first analysis indicated a strong, significant correlation between participants’ degree of BiN and scores on tests of derived relations. The second analysis compared the mean differences between the establishment of arbitrary unimodal and cross-modal relations for 18 preschool students, selected from participants included within Experiment 1. The data indicated a significant difference for both cross-modal and unimodal derived relations. The obtained results of both experiments have implications for research in how Bidirectional Naming and derived relational responding may lead to learning at accelerated rates and in new ways.

 
Degrees of Bidirectional Naming and Derived Listener and Speaker Relations
(Basic Research)
FAHEEMA ABDOOL-GHANY (Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: As a child develops new cusps and capabilities, their behavior comes in contact with new contingencies and they can learn in new ways. We examined how degrees of bidirectional (BiN) naming correlated with children’s other derived relations. BiN is the joining of listener and speaker repertoires such that hearing object-name relations produces corresponding speaker and listener behavior. Unidirectional naming (UniN) occurs when this experience produces listener, but not speaker behavior. Students who did not demonstrate listener and speaker components of were classified as having No Incidental Naming (NiN). In an ABAB design, we rotated between two conditions: 1) directly reinforcing speaker (tact) responses and testing for the emergence of listener (point to) responses, and 2) directly reinforcing listener responses and testing for the emergence of speaker responses. Results suggested that participants with BiN readily derived speaker and listener responses, participants with UniN readily derived listener, but not speaker responses, and participants with NiN had difficulty acquiring directly reinforced responses and deriving responses. Our results suggest ways to differentiate instruction for children with different capabilities and have implications for the overlap between verbal behavior and derived relations research areas.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #34
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
SQAB Tutorial: How Advanced Computer Technology can Advance Research and Practice in Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 6
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Ellie Kazemi, Ph.D.
Chair: David Roth (B. F. Skinner Foundation)
Presenting Authors: : ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

The rapid growth in computer technology means that nearly anything imaginable is either possible or will soon become possible. Behavior analysts, as specialists in learning and behavior, are uniquely trained to become strong collaborators on multidisciplinary teams focusing on projects to advance machine learning, simulation-based experiences, and much more. In this tutorial, I will discuss how we currently leverage such technology in my lab and integrate robotics, virtual reality (VR), and artificial intelligence (AI) in our behavior analytic research. I will share the outcomes of some of our current research projects as well as my collaborative efforts on the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) and National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) grants.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how advanced computer-technology can be utilized in experimental analysis of human behavior; (2) discuss how computer-technology can be utilized to increase accessibility and efficiency of behavior skills training through simulation-based trainings; (3) explain how integration of computer-technology in behavior analytic research and practice can help extend the reach of behavior analysis.
 
ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge)

Dr. Kazemi is a Professor at California State University, Northridge (CSUN) where she has developed and teaches undergraduate and graduate coursework in behavior analysis for the past 10 years. She founded the Masters of Science Program in Applied Behavior Analysis in 2010 and has collaborated with the CSUN community to provide graduate students high quality supervision experiences. She currently has two different lines of research. Her applied research interests involve identification of efficient, effective strategies for practical training, supervision, and leadership. Her laboratory research involves leveraging technology (e.g., robotics, virtual or augmented reality) for efficient training and feedback using simulations. She is currently working on several nationwide large projects (e.g., with FEMA and NASA) with a focus on effective training and behavioral outcomes. She has received several mentorship awards including the ABAI Best Mentor Award, the Outstanding Faculty Award, the Outstanding Teaching Award, and the Outstanding Service Award. She has published articles and book chapters on a variety of topics including training, staff turnover, and the use of technology in behavior analysis. She is the leading author of a handbook written for both supervisors and supervisees that is titled, Supervision and Practicum in Behavior Analysis: A Handbook for Supervisees.

 
 
Panel #35
CE Offered: BACB
PDS: Giving Effective and Engaging Oral Presentations
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence A-C
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed, Ph.D.
Chair: Allyson R Salzer (University of Kansas)
PATRICK C. FRIMAN (Boys Town)
FLORENCE D. DIGENNARO REED (University of Kansas)
AMY J. HENLEY (Western New England University)
Abstract:

Effective presenting is an important skill for graduate students do develop in the context of their training. However, effective dissemination is often neglected in training programs which is problematic in regard to professional advancement and overall dissemination to the field. This question-and-answer-style Professional Development Series panel will offer an opportunity for students to ask questions regarding oral presentations. The panelists will discuss all components to presenting, from creation of slides and effective story-telling to delivery based on audience type. Panelists will focus on three main components to presentations: organization and structure, slides, and delivery. Presenters will offer advice on how to give effective and engaging presentations while giving enough time for ample questions from the audience. The goal of this panel is to offer insight and advice to students on how to become a more effective and engaging presenter through the expertise of the invited panelists

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Graduate students, certified behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the panel, attendees should (1) have a basic overview of how to design and set-up an oral presentation, (2) learn basic aesthetic tips on the creation of slides, and (3) learn how to keep targeted audiences engaged by providing an effective presentation.
Keyword(s): Dissemination, Presentations, Professional Development
 
 
Panel #36
CE Offered: BACB
Expanding the World’s Collective Wisdom of Behavioral Science Through Dissemination
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Archives
Area: TBA/CSS; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Paul F. Gavoni, Ed.D.
Chair: Paul F. Gavoni (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
BRETT J. DINOVI (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
KEN WAGNER (Aubrey Daniels International)
SARAH E. TRAUTMAN-ESLINGER (STE Consultants, LLC)
Abstract:

Often thrown into the bucket of “behavior sciences,” Behavior analysis is frequently misunderstood or even maligned by members of the general population who believe it is something “done” to a person with special needs or autism without regard to social validity or the environment. As behavior analysts, we understand the great need for the technology of ABA across almost every facet of life. From moms, teachers, and coaches to CEOs and even world leaders, a fundamental understanding of the principles of behavior can drastically improve performance, outcomes, and quality of life across multiple environments. However, our skillsets and reinforcers are predominantly related to the application, not the dissemination of the science. Most people are left in the dark regarding the greatest science in the world. After all, what science can benefit all other sciences by improving the performance of their perspective scientists? This panel discussion will focus on current efforts to disseminate while providing participants tips and techniques for Expanding the World's Collective Wisdom of Behavioral Science to Change the Landscape of Government, Education, Industry, and Society at Large.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts seeking to expand the field and impact of behavior analysis through dissemination.

Learning Objectives: 1. The participant will be able to describe various challenges related to dissemination, and strategies for overcoming those. 2. The participant will be able to describe at least two different ways to disseminate the science. 3. The participant will be able to list ways to pair with and create a “want” for the science.
Keyword(s): Dissemination, Education
 
 
Invited Panel #37
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion: Strategies and Challenges in Recruitment
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, Ballroom AB
Area: DEI/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Carol Pilgrim, Ph.D.
Panelists: SARAH BLOOM (University of South Florida), MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University), JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

This invited panel is sponsored by ABAI’s new Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Board; it represents the first of an annual series of program events highlighting topics identified as central to success in DEI achievements. After a brief review of the Board’s activities this year by Carol Pilgrim, the panel discussion will focus on the critical issue of recruitment efforts in DEI. Dr. Jomella Watson-Thompson will address recruitment strategies and challenges within practice and field settings, Dr. Sarah Bloom will discuss recruitment of university students, and Dr. Mike Perone will speak to recruitment practices targeting university faculty and administrators. Time for questions and comments from the audience will be included to allow for sharing relevant experiences and lessons learned. Future panels in the DEI series will target themes including retaining individuals once recruited, mentoring programs, inclusion and equity strategies at the organization level, inclusion and equity strategies at the individual level, and others.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe examples of strategies and challenges in DEI recruiting within practice and field settings; (2) describe examples of strategies and challenges in DEI recruiting for graduate and undergraduate students; (3) describe examples of strategies and challenges in DEI recruiting for university faculty and administrators.
SARAH BLOOM (University of South Florida)
Sarah Bloom received her PhD in Psychology at the University of Florida in 2008. She was an assistant professor in the Applied Behavior Analysis area of the Department of Special Education and Rehabilitation at Utah State University from 2008 to 2013. She is currently an associate professor in the Department of Child and Family Studies at the University of South Florida. Dr. Bloom is a former President of the Utah Association for Behavior Analysis. She serves on the editorial board of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and has been a guest reviewer for Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, Research in Developmental Disabilities, Journal of Behavioral Education, Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, Journal of Early Intervention, Children and Youth Services Review, Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and a guest associate editor for Education and Treatment of Children. Dr. Bloom’s research interests include assessment and treatment of problem behavior and translational approaches to reinforcer efficacy. Dr. Bloom has been involved in the modification of functional analysis methodology into a trial-based format in order to facilitate its use in educational and other settings.
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University)
Mike Perone earned his Ph.D. in 1981 at the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. He was an assistant professor at the University of North Carolina at Wilmington before joining the faculty at West Virginia University in 1984, where he is a professor of psychology and an associate dean. His research is concerned with developing laboratory models of behavioral processes involved in problem behavior such as failures of self-control. In 2018 he received the Award for Scientific Translation from the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis and the Distinguished Contributions Award from the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group. Mike is a fellow of the American Psychological Association and the Association for Behavior Analysis International. He has served the field of behavior analysis as an associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and as president of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. He currently serves as coordinator of the Association’s Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board.
JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas)

Dr. Jomella Watson-Thompson is an Associate Professor in the Department of Applied Behavioral Science, and the Director of the Center for Service Learning at the University of Kansas. She is also an Associate Director with the Center for Community Health and Development. She attained a Ph.D. in Behavioral Psychology and a Masters of Urban Planning from the University of Kansas. She applies behavioral science methods and interventions to improve how communities address issues related to community health and development. Her research has focused on behavioral-community approaches to neighborhood development, substance abuse prevention, and youth and community violence prevention. Dr. Thompson supports community-engaged scholarship using participatory approaches to address social determinants or factors that may contribute to disparities, particularly for marginalized groups and communities. She has researched the effects of community-based processes and behavioral-community interventions to promote mobilization and change in communities. Dr. Thompson has co-authored articles on community capacity-building, youth development, and prevention and received numerous federal, state and local funding awards. She is as an Associate Editor with Behavior and Social Issues. Dr. Thompson has extensive experience providing training, technical support and evaluation for coalitions and community-based initiatives.

 
 
Symposium #38
CE Offered: BACB
The Effects of Lag Schedules and Teacher Presentation Rates on Academic, Play, and Social Behavior of Children With Autism
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207B
Area: AUT/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Juliana Aguilar (Utah State University)
Discussant: Matthew Tincani (Temple University)
CE Instructor: Matthew Tincani, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium involves studies investigating the effects of lag schedules and teacher presentation rates on academic, play, and social behavior of children with autism. The first presentation will discuss using a lag schedule to teach variable play behavior in preschoolers with autism, and assessing preference for variable or repetitive play. The second presentation will discuss using fixed and varied instructional arrangements to establish varied intraverbal responses. The third presentation will discuss the role of intertrial intervals of instruction presentation on skill acquisition and rates of problem behavior. The final presentation will discuss skill acquisition and problem behavior rates during two different intertrial intervals of instruction presentation, as well as student preference for instruction presentation rate. The discussant will provide comments on each of these studies.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): instruction rates, lag schedules, variability preference
Target Audience:

BACBs, graduate students, researchers

 

Choice for Variability in Children With Autism

(Basic Research)
ANNIE GALIZIO (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Sara Peck (Utah State University), Lorraine A Becerra (University of Missouri), Jay Hinnenkamp (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Although individuals with autism tend to behave repetitively, certain reinforcement contingencies (e.g., lag schedules) can be used to increase and maintain behavioral variability. In a lag schedule, reinforcement is only delivered for responses that differ from recent responses. We designed the present study to promote variable play behavior in preschoolers with autism interacting with playsets and figurines, and to assess preference for variability and repetition contingencies. Limited data have shown a preference for variability in pigeons and college students, but this effect has not yet been explored in clinical populations. In this experiment, three preschoolers with autism were taught to discriminate between variability and repetition contingencies. With one set of discriminative stimuli, only play behaviors that met a lag schedule were reinforced, and with another, only repetitive play behaviors were reinforced. After differential performance was established, participants were presented with a choice between the two sets of stimuli, and participants completed a play session with the corresponding contingency. Two participants showed a slight preference for variability over repetition, and the other showed indifference. These results indicate that some individuals with autism play repetitively, not because they prefer repetitive play, but because they would require additional teaching to play variably.

 
Evaluating the Effects of Instructional Arrangements Involving Lag Schedules on Varied and Different Intraverbals
(Applied Research)
VICTORIA L VERGONA (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Lauren Alicia Goodwyn (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often exhibit language deficits including stilted and repetitive speech. These challenges may be stigmatizing and interfere with socialization. Promoting varied and different responses remains an important area of focus. Lag schedules of reinforcement have been shown to increase response variability across a range of skills including intraverbal responses. Few studies have assessed the effects of instructional arrangements on variability. We extended research by assessing the effectiveness of teaching responses to non-mastered intraverbals in a fixed- or variable-order on varied and different responding by children with ASD using an adapted alternating treatments design. After acquiring six responses to a single intraverbal, the effects of lag schedules were evaluated. The fixed-order arrangement was slightly more effective and efficient compared to the varied-order instruction arrangement on establishing varied and different intraverbal responses. Procedures were favorably ranked and outcomes were reported as socially valid. Implications and areas of future research will be discussed.
 

Intertrial Intervals as an Independent Variable in Teaching Students With Autism

(Applied Research)
WILLOW HOZELLA (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network), Chrystal Jansz Rieken (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Research on the importance of antecedent variables when teaching persons with autism has the potential to provide pragmatic methodologies for the applied setting. This study replicated and extended the work of Roxburgh and Carbone (2013) on the effects of the rate of teacher-presented instructional demands as an independent variable. An alternating treatment design was used to evaluate the effects of the rate of teacher presented instructional demands across three intertrial intervals (1 s, 5 s, 10 s). Dependent variables were frequency of problem behavior, frequency of teaching trials for target skills, frequency of error responses, frequency of mastered skills presented, and rates of reinforcement during discrete trial instruction with four students with autism. Results indicated that reduction of intertrial intervals resulted in a commensurate increase in rates of socially mediated positive reinforcement, increased rates of instructor presented teaching trials, and a decrease in frequency of problem behavior. Issues related to the importance of replication, the role of translational research in applied settings, and conceptual analyses of the role of motivating operation on the occurrence of problem behavior will also discussed.

 

The Effects of Two Teacher Presentation Rates on Responding During Easy and Hard Tasks for Children at Risk for or With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
ZIWEI XU (INGCare), Hui Yin (N/A), Tangchen Li (Ohio State University)
Abstract:

This study was a partial replication and an extension of Roxburgh and Carbone (2012). The purpose of the study was three-fold. First, we evaluated the effects of varied teacher-presented instructional demands (inter trial interval = 1s, 5s) on the opportunities of respond, the number of responses emitted, percentage of correct responses, and percentage of intervals with disruptive behavior for three children with autism. Second, we compared the effects of varied teacher presentation rates on responding, especially the accuracy of responding and occurrences of disruptive behavior during easy and hard tasks. Third, we used a concurrent-chain procedure to assess participant preferences for teacher presentation rates during easy tasks. An alternating treatment embedded in ABAB without baseline design was used to compare the effects of the two treatment conditions (inter trial interval = 1s, 5s) and two task conditions (easy and hard). The results of the study demonstrated that as compared to extended intertrial interval (ITI), brief ITI increased the rate of instructional demands presented, rate of learner responses emitted, and rate of correct responding during both tasks while increasing percentage of correct responding and reducing problem behaviors during hard tasks only. During easy tasks, the participants’ choices between two rates were inconsistent, suggesting avoidance contingency might have been in effect.

 
 
Symposium #40
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in the Assessment and Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon A
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Valdeep Saini (Brock University)
Discussant: Caitlin A. Kirkwood (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health, University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Caitlin A. Kirkwood, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Several reviews and meta-analyses have demonstrated the robust effects of behavioral treatments for feeding problems, including increasing oral intake, increasing diet variety, teaching feeding-related skills, and decreasing inappropriate mealtime behavior. This symposium will include four presentations related to recent advancements in the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. The presentations are a product of research being conducted across different laboratories and clinical sites across North America. The first presentation will discuss indices of child happiness during treatment for pediatric feeding disorders. The second presentation will describe using structured visual inspection criteria with functional analyses of inappropriate mealtime behavior. The third presentation will compare a re-presentation and modified chin prompt technique to treat different topographies of liquid expulsion. The final presentation will display large-scale outcome data from an inter-disciplinary pediatric feeding disorders program. The symposium will conclude with a discussion and integration of how each of the presentations advance our current understanding of pediatric feeding disorders.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): feeding disorders, food refusal, food selectivity, mealtime behavior
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs, clinical behavior analysts, clinicians working with children with pediatric feeding disorders

 

Indices of Child Happiness During Treatment for Pediatric Feeding Disorders

LAURA E PHIPPS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kathryn M. Peterson (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Caregivers may discount the clinical benefits of an effective intervention if it does not appear to lead to positive changes in their child’s affective behavior (Dillon & Carr, 2007). Some researchers suggest that when children appear to enjoy teaching procedures, caregivers may be more likely to seek out the treatment for their child and adhere to implementing the procedures (Green et al., 2005; Kazdin, 1980). Escape extinction, an empirically supported intervention for the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders, is often necessary to improve consumption of healthy, targeted foods for children with feeding disorders. However, escape extinction may occasionally be associated with undesirable side effects (e.g., bursts, increased emotional responding) (Bachmeyer, 2009; Woods & Borrerro, 2019). In the current study, we identified behavioral indices of happiness and unhappiness and collected data on those behaviors before and during escape and attention extinction in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. We have observed an increase in levels of happiness and a decrease in levels of unhappiness during escape extinction relative to baseline in one treatment evaluation thus far. We will discuss these findings and address future directions of the study in terms of intervening on child happiness or unhappiness during treatment.

 
Using Structured Criteria for Ongoing Visual Interpretation of the Functional Analysis of Inappropriate Mealtime Behaviors
EMILY MALUGEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Lisa Guerrero (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Christopher W Engler (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: When treating pediatric feeding disorders, one of the first steps is conducting a functional analysis (FA) for inappropriate mealtime behaviors (IMB; Piazza et al., 2003). Traditionally, board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs) use visual inspection to analyze the results of an FA, despite criticism for its lack of standardized rules and subjectivity (Fisch, 1998). Previous research in visual interpretation of FAs found the use of structured criteria provides a method to increase agreement between reviewers (Hagopian, Fisher, Thompson, Owen-DeSchryver, 1997; Roane, Fisher, Kelley, Mevers, & Bouxsein, 2013). We collected FA graphs for 154 children and gave them to a panel of at least three BCBAs for traditional visual inspection. We then applied the modified visual-inspection criteria developed by Roane and colleagues (2013) to interpret FAs of IMB in a post-hoc analysis. Furthermore, we applied these criteria in an on-going visual inspection (OVI) fashion, as done by Saini, Fisher, and Retzlaff (2018). We compared the functions identified by all methods of analysis for agreement to evaluate the predictive validity of OVI. Results of this study indicate a high level of agreement between methods; however, future research is needed to further assess the utility, benefits, and drawbacks of each method of analysis.
 
A Comparison of Re-presentation and Modified Chin Prompt to Treat Different Topographies of Liquid Expulsion
VIVIAN F IBANEZ (Children’s Specialized Hospital, Rutgers University), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Children with feeding disorders might expel liquid when they lack the oral-motor skills, the motivation, or both, to retain a bolus and swallow. Additionally, the form in which children expel liquid might vary and influence the effectiveness of a treatment to reduce liquid expulsion. In the current investigation, we first identified topographies of liquid expulsion such as forceful and run out for each child. We then compared and evaluated the effects of two procedures, a modified chin prompt and re-presentation, on the liquid expulsion of three children with feeding disorders. For two participants, expulsion decreased to clinically meaningful levels with a modified chin prompt or re-presentation. However, for one participant, expulsion decreased to clinically meaningful levels only when we combined the modified chin prompt and re-presentation as part of a treatment package. We discuss possible mechanisms underlying the effects of a modified chin prompt and re-presentation in addition to areas for future research related to prescriptive treatment models.
 

Intensive Multidisciplinary Intervention for Patients With Feeding Tube Dependence: An Electronic Medical Record Review

ADDAM J WAWRZONEK (The Marcus Autism Center), William G. Sharp (The Marcus Autism Center), Valerie M. Volkert (The Marcus Autism Center), Rashelle Berry (The Marcus Autism Center), Kathryn Holman Stubbs (The Marcus Autism Center), Carla Luevano (The Marcus Autism Center), Courtney McCracken (The Marcus Autism Center), Lawrence Scahill (The Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

The extant literature on pediatric feeding disorders indicates intensive, multidisciplinary treatment holds benefits for children with severe feeding difficulties, such as patients relying on enteral nutrition (e.g., gastrostomy tube). The most common methodology documenting outcomes for these programs are Nonrandomized Studies (NRS). Although NRS represents a valuable tool for providing insight to intervention, prior research utilizing NRS included potential bias concerning data abstraction. Additionally, there is a lack of standardization across studies regarding uniformity of outcome measures, and description of patient characteristics and treatment protocols. The purpose of the present study was to examine the clinical presentations, intervention characteristics, and treatment outcomes in a sample of children receiving intensive, multidisciplinary intervention for feeding tube dependence. This study followed the Strengthening the Reporting of Observational Studies in Epidemiology (STROBE) criteria to plan the study, guide data abstraction and structure the study’s methodology. We conducted a retrospective electronic medical review to gather outcome data for patients admitted to an intensive day treatment feeding program. The review included 81 individuals dependent on enteral nutrition. We will describe treatment setting and protocols and outcome measures including demographics, anthropometrics, meal-time behaviors, oral/enteral intake and caregiver satisfaction at admission, discharge and follow-up.

 
 
Symposium #41
CE Offered: BACB
Become an Ambassador for Applied Behavior Analysis: Dissemination Efforts Beyond America and Autism
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty N-P
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sharon Trew (Clinical Behavior Analysis)
Discussant: Megan Miller (#dobetter Pod)
CE Instructor: Michelle P. Kelly, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The current symposium outlines dissemination efforts in countries beyond the United States of America and in fields beyond autism, with the aim of inspiring the audience to become better ambassadors for applied behavior analysis (ABA). Our first paper reviews the power of social media and the challenges that can be faced when becoming a social behavioral influencer. The second paper examines the current status of the dissemination of ABA in the United Arab Emirates in the Middle East, including an overview of efforts related to the translation of behavior analytic works and collaborations with non-behavior analytic professional peers. The third paper brings us into the field of health and fitness, and specifically football, with an evaluation of the antecedent and consequent components of the standard Behavioral Skills Training procedure. Our final paper will discuss current growth rates of certified behavior analysts, barriers to dissemination, and avenues for support in Africa. The discussant will highlight and integrate the contributions of all presenters in relation to and under the framework of her #dobetter professional development movement.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): BST, interdisciplinary collaboration, international dissemination
Target Audience:

Basic level event designed for: BCaBAs, BCBAs, BCBA-Ds and anyone interested in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and its dissemination.

Learning Objectives: i. Attendees will be able to briefly describe the responsibility that behavior analysts have to disseminate the science. ii. Attendees will be able to list a variety of ways to disseminate the science and to become an ambassador for behavior analysis. iii. Attendees will be able to provide an example of how behavioral skills training can be used in sports, and specifically football. iv. Attendees will be able to briefly describe the current status of behavior analysis in Africa and the United Arab Emirates. v. Attendees will be able to describe the current #dobetter campaign.
 

Behaviorbabe: A Decade of Dissemination

AMANDA N. KELLY (BEHAVIORBABE (Hawaii))
Abstract:

The world has changed significantly over time, however many of our problems remain the same. Luckily, our tools for accessing and sharing information with others have drastically improved. One of the most powerful tools available to us today, for communicating with others, is social media. Twitter, LinkedIn, and Facebook were among the first social media platforms to become available for the everyday user. For me, they emerged while I was deep in my “dissertation-writing-avoidance-phase” of my life. What originally started as a website for parents and teachers, which housed a few resources, turned into a Twitter handle, and then a public “persona” on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram. Due to social media, we are now able to reach millions of people without leaving the comfort of our homes. Ironically, as a result of my efforts, I have been invited to travel and speak at events throughout the world. As Behaviorbabe, I have experienced many successes, however, there have also been many missteps and some outright failures. I invite you to take a journey with me, to learn the history of Behaviorbabe, and to use these experiences to help you become an ambassador for behavior analysis.

 

Do Doctors Really Know Best? Examining Dissemination Efforts in the United Arab Emirates

MICHELLE P. KELLY (Emirates College for Advanced Education (ECAE))
Abstract:

“Behavior analysts are responsible for disseminating behavior analysis by making information about the science available to the public, professional peers, and government officials” (Kelly, Martin, Dillenburger, Kelly & Miller, 2019; p. 440). This presentation examines the current status of the dissemination of applied behavior analysis (ABA) in the United Arab Emirates (UAE), one of six member states of the Gulf Cooperation Council in the Middle East (Kelly et al., 2016). Dissemination efforts will be shared including: the initiation of the first graduate Verified Course Sequence in the country; presentations at non-behavior analytic conferences; translation of behavior analytic works; and collaborations with non-behavior analytic professional peers including experts in educational technology, and members of the Ministry of Education. Finally, an overview will be provided of results from an online survey that investigated levels of awareness of autism and ABA amongst 232 pediatricians in the UAE. The results indicated suboptimal awareness of the causes and characteristics of autism as well as alarming support for unestablished interventions for individuals. Dissemination efforts with pediatricians will be shared.

 

Evaluating Antecedent and Consequent Components of Behavioral Skills Training When Teaching Football Tackling Form

MERRITT SCHENK (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Behavioral Skills Training (BST) has been a common procedure to help teach or improve various behaviors for some time, and it involves instruction, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback. However, there might be instances in which some components of BST are not necessary. For example, common coaching techniques in American rules Football involve a coach providing antecedent instruction without detailed feedback immediately after a rehearsal, and the players appear to often learn the desired skill. This means that there might be times when antecedent instruction might be sufficient when attempting to change behavior, and consequent feedback could be an unnecessary laborious task. Thus, we evaluated antecedent and consequent components of the standard BST procedure to teach proper tackling form to 3 football players. Overall we found that instruction and modeling helped all players improve their behavior. However, the immediate feedback following rehearsal proved to help all participants improve their behavior to desired levels. Procedures, results, and implications will be discussed.

 
Growth and Barriers to Dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis in Africa
WHITNEY HAMMEL (Autism Compassion Africa)
Abstract: There are 1.2 billion individuals living in Africa. Limited data is currently available on the prevalence of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) on the continent, which leads to sparse funding and programs for those with disabilities. Lack of awareness and acceptance of those with ASD, combined with limited resources, leads to decreased quality of life. The Human Rights Watch (2012) has documented severe abuse against those with disabilities, including shackling and unsanitary conditions, in Ghanaian prayer camps and psychiatric institutions. The BBC also released a documentary titled “The World’s Worst Place to Be Disabled?” (2015) outlining abuse, neglect and even termination of life for those with disabilities in Ghana. Dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Africa is greatly needed. ABA is relatively unknown and mostly concentrated to English speaking countries. According to the BACB portal, as of October 2019 there were only 16 BCBAs and 5 BCaBAs listed as serving the entirety of Africa. There is an urgent need to ethically and sustainably increase the number of trained ABA professionals to impact the lives of those with disabilities on the continent. This presentation will discuss current growth rates of BACB certified individuals, barriers to dissemination, and avenues for support.
 
 
Symposium #42
CE Offered: BACB
Augmentative and Alternative Communication for Individuals With Complex Communication Needs: Systematic Reviews of Critical Factors
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon G
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sanikan Wattanawongwan (Texas A&M University)
Discussant: Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota)
CE Instructor: Joe Reichle, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Individuals who are unable to use conventional speech are at risk for challenging behavior, social isolation, and poor long term outcomes. Approximately 30% of children with moderate-severe disabilities are at high risk for complex communication needs; most of these individuals would benefit from AAC. AAC has been supported as effective for a variety of implementers, procedures, and target outcomes. However, many questions remain regarding the quality of reporting this research, critical outcomes, and features of implementation. Without this information, it is difficult to determine when and how AAC-based interventions are most effective. Comprehensive systematic reviews examining the impacts of AAC for individuals with complex communication needs, including individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities, were conducted by the presenters and their research teams. The presenters will synthesize available evidence about AAC to address the methodological quality of the literature, effects of AAC intervention on speech production, the use of telehealth in AAC interventions, and factors related to parent-implementation of AAC-based interventions. Participants will gain an understanding of critical points related to implementing AAC and will be able to summarize the current state of the science.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): AAC, Complex communication, Systematic review, Telehealth
Target Audience:

Researchers, Graduate Students, Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: Audience members will be able to: 1. Identify elements of quality single case research in AAC. 2. Describe AAC interventions currently meeting evidence standard. 3. Identify features of telehealth and parent-implemented AAC that are most effective.
 
Augmentative and Alternative Communication for Autism and Intellectual Disability: Systematic Review of Critical Reporting Factors
J.B. GANZ (Texas A&M University), Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota), Kimberly Vannest (University of Vermont), James Eric Pustejovsky (University of Texas at Austin), Lauren Pierson (Texas A&M University), Sanikan Wattanawongwan (Texas A&M University), April N. Haas (Texas A&M University), Sandy Smith (Texas A&M University)
Abstract: Individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities frequently have concomitant complex communication needs; such difficulties communicating frequently lead to social isolation, challenging behavior, and significant resource needs. Examination of the relevant literature base is critical; however, there are challenges in aggregating results across single-case studies, related to quality of methodology and reporting practices. We have conducted the largest and most comprehensive, to date, systematic review examining the impacts augmentative and alternative communication-based interventions for the target population. The presenters will share data extracted from approximately 171 articles, following initial search procedures that produced a pool of 6690 documents, eligibility screening, and exclusion for failure to meet basic methodological quality standards. Critical quality indicators are under-reported. We are particularly interested in factors related to naturalistic and effective intervention for autism spectrum disorder and intellectual disabilities, with complex communication needs. This presentation will report on methodological quality, with a focus on the reporting diagnostic, cognitive, and communication skill assessments; interventionist descriptions; procedural integrity; and setting in which the project was implemented and whether or not it was a natural context for the participants. Results indicate that these details are vastly underreported. The presenters will provide recommendations for relevant research.
 
Effects of Augmentative and Alternative Communication Intervention on Speech Production in Developmental Disabilities: Systematic Review
RALF SCHLOSSER (Northeastern University), Oliver Wendt (University of Central Florida), Mariola Moeyaert (University at Albany)
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and other Developmental Disabilities (DD) often present with complex communication needs. Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) interventions have been found effective in improving communicative competence and language skills. Yet, relevant stakeholders continue to fear that the adoption or the continued use of AAC modalities may hinder natural speech production. If left unanswered, this may lead families to postpone, or worse, reject AAC modalities altogether leaving their children less likely to reach their full potential. This systematic review, funded by the Health Resources Services Administration, will update previous reviews (Millar et al., 2006; Schlosser & Wendt, 2008) on the effects of AAC intervention on speech production in ASD/other DD. A multi-faceted search includes general-purpose databases, publisher databases, trial registers, reference lists, forward citation searches, and contacting authors. To be included a study has to meet criteria related to speech production, experimental design, diagnosis, and AAC use. Data extraction will focus on participant characteristics, AAC approach, effectiveness metrics, and risk of bias assessments. Meta-analyses will be performed as feasible. Previous reviews found AAC interventions to result in modest increases in speech production. This conclusion will be revised consistent with the updated data set and analyses.
 
Telehealth use in Augmentative and Alternative Communication intervention: A systematic review
JESSICA J. SIMACEK (University of Minnesota), Marianne Elmquist (University of Minnesota), J.B. GANZ (Texas A&M University), Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota), Sanikan Wattanawongwan (Texas A&M University), Lauren Pierson (Texas A&M University), Ee Rea Hong (University of Tsukuba)
Abstract: Children with autism who experience complex communication needs (CCN) often benefit from augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) intervention.The umbrella of telehealth includes the provision of assessment or intervention via technology platforms to support the use of AAC for children with autism. Telehealth methodologies may help bridge barriers for children with CCN who may lack access to interventionists with expertise in AAC. The rapidly advancing fields of AAC and telehealth technology require evidence-based research to be translated to clinical recommendations. This presentation discusses a systematic review of the literature following PRISMA guidelines on the use of telehealth in AAC assessment or intervention for children and young adults with autism. The included studies were coded for 20 items, related to; first, the parameters of the participants, interventionists, and the interventions; and, second, reported measures and related findings on feasibility, efficacy, or cost-effectiveness. We anticipate the findings of this review will summarize the current state of the knowledge on telehealth to deliver AAC intervention for people with autism, including future directions specifically related to feasibility, efficacy, and cost-effectiveness.
 
Parent-Implemented Augmentative and Alternative Communication Interventions for Children with Autism and Intellectual Disabilities: Systematic Review
MARIANNE ELMQUIST (University of Minnesota), Jessica J. Simacek (University of Minnesota), J.B. GANZ (Texas A&M University), Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota), Ee Rea Hong (University of Tsukuba), Sanikan Wattanawongwan (Texas A&M University), Lauren Pierson (Texas A&M University)
Abstract: Many individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities (ID) have complex communication needs (CCN) impacting their ability to verbally express their thoughts and needs, such that reductions in academic achievement, quality of life, and increases in challenging behavior are often reported. Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) interventions are critical for improving language outcomes for individuals with CCN; therefore, it is important that individuals supporting those with CCN have access to the resources and training to implement AAC interventions effectively. The purpose of the current study is to review the parent-implemented AAC, literature for individuals with autism and ID to identify current training practices and explore how implementation fidelity is being measured and reported. A systematic review was conducted following the PRISMA guidelines. Included studies will be coded for; participant characteristics, training practices, intervention characteristics, AAC outcomes, and procedural fidelity. We anticipate that findings from the current review will provide an overview of the current practices used to train parents that can be used to inform practice but also provide future research directions in isolating effective training practices.
 
 
Symposium #44
CE Offered: BACB
The Good Behavior Game: Examining Procedural Variations, Indirect Effects, Generalization, and Maintenance
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence D
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: P. Raymond Joslyn (Utah State University)
Discussant: Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Timothy R. Vollmer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an effective, empirically supported classroom management procedure that behavioral researchers continue to study and refine. In the current symposium, researchers from multiple laboratories will present their research on procedural variations, component analysis, indirect effects, generalization, and maintenance. In Study 1, researchers examined the effects and social validity of variations in team size. Study 2 examined the effects of systematic component removal on student behavior. In Study 3, researchers examined the effects of fading effortful components of the GBG and conducted a systematic analysis of peer interactions as an indirect effect. Study 4 examined the differential effects of dosage levels on the generalization and maintenance of GBG effects on student behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavior Game, Classroom Management, Group Contingencies
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts working in or consulting with schools, special education teachers, university faculty members, graduate students, and other certified behavior analysts interested in group contingencies

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the effects of variations in team size. 2. Describe methods for fading the GBG that may maintain treatment effects. 3. Describe how different dosage levels may affect generalization and maintenance.
 
A Comparison of Good Behavior Game Team Sizes in Preschool Classes
SARAH HOLMES (Louisiana State University), Erica Lozy (Louisiana State University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Disruptive behavior in the classroom is associated with many other problems (e.g., lost instructional time, teacher burnout). The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an effective intervention to reduce disruptive behavior across all grade levels, including preschool. The GBG involves multiple components, including dividing the class into teams. In the current study, we compared one-, two-, and five-team versions of the GBG. Following an initial phase of standard teacher contingencies (no GBG), we used a multielement design in which GBG versions and a standard teacher contingencies condition alternated across days in 4 preschool classes. Following the intervention comparison, we examined teacher and paraprofessional preference for the GBG and the team size versions using a concurrent chains arrangement. In all classes, all versions of the GBG consistently reduced disruptive behavior below standard teacher contingencies, but we observed no difference between GBG versions. The different team arrangements produced differences in the likelihood of all or no students earning the reward. In general, the teaching staff in 3 classes preferred the two-team version, and the paraprofessional in 1 class showed no clear preference. These findings support the use of the traditional version of the GBG in which the class is divided into 2 teams.
 
Effects of Systematically Removing Components of the Good Behavior Game in Preschool Classrooms
ERICA LOZY (Louisiana State University), Mallorie Paige Galjour (University of South Wales), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Disruptive classroom behavior produces a host of problems for students and teachers. The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an effective procedure to reduce disruptive behavior. In this study, experimenters conducted the GBG in two preschool classes and demonstrated its effectiveness using a reversal design. Subsequently, experimenters systematically removed components of the GBG in a multiple baseline across classes design. In both classes, the rules and visual feedback were successfully removed from the GBG without a return of disruptive behavior. In Class 2, dividing the class into teams was also successfully removed from the GBG. Vocal feedback could not be removed in either class without disruptive behavior increasing, nor could contingent rewards from Class 2. We calculated Cohen’s d statistics to describe the size of the effects of the GBG on disruptive behavior for each class. A large effect size was demonstrated for all phases of the GBG. These data demonstrate one potential way to reduce teacher effort while maintaining the effects of the GBG.
 
The Good Behavior Game: Maintenance and Side-effects in Preschoolers
ELIZABETH FOLEY (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Sara Camille Diaz de Villegas (University of Kansas), Rachel Jess (University of Kansas), Kathleen Holehan (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an effective intervention used to change a variety of behaviors, across populations, and in various settings (see Tingstrom, Sterling-Turner, & Wilczynski, 2006, for a review). There is limited research on the intervention with preschoolers (Foley et al., 2019; Wiskow et al., 2019), the efficacy of the intervention when the GBG is faded or removed (Dadakhodjaeve et al, 2019; Ruiz-Olivares et al., 2010), and the potential side-effects associated with the GBG (Groves & Austin, 2019). We evaluated the efficacy of the GBG with preschoolers and determined whether effortful components of the GBG could be faded while maintaining treatment effects. Furthermore, we conducted a systematic analysis of peer interactions as a potential side effect of the GBG. Results suggest the GBG is an effective intervention for reducing the disruptive behavior of preschoolers and treatment effects maintained as we faded components. Finally, the side-effect analysis showed the GBG was associated with an increase in peer interactions and specific variables (e.g., delivery of reward) were associated with specific types of peer interactions.
 
Effects of Good Behavior Game Dosage on Maintenance of Behavior Change
Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales), MALLORIE PAIGE GALJOUR (University of South Wales), Jenna Howells (University of South Wales), Abbie Shorthouse (University of South Wales)
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a classroom management system with decades of research demonstrating its effectiveness across a range of educational settings. However, one specific limitation of the GBG is that effects observed while the game is being played do not appear to generalize to settings or times in which the game is not being played. It is possible that the lack of treatment effect maintenance may be due to the limited dosages of the GBG employed in most of the extant research. This study evaluated the effects of GBG dosage across six primary school classrooms in Wales. Classrooms were paired based on key classroom variables (e.g., age of students, approach to teaching, schedule) and then assigned to deliver either low-dose GBG (one game per day) or high dose GBG (2-3 games per day). Effects of the GBG were evaluated using a withdrawal design and student disruptions during withdrawal phases were used to evaluate maintenance of GBG effects. The GBG was effective in reducing disruptions across all classrooms. However, for two of the three pairs, examinations of behavior after the initial withdrawal phase showed lower levels of disruptive during subsequent withdrawals in the high-dose classrooms. These results suggest that higher doses of the GBG may result in greater maintenance of GBG effects.
 
 
Symposium #45
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research in Equivalence-Based Instruction and Emergent Responding With Advanced Learners and Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence E
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Leif Albright (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Daniel Mark Fienup, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In this symposium, four studies will be described that evaluated procedures to facilitate emergent responding and/or equivalence class formation with adults of typical development or adults diagnosed with ASD. In the first study, equivalence-based instruction (EBI) was compared to a PowerPoint lecture to teach differential reinforcement procedure descriptors to college students. In the second study, EBI was compared to self-study of videos to learn examples of American Sign Language and to combine them in novel ways using both listener and speaker behavior. In the third study, adult participants were trained on nutrition Information for different food items using conditional-discrimination training. In the last study, adults with ASD learned classes of stimuli representing computer hardware (i.e., hard drive, CPU fan, RAM, processor, and power supply) using EBI and then demonstrated the emergence of untaught relations, intraverbals, and assembly of a hard drive. Collectively, these studies inform best practices of procedures used to promote emergent responding and equivalence class formation across a broad domain of skill areas.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): advanced learners, emergent behavior, stimulus equivalence
Target Audience:

College instructors / BCBAs

 
Comparing Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction to Lecture to Teach Differential Reinforcement Descriptors to College Students
Sabrina Kelly (Caldwell University), ADRIENNE JENNINGS (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Carol J McPheters (Alta Families, Inc.)
Abstract: Many higher education students learn core concepts of behavior analytic principles through academic curriculum (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2007; Malott, 2013). However, students of higher education may have difficultly learning such material (McConnell, 1990; Tauber, 1988). The present study compared a pre-recorded lecture to computerized equivalence-based instruction to teaching college students differential reinforcement procedures [i.e., differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO), differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), and differential reinforcement of incompatible behavior (DRI)]. Each class contained three members (A: the term, B: the definition, C: multiple exemplars of vignettes). A between-subjects group design was used to compare pretest and posttest performances of participants assigned to either equivalence-based instruction or lecture instruction. Sorting and written tests were used to determine the degree of class-consistent responding in novel formats for both groups. Results demonstrated that EBI was more effective than lecture at teaching concepts of differential reinforcement.
 
Comparing Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction to Self-Study of Videos to Teach Sign Language to Adults
ANGELINA LONGO (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Adrienne Jennings (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract: We compared equivalence-based instruction (EBI) to self-study of videos to teach eight 3-member classes of ASL signs with adults. Four of the equivalence classes consisted of verbs (i.e., throw, touch, blow, and spin) and four classes were nouns (i.e., truck, dollar, egg, and ball). We also assessed (a) speaker probes by having participants sign both single words and verb-noun pairs of words and (b) listener probes by having participants comply with signed requests of verb-noun pairs. Results showed that all 12 participants from the EBI group reached passing criterion of 88% for single sign probes on the first training. In the self-study group, however, only 3 of 12 participants reached passing criterion on the first training. Lastly, participants from the EBI and self-study group performed at high levels across MTS emergent relations responding. However, the EBI group showed significantly higher scores for the single signs posttest than the self-study group. Verb-noun phrases demonstrating recombinative generalization successfully emerged across listener and speaker tasks for both groups. Social validity measures showed that participants in the EBI group liked their method of learning more than the participants in the self-study group. These results further inform our procedures for effectively teaching ASL.
 
Teaching Skills About Content of Nutrition in a Matching-to-Sample Format
JON MAGNUS EILERTSEN (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract: Adult participants were trained in nutrition knowledge for different food items. The participants were assigned to three different groups and all the participants were first exposed to a pre-test of stimuli with names of different food items. In the pre-test, they were asked to sort the stimuli according to three different ranges of carbohydrate values. This test was followed by a conditional-discrimination training and testing, and finally a post-sorting test of the stimuli used in the conditional-discrimination training. Stimuli used in the conditional-discrimination training were tailored, that is, food items that the participant categorized incorrectly in the sorting test were used in the conditional-discrimination training. Participants in Groups 1 and 2 were trained 6 conditional discriminations and tested for the formation of three 3-member classes. Group 2 had an option with “don’t know” in together with the three different ranges of carbohydrates values in the pre-sorting test. Participants in Group 3 were trained 12 conditional discriminations and tested for the formation of three 5-member classes. The main findings showed that all participants who responded correctly on at least one test for equivalence class formation in the matching-sample format test, sorted the stimuli correctly in post-sorting test.
 
Application of Computer Hardware Relations Learned During Equivalence-Based Instruction to a Vocational Task
KATRINA ROBERTS (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: In the present study, we used a pretest/training/posttest experimental design to examine the effects of teaching specific conditional relations among stimuli representing computer hardware (i.e., hard drive, CPU fan, RAM, processor, and power supply), on the emergence of untaught derived relations, intraverbals, and assembly of a computer hard drive. Participants were three adults diagnosed with autism. Equivalence stimuli consisted of the written name of the hardware, a picture of the hardware, the written function of the hardware, and a picture indicating the location of the hardware. A match-to-sample procedure was used to train the conditional discriminations among the class members. We also used a simple to complex training protocol and a linear training structure for the classes. Responding of all three participants improved from pretest to posttest on measures of untaught relations, intraverbals, and assembling a hard drive. These results demonstrate the utility of EBI and direct application of the learned relations to a vocational task.
 
 
Symposium #46
CE Offered: BACB
Mastery Criterion During Skill Acquisition: Recent Research
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence F-H
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Brittany Chiasson (Teachers College)
Discussant: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: Sarah M. Richling, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Mastery criteria are a ubiquitous component of skill acquisition programs; however, there is limited research on its use. Studies in this symposium will cover a range of issue related to an educator's use of criteria. Our first talk discusses data analysis and how the continuity of data collection affects mastery. The second and third talks manipulate an aspect of mastery criterion and evaluate its effect on skill acquisition. The final talk focuses on appropriate criteria and instruction to promote eye contact.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): developmental disabilities, education, mastery criterion, skill acquisition
Target Audience:

Researchers and practitioners who design educational interventions for children with developmental disabilities

Learning Objectives: 1. Define mastery criterion and its major components 2. Identify aspects of mastery criterion that affect skill acquisition 3. Discuss how data collection and type of skill interact with mastery criterion effects.
 

Comparing Continuous Versus Discontinuous Data Collection on Skill Acquisition and Teacher Decision-Making

ADAM S. WARMAN (The Faison Center), Amy Coleman (Faison Center), Ashley Briggs Greer (Faison Center), Luke Martin (Faison Center), Sydney Mrowiec (Faison Center)
Abstract:

Data collection procedures must be chosen to work for the clinician, rather than expending inefficient effort on gathering underutilized information. Balancing clinician use of time with effective instructional interventions and decision-making. This study applied a multiple baseline across participants design to compare the two approaches using parallel data-based decision protocols regarding the impact on client skill mastery, false mastery indicators, rate of instruction, and overall clinician intervention decisions. The data collection systems of the programming for 6 children with autism were manipulated in a private day school in suburban Virginia. Licensed special education teachers supervised by behavior analysts designed the skill acquisition programming. The data indicate that while mastery of targets was similar between the conditions, significant differences were found in teacher decision-making effort, rate of instruction, and targets falsely flagged as mastered. Exploring the potential effects a data collection system may have on client skill acquisition and the efficient use of limited clinician time can help service providers determine which systemic processes they will use in their practice.

 
Mastery Criterion During a Shaping Task: The Effects of Short and Long Criteria
REBECCA HOTCHKISS (Evergreen Center), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Research on mastery criterion effects has focused on discrete responses and, to the best of our knowledge, have not been evaluated in the context of shaping procedures. In this study, we evaluated two criteria in the context of shaping auditory discriminations for children with autism, which has been shown to increase echoic production. The program begins with children discriminating very different auditory stimuli and across consecutive phases children discriminate increasingly similar auditory stimuli. In the traditional criterion condition, participants mastered each phase of the shaping protocol by responding with 90% accuracy in a 20 trial session. In the consecutive correct condition, participants mastered each phase of the protocol by responding correctly to 5 consecutive trials in a session that lasted a maximum of 20 trials. In a between-subjects study, we matched participants based on baseline echoic production and general rate of learning. Participants in the consecutive correct condition completed the shaping protocol with significantly fewer trials and demonstrated the same gains in echoic repertoires as participants who completed the protocol with a traditional mastery criterion. We discuss the implications of mastery criterion for different types of procedures and responses.
 
The Application of Mastery Criterion to Individual Operants During Skill Acquisition
KRISTINA WONG (Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Typically, with children with disabilities, instructors deliver blocks of trials containing multiple stimuli/responses and evaluate mastery as percentage correct across all responses in the block. The purpose of the current study was to investigate this traditional mastery criterion arrangement compared to an arrangement where mastery was assessed at the level of individual responses. In both conditions, mastery criterion was 100% accuracy in one session. In the Set Analysis (SA) condition, accuracy was evaluated as average correct responding across all 4 target operants in a set. In the Operant Analysis (OA) condition, we taught 4 targets at a time and accuracy was assessed per operant and new operants were substituted into the set each time a single operant was mastered. Overall, all 4 participants learned textual responses quicker in the OA condition and all participants maintained a higher number of responses from the OA condition. Implications for skill acquisition are discussed.
 

Mastery Criteria, Maintenance, and Generalization of Eye Contact in Individuals With Developmental Disabilities

ANNA EDGEMON (Auburn University), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University), Jennifer L. Cook (University of South Florida), Nadratu Nuhu (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Joseph Bardeen (Auburn University)
Abstract:

In humans, eye contact is one of the most important nonverbal communicative behaviors. However, deficits in eye contact are characteristic of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and other neurodevelopmental disabilities. Interventions targeting increasing eye contact in this population are important as eye contact can be conceptualized as a behavioral cusp that allows the individual to access novel environments and contingencies. Previous research has used a variety of procedures to increase eye contact in this population with limited success and arbitrarily determined mastery criteria. Thus, the purpose of this presentation is to discuss three studies which evaluated eye contact. In the first study, researchers used descriptive analyses to determine normative levels of eye contact in a sample population. In the second study, researchers used eye tracking software to increase eye contact in individuals with disabilities and evaluated generalization across settings. In the third study, researchers used a progressive model to teach eye contact and evaluated maintenance during follow-up probes. Limitations of these studies are discussed along with suggestions for future research on increasing eye contact in individuals with developmental disabilities and programming for generalization and maintenance.

 
 
Symposium #47
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Applied Research in Organizational Behavior Management
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Capitol/Congress
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Discussant: Matthew M Laske (Appalachian State University)
CE Instructor: Matthew M Laske, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Since its inception in the late 1960s Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) has been applied across a wide variety of industries. Within these various industries different goals, populations, and procedures make OBM one of the broadest applications of behavior analysis. However, the differences across settings require a range of skills in an OBM practitioner that include industry specific terminology, knowledge of safety procedures, government regulations, among others. This symposium contains two presentations in a human service setting, a study that took place within a hospital, and a final study that took place in a manufacturing plant. The goals and methods of the studies vary widely and highlight how OBM procedures can be implemented. The applications of OBM will be compared and contrasted by the discussant.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Human Services, Manufacturing, OBM
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe methods to increase interaction between medical professionals 2. Participants will describe how to implement a PFP system in behavior analysts 3. Participants will describe the effects of antecedent prompts in the work environment
 

The Effect of “Do” Versus “Don’t” Formatted Messaging on Employee Adherence to Written Requests

ELIZABETH NEWCOMB (The Faison Center), Nicholas Vanderburg (The Faison Center Inc), Trang Doan (The Faison Center), Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center)
Abstract:

Signs are a commonly used antecedent intervention. There are a number of variables that make a sign more likely to be followed (proximity, response effort, changing vs. static), but there is little research into whether a sign is more effective if the message is provided in a “do” versus a “don’t” format. Providing a “do” request is generally considered more effective in clinical populations but has not been studied in an employee population. In the current study, written requests, in the form of a posted sign on a door, were used to measure the effectiveness of a “do” message (find another way) and a “don’t” message (do not enter) with employees in a school setting. Adherence to the signs did some to be influenced by the message.

 

A Pay-for-Performance System in Behavior Analysts Conducting Consultation

RACHEL L ERNEST (The Faison Center), Adam S. Warman (The Faison Center), Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Abstract:

Pay-for-performance broadly describes systems where an employee’s behavior is tied to her or his performance. The current applied study describes the effects of transitioning a team of four behavior analysts from a standard pay-for-time paradigm to a pay-for-performance system. In the pay-for-performance system a percentage of pay was made contingent upon the number of hours billed. Results indicated an increase in the number of monthly hours billed across all behavior analysts. Additionally, the improvements in performance achieved in the pay-for-performance program made the department profitable for the first time.

 

Increasing Doctor-Nurse-Patient Communication During Patient Rounds

NICOLE GRAVINA (University of Florida), Andressa Sleiman (Univeristy of Florida), Nicholas Matey (University of Florida), Elizabeth Harlan (University of Florida), Garret Hack (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Hospital errors are the third leading cause of death in the United States. One way to reduce errors is to increase communication between doctors, nurses, and patients. Each stakeholder brings valuable information to the discussion and can serve as a second check during medical decisions. In this study, we examined a package intervention that included task clarification, prompting, and feedback for increasing discussion among doctors, nurses, and patients during morning rounds on two units. Communication was measured using a checklist of items to be discussed during rounds. Furthermore, nurse presence and submitting orders during rounds was measured. Results indicated that they intervention was successful at improving communication.

 

Performance Management at Work: Improving Productivity and Efficiency in a Manufacturing Setting

NICHOLAS MATEY (University of Florida), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Organizational behavior management (OBM) techniques have long made positive impacts in businesses and organizations. One successful area within OBM is performance management or focusing on employee behaviors to reach organizational goals. The current study used performance management techniques to improve casting productivity and efficiency in a copper manufacturing company. Combinations of goal-setting, task clarification, and feedback were used to target both pounds of copper casted and the amount of time needed to complete a cycle (cycle time). Overall, productivity increased by 7.2% and cycle time decreased by 4.4% during the intervention and this change was estimated to be worth over $5 million. Methodology and other results will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #48
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
A Flat Earth or Behavioral Full Worldview: The Need for Behavior Analysts to Rely Upon the Fundamentals of Our Science
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, University of D.C. / Catholic University
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg )
Discussant: Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark)
CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Ivy, Ph.D.
Abstract:

As access to information increases with internet searches and almost instantaneous global communication, behavior analysts become exposed to a wide-variety of perspectives and strategies for treatment implementation. This exposure can cause behavior analysts’ worldview to shift from applying the theoretical foundations of behavioral science to incorporating other worldviews (e.g., mentalistic, non-scientifically supported theories) into their clinical practice. Some behavior analysts have confused the technologies of behavior analysis (e.g., curricula, assessments, etc.) for behavior analysis itself or have not adopted a behavioral worldview. “If this were a theoretical issue only, we should have no cause for alarm; but theories affect practice… Confusion in theory means confusion in practice” (Skinner, p. 9, 1968). This symposium, which includes four presentations and a discussion, will examine the variables that impact the shift to or away from a behavior analytic "worldview", the necessity for incorporating a behavioral worldview into ethical practice, and the impact for not utilizing a behavioral worldview.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral philosophy, behaviorism, ethics, theory gap
Target Audience:

Practicing behavior analysts, students of behavior analysis, clinical supervisors.

Learning Objectives: 1) Define worldview and adequately describe the behavioral worldview. 2) State the impact of philosophical coursework on the evolution of worldview. 3) Differentiate between a “point-and-click behaviorist” and a “world view behaviorist”. 4) Differentiate between an open and closed worldview, and why the former is more likely to lead to scientific advancement than the latter.
 

One Worldview to Rule Them All

(Service Delivery)
RONALD LEAF (Autism Partnership), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
Abstract:

A worldview is the lens through which we look and make sense of the world. A worldview constructs the foundation of what we believe, and dictates how we explain, assess, and deal with the phenomena of interest. Behavior analysts, through their training, are exposed to and supposedly embrace the worldview of behaviorism and all that that means, such as adherence to scientific attitude and practice, that informs our assessment and treatment of behavior. However, there is accumulating evidence that behavior analysts are using and supporting treatments and interventions that are not based upon the behavior-analytic worldview or conceptualization of behavior. Such practice hurts consumers, hurts our field, and demonstrates ethical disarray on the part of the behavior analyst. Behavior analysts have an ethical and practical responsibility to adhere only to behaviorism as their worldview and behave according to only its tenets and philosophy.

 
Can a Science of Teaching Teach a Scientific Worldview?
(Theory)
KIMBERLY MARSHALL (CCSN: Center for Independence; Endicott College)
Abstract: It is evident that the concepts and principles of behavior analysis are well defined. However, it is less evident that behavior analysts have a thorough understanding of the philosophy of their science. Despite the wealth of resources available and coursework requirements in philosophy, it has been demonstrated that many behavior analysts do not hold a behavior analytic worldview (Bailey & Burch, 2016; Oliver, Pratt, & Normand, 2015; Schreck, Karunaratne, Zane, & Wilford, 2016). A worldview, the standpoint through which one interprets their environment, influences treatment choice and the quality of intervention that clients receive. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board®, has announced upcoming changes that will hopefully improve adherence to a behavior analytic worldview, including revised course content requirements to include 90 hours on the philosophical underpinnings of behavior analysis with the implementation of the 5th Edition Task List in 2022 (BACB, 2017b). Consequently, research into the effectiveness of coursework targeted at teaching the philosophical underpinnings of applied behavior analysis in teaching a behavior analytic worldview grounded in a philosophy of science is necessary and timely. Preliminary data will be presented on the impact of philosophical coursework on the evolution of worldview in students of behavior analysis, and the results will be discussed with regard to additional training interventions.
 

The Point-and-Click Behaviorist or a Behavioral World View Behaviorist: Where is Our Field Heading?

(Service Delivery)
KIMBERLY A. SCHRECK (Penn State Harrisburg), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
Abstract:

Despite ethical requirements that behavior analysts function under a behavioral world view, it appears that some behavior analysts have adapted more of a conspiracy theory – flat earth world view not based upon our science. In fact, evidence indicates that some behavior analysts believe that the behavioral world view only applies to specific populations and age groups – not the full earth. This may be due to a lack of understanding and application of the fundamental philosophy of the science or an over-reliance on marketing behavioral analysis to specific populations and commercialized guides as easy to use as a point-and-click google search. Marketing may have been appropriately conducted to disseminate to the public behavior analysis’ effectiveness for specific populations, it may have marketed too well – changing behavior analysts’ world view. Although curriculum and guides initially may have been appropriately developed to assist behavior analysts, but not replace the fundamental applications of the science, the over reliance on their simplicity may be replacing the comprehensive understanding and use of the behavioral world view and application of such. Without a thorough understanding and application of a comprehensive behavioral worldview, behavior analysts may evolve into superficial and unethical, point-and-click behavioral technicians and not analysts.

 
If You Want to Have a Worldview, You Probably Should Get Out to See the World
(Service Delivery)
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Until recently, it would have been typical to find behavior analysts trained in or at least heavily exposed to other fields of psychology, and other fields altogether. Because they had seen other things they had good reason to understand the conceptual advantages of the radical behaviorist worldview. Now we have behavior analysts trained entirely in dedicated applied behavior analysis programs, increasingly taught by people with similar training, using a largely proscribed syllabus, seeing little or nothing apart from what will be helpful for successfully remediating a fairly narrow range of behavior problems in a fairly narrow range of the population. That is, they might know a lot about certain kinds of contingencies, but they probably do not know about behavior as a general matter, its range and richness, full of things we cannot begin to explain (and hardly ever try to). That is, their worldview will not be so much about behavior generally, but about those things that their contingencies can encompass and do something about. Radical behaviorism, the philosophy of a science, will be replaced by “radical proceduralism,” the philosophy of a profession. An open worldview designed to broaden inquiry risks being replaced by a closed worldview, one focused on just those things it can deal with, falsely confident it has all the answers because it only knows to ask certain kinds of questions.
 
 
Symposium #49
CE Offered: BACB
Comparisons and Innovations in Teaching Verbal Behavior to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon I
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Haven Sierra Niland (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Haven Sierra Niland, M.S.
Abstract:

Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) may exhibit deficits in language and social communication; therefore, behavioral intervention needs to ameliorate deficits in verbal behavior and expand relevant repertoires. Continuous refinement of procedures to assess and teach these skills is needed to promote efficacious and efficient intervention strategies, which should produce meaningful outcomes for clients. This symposium will present empirical data from research projects aimed at identifying efficacious and efficient procedures to teach and expand the verbal repertoires of children with ASD. Chance, Cividini-Motta, and Livingston will present on a comparison of methods used to condition echoic behavior as reinforcers to increase vocalizations. Niland et al. will describe the results of a comparison of isolated and compound stimulus presentations to teach auditory tacts. Scott et al. will describe the results of a comparison of different antecedent verbal stimuli on the acquisition and emergence of bidirectional intraverbals. Finally, Guerrero et al. will report on a comparison of procedures to teach multiply-controlled verbal behavior, short story recall. Presentations will be followed by a discussion of applied implications and future directions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): echoics, emergent learning, tacts, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Applied researchers and applied practitioners

 
Conditioning Vocalizations as Reinforcer: A Comparison of Observational Conditioning and Response-Contingent Pairing
SYDNI CHANCE (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida), Cynthia P. Livingston (University of North Florida)
Abstract: Children with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often display impairments in communication. More specifically, children with ASD may have difficulty developing language skills, for e.g., delay in verbal behavior, limited echoic skills, and/or lack of functional communication. A common way to combat this deficit is by increasing vocalizations in these children. Previous research has used various procedures to attempt to condition vocalizations as reinforcers, such as stimulus-stimulus pairing, response-contingent pairing (RCP), and operant discrimination training. Another procedure for conditioning stimuli is observational conditioning (OC), which is a type of observational learning. However, OC has not been assessed as a procedure for conditioning echoics as reinforcers. As such, the current compared the effects of two conditioning procedures, RCP and OC, to determine their efficacy in conditioning vocalizations as reinforcer and their effect on rate of vocalizations of children with autism. Three children, age 5-10 years old, participated in this study. For two participants, both procedures resulted in an increase in vocalizations, however, a conditioning effect was only observed for one of the participants.
 

Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Tact Auditory Stimuli: A Comparison of Isolated and Compound Stimulus Presentations

HAVEN SIERRA NILAND (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Valeria Laddaga Gavidia (University of North Texas), Maria Jose Otero (University of North Texas), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract:

Tacts are verbal operants evoked by some object, event, or stimulus feature, and tacts should occur in the presence of stimuli across all five senses. An example of an auditory tact is saying “siren” upon hearing the high-pitched noise of an ambulance. We replicated and extended a study by Hanney, Carr, and LeBlanc (2019) by examining the efficacy and efficiency of three different stimulus-presentation conditions including: (a) isolated, (b) compound with known visual stimulus, and (c) compound with unknown visual stimulus. We evaluated the acquisition of auditory tacts with an adapted alternating treatments design embedded within a nonconcurrent multiple-baseline design across sets with two children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). All three conditions were efficacious with at least one set of stimuli for each participant. However, the compound conditions were more likely to lead to mastery in the least amount of time. In transfer probes, isolated stimuli were presented as compound stimuli and compound stimuli were presented in isolation; correct auditory tacts emitted throughout probes indicated appropriate control of auditory stimuli persisted. Implications for future applied research and application to practice will be discussed.

 
The Use of Intraverbal Chains on the Emergence of Reverse Intraverbals
ALYSSA P. SCOTT (Marquette University), Mary Halbur (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University), Lauren Debertin (Marquette University), Courtney Lyn Meyerhofer (Marquette University)
Abstract: Intraverbal behavior plays an important role in day-to-day interactions while providing the foundation for advanced communication skills. Previous researchers have suggested it is important to identify teaching procedures that result in efficient acquisition as well as emergent verbal responses (e.g., Allan, Vladescu, Kisamore, Reeve, & Sidener, 2015). The purpose of the present investigation was to evaluate the acquisition and emergence of bidirectional intraverbal relations by using varied lengths of antecedent verbal stimuli to children with autism spectrum disorder. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline across sets with an embedded adapted alternating treatment design was used for each of the two participants. Three conditions were compared; intraverbal chains (e.g., “What do you do with a [target]?”), no intraverbal chains (i.e., a one-word antecedent verbal stimulus), and a control condition. Ongoing results suggest that the use of intraverbal chains lead to slightly quicker acquisition and greater emergence. However, minimal emergence was observed across both conditions Our discussion will analyze, (a) the possibility of client specific history to trial arrangements, (b) the consideration of echoic repertories, and (c) how to set-up learning trials to design future interventions that promote generalization to untrained verbal relations while increasing intraverbal skills.
 

Teaching Children With Autism to Recall Short Stories: A Replication and Extension

LISA GUERRERO (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Cindy Cahill (Florida Autism Center), Erica Jones (University of West Florida), Tina Smith-Bonahue (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Reading comprehension is an important early academic skill that may pose challenges for some children with autism. Prior research (Valentino, Conine, Delfs, & Furlow 2015) has reported effective methods for teaching children with autism to retell short stories that were previously read to them, as a possible first step in establishing a reading comprehension repertoire. We replicated and extended this prior work with three school-aged children with autism using a multiple baseline across stories and a non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants. Participants were exposed to an initial baseline, a reading with reinforcement condition (treatment 1), and a backward chaining with textual prompts condition (treatment 2). All three participants emitted mastery-level recall of stories more rapidly and under less complex intervention procedures than in prior research. Improvements in story recall were associated with increases in correct answers to basic comprehension questions, and intervention also resulted in generalized improvements in recall across multiple stories. We also conducted standardized reading assessments with all participants before and after completion of the study. These data have important implications for behavior analysts and educators providing reading intervention to children with autism and suggest several possible avenues for future research on reading comprehension and recall.

 
 
Invited Panel #49A
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP
Obtaining Federal Funding for Behavior Analytic Research: A Panel Discussion With Program Directors
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 3/4
Area: SCI; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: M. Christopher Newland, Ph.D.
Panelists: ALAN TOMKINS (National Science Foundation), EMILY DOOLITTLE (Institute of Education Sciences)
Abstract:

This event, coordinated with the Federation of Associations in Behavioral & Brain Sciences, will feature program directors (to be announced later) from federal funding agencies relevant to behavior analysis (e.g., NIH, IES, NSF). Program directors will briefly discuss funding priorities of relevance to behavioral scientists, suggest ways to better align behavior analytic proposals with these priorities, and take questions from the audience.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify potential funding agencies for behavioral work.; (2) describe current federal funding priorities; (3) identify resources to better advocate their research in proposals; (4) identify resources to write more competitive grant proposals.
ALAN TOMKINS (National Science Foundation)
Dr. Tomkins is deputy division director, NSF Social and Economic Division, Directorate of Social, Behavioral, and Economic Sciences. He has served on the editorial boards of American Psychologist, Behavioral Sciences & the LawExpert Evidence: The International Digest of Human Behaviour Science and LawLaw and Human Behavior, and American Journal of Community Psychology.
EMILY DOOLITTLE (Institute of Education Sciences)
Dr. Doolittle is the National Center for Education Research Team Lead for Social Behavioral Research. She takes a lead role in writing NCER’s requests for applications and works closely with a wide-variety of researchers to provide technical assistance both individually and through webinars and workshops on IES grant writing and the application process. She received her Ph.D. in developmental psychology from the University of Chicago. 
 
 
Symposium #50
CE Offered: BACB
The Application of Concurrent-Operants Methodologies for Evaluating Stimulus Functions With Individuals With Problem Behavior
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Chelsea R. Fleck (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Chelsea R. Fleck, M.S.
Abstract:

Clinicians may implement a number of preliminary assessments (e.g., functional analyses, demand assessments, preference assessments, etc.) prior to developing behavioral programs for clients with autism. The researchers in this symposium will describe two applications of concurrent-operants preparations for evaluating stimulus functions prior to initiating treatment. Lindsay Lloveras and colleagues will describe a concurrent-operant demand assessment (CODA) to identify a hierarchy of preferred and nonpreferred demands. Allie Rader and colleagues will describe a concurrent-operants assessment for determining the relative reinforcing efficacy of events hypothesized to maintain problem behavior. Implications for practitioners and applied researchers will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): concurrent operants, demand assessment, functional analysis, reinforcement
Target Audience:

Graduate students in behavior analysis, clinicians working with individuals with problem behavior, applied researchers

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe the utility of concurrent-operant methodologies for evaluating relative stimulus functions (e.g., task preference and potential reinforcement for problem behavior). 2. Participants will describe the utility of a concurrent-operant demand assessment (CODA) for evaluating task preference, measuring relative responding during identified demands, and potential implications for individuals with problem behavior. 3. Participants will describe how to use a concurrent-operant assessment to evaluate the effects of potential reinforcing functions for problem behavior.
 
Evaluation of a Concurrent Operant Demand Assessment to Determine Task Preference
LINDSAY LLOVERAS (University of Florida), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract: We conducted a concurrent operant demand assessment (CODA) to identify a hierarchy of preference for demands in 17 individuals who exhibited problem behavior. We presented demands in pairs, with selection between demands serving as the primary dependent variable. The reinforcing efficacy of escape from the most- and least-selected demands from the CODA were evaluated for 7 participants using progressive ratio (PR) schedules. Outcomes from the PR analysis corresponded with the rank order of demands from the CODA. Four of these seven participants were subsequently exposed to a brief CODA with only two items, which consisted of successive presentations of the most- and least-selected demands from the CODA. Outcomes of the brief CODA corresponded with the PR analysis and CODA for 3 out of 4 participants. These results suggest that the CODA might be an effective technology to determine a hierarchy of preference of demands for assessment and treatment purposes.
 
A Concurrent Operants Assessment to Infer Function of Problem Behavior
ALLISON RADER (Endicott College), Cara L. Phillips (May Institute), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute)
Abstract: In some cases, a formal functional analysis (FA) of problem behavior may be contraindicated. A concurrent operants paradigm may provide an alternative procedure to evaluate response-contingent outcomes hypothesized to maintain challenging behavior. An adolescent diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder who displays severe challenging behavior participated in the current study following completion of an FA. When a clear function did not emerge, possibly due to frequently shifting motivating operation (MO), an attention preference assessment was conducted in order to identify the type of attention to provide in a concurrent operants assessment. The participant nearly exclusively selected physical attention in the form of blocking. In the concurrent operant assessment, the participant selected between four arbitrary stimuli, each associated with one of the following conditions: (a) attention (i.e., blocking), (b) tangibles (i.e., iPad), (c) attention and tangibles simultaneously, or (d) no reinforcement (i.e., control). Frequency of response allocation and challenging behavior may indicate preference for reinforcers that are hypothesized to maintain challenging behavior. This inference can then be used to inform the treatment of challenging behavior.
 
 
Symposium #51
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on Teaching Safety Skills to Children With Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon H
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Marissa A. Novotny (University of Texas at San Antonio)
CE Instructor: Marissa A. Novotny, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium includes three papers two of which evaluate interventions for efficiently teaching safety skills to children with developmental disabilities. Miltenberger, Novotny, Maxfield, and Baruni evaluated video self-modeling with children with autism and preliminary data show the procedure is effective. Orner, Miltenberger, and Maxfield evaluated small scale simulation training with kids with autism and found it effective for only one of three children. Lastly, Maxfield, Park, and Blair discuss the results of their meta-analysis on 26 single subject design studies on safety skills interventions for individuals with intellectual disabilities.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Meta-Analysis, Safety Skills, Simulation Training, Video Self-Modeling
Target Audience:

BCBA and BCaBA

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe efficient ways to teach safety skills ; (2)discuss what training methods research supports for teaching safety skills; (3) explain how to use video self-modeling.
 
Evaluation of Video Self-Modeling to Teach Firearm Safety Skills
Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Marissa A. Novotny (University of Texas at San Antonio), Trevor Maxfield (University of South Florida), RASHA BARUNI (University of South Florida)
Abstract: We investigated a variation of video modeling, video self-modeling (VSM), for training firearm safety skills. The participants were prompted through the individual steps which was compiled to create the video where the participants would watch themselves engage in the appropriate safety skills. The participants were assessed following the creation of the video to ensure the skill was not learned from the creation of the video. Three children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder between the ages of 7 and 13-years-old were recruited for this study. The participants were required to not touch the firearm, leave the room, and tell an adult. The VSM was effective for two of the participants and the skill maintained at a 1 and a 2-month follow-up. One participant required in situ training before engaging in all the safety skills correctly. This study is the first demonstration of video self-modeling for firearm safety skills.
 

Evaluating Small Scale Simulation Training for Teaching Firearm Safety to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Margaret Orner (University of South Florida), RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida), Trevor Maxfield (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Every year children are unintentionally injured or killed due to finding an unattended firearm. Although research evaluating various approaches to teach safety skills shows that behavioral skills training and in situ training are effective, limited research exists evaluating small-scale simulation training in teaching safety skills to children. Furthermore, there is no research evaluating this approach with children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). This study evaluated the effectiveness of small-scale simulation training in teaching firearm safety to 5 to 6-year-old children with ASD. Simulation training was effective for one participant, in situ training was necessary for one participant, and an incentive was required for the third participant to demonstrate the safety skills.

 

A Meta-Analysis of Safety Skills Interventions for Individuals With Intellectual Disabilities

TREVOR MAXFIELD (University of South Florida), Eun-Young Park (Jeonju University), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This study provides the results of a meta-analysis of 26 single subject design studies on safety skills interventions for individuals with intellectual disabilities. Results indicate that individuals who have mild to moderate ID, particularly school-age children, have benefited most from the safety skills interventions, and that that the interventions have demonstrated low-to-large effect sizes across safety skills (e.g., abduction prevention, fire safety, first aids, daily living safety, pedestrian safety skills). The behavioral skills training (BST) with and without additional components was the most commonly used safety skills intervention for individuals with ID; however, BST alone demonstrated a larger effect than BST with additional components, and video modeling had the largest treatment effect of all intervention types. Outcomes for abduction prevention skills were larger than those of other safety skills. Implications for practice and future research are discussed in the following areas: implementer, dose of intervention, treatment fidelity, and social validity.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #52
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for Post-Traumatic Problems in Living
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon C
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Amy Murrell, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: SONJA BATTEN (Flexible Edge Solutions)
Abstract:

Traumatic experiences can have significant, and long-lasting, effects on the individuals who survive them. Frequently, clients who live through trauma experience a host of behavioral, cognitive, emotional, and physical health problems. When these individuals come to therapy, most of them are hoping that they will be able to eliminate the nightmares, memories, anger, anxiety, and other posttraumatic symptoms that they experience. In fact, most of them have tried many things (such as isolation, substance abuse, even suicide attempts) to manage these symptoms. However, what many of these individuals fail to realize is that their heroic efforts to avoid the pain of their posttraumatic experiences may actually be making things worse - and may even be the heart of the problem. In many ways, despite their best efforts, trauma survivors frequently find themselves trapped in a life that is largely devoted to the avoidance of pain. Effective empirically supported treatments for posttraumatic symptoms have been developed to aid trauma survivors in improving traditional PTSD symptoms. However, they are not universally effective, and not all clients are willing to engage in exposure-based treatment. In addition, given the high levels of psychiatric comorbidity with PTSD, treatments are needed that can cut across diagnostic categories and begin to treat presenting problems based on functional dimensions. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, a contemporary behavior therapy, provides an alternative to the feel-good agenda and instead focuses on helping clients to reconnect with those ideals and principles for living that are deeply important to them and that dignify the difficult events that they have survived. This presentation will introduce clinicians to contextual behavioral tools to work with trauma survivors on identifying each person’s valued life directions and then help motivate experiential acceptance and behavior change in the service of those values.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Clinicians, supervisors, students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe an understanding of posttraumatic problems in living based on a framework of experiential avoidance; (2) adapt traditional exposure-based interventions for an acceptance-based model; (3) promote life changes by helping clients move toward their values, rather than away from their pain.
 
SONJA BATTEN (Flexible Edge Solutions)
Sonja V. Batten, Ph.D., is a clinical psychologist with a specialization in traumatic stress, who has worked in policy, clinical, and research leadership positions in the public and private sectors. Dr. Batten is a peer-reviewed ACT trainer, a Past-President and Fellow of the Association for Contextual Behavioral Science, the author of Essentials of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, and the co-author of Committed Action in Practice. Dr. Batten is an experienced leader with a demonstrated history of working in the management consulting and health care industries. She is also a certified Change Management Practitioner and an experienced Executive Coach and Mentor.
 
 
Panel #53
CE Offered: BACB
Call Me Crazy! Using Behavior Analysis in Inpatient Psychiatry: Understanding Serious Mental Illness From a Behavior Analyst's Point of View and the Importance of Interdisciplinary Collaboration
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon B
Area: CBM/OBM; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Jennifer Morrison-Diallo, Ph.D.
Chair: Jennifer Morrison-Diallo (NYC Health + Hospitals/Kings County)
SHYLA ROSHIN (NYC Health + Hospitals/Kings County)
PAULINA KACZMARCZYK (NYC Health+ Hospitals/Kings County)
TAMI GATTA (NYC Health + Hospitals/Kings County)
Abstract:

Providing behavior analytic services in an acute inpatient psychiatric setting can be very challenging, especially when working with individuals with serious mental illness, significant trauma history, co-morbid personality disorders, and limited intellectual functioning. A team of behavior analysts at NYC Health + Hospitals/Kings County in Brooklyn, NY work with an interdisciplinary team of clinicians to provide evidence-based behavior analytic treatment for people with varying serious mental illnesses. This panel will include an interdisciplinary team (behavior analyst, Doctor of Nursing, and Peer Specialist) which will discuss the trials and tribulations of providing behavior analytic services for individuals in an environment where people do not have experience with behavioral interventions. Some topics discussed among the panel will include: a) understanding serious mental health symptoms and behaviors from a function-based behavior analytic approach; b) the importance of “playing nicely in the sandbox” and receiving support to create effective service delivery models; and c) discussion of other treatment modalities and how behavior analysts can work with others to create effective behavior change. This panel will also provide a few case studies of challenging cases to provide other behavior analysts in attendance some creative ideas and solutions to very complex, challenging cases in mental health settings.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts in public health settings; Behavior analysts who work with individuals diagnosed with mental health diagnoses; Behavior analysts who are interested in systems change and collaboration

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn how to apply functional behavior assessments to psychiatric diagnoses 2. Participants will understand how to more effectively create partnerships with other disciplines and service areas. 3. Participants will participate in a discussion of high risk case examples and apply behavior analytic principles to interventions for people that are diagnosed with serious mental illness
Keyword(s): Behavior Assessment, Interdisciplinary Collaboration, Mental Health
 
 
Invited Paper Session #54
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
TRAUMA: Behavioral and Neurological Perspectives on Trauma
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty I-L
Chair: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
CE Instructor: Carla H. Lagorio, Ph.D.
Presenting Authors: PATRICK C. FRIMAN (Boys Town), K. MATTHEW LATTAL (Oregon Health)
Abstract: Non-scientifically oriented clinicians and counselors have coopted the concept of trauma, established a related dogma, and attempted with some success to keep behaviorally oriented professionals at bay. This is tricky territory. The concept has been used to label and/or describe so many different types of human experience that it has become almost meaningless. It has no operational definition, at least not one widely accepted. Yet on closer inspection, regardless of its definition, the concept would seem perfectly suited for a behavioral analysis. In the simplest of terms, trauma appears to refer to aversive events that dramatically increase the negative reinforcement associated with avoidance of events that are topographically and/or functionally related to those events. The amount of avoidance exhibited by afflicted individuals impairs their diurnal and nocturnal functioning. The most effective approach would almost certainly involve escape extinction. However, because of the highly politicized nature of the concept, language describing that approach would almost certainly have to have more colloquial features in order to recruit any acceptance outside the field of behavioral analysis. This presentation will discuss trauma from that perspective.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. 

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss approaches to PTSD and addiction; (2) discuss the persistent effects of trauma; (3) discuss ways to suppress fearful behaviors and drug-seeking behaviors; (4) discuss the neurobiological changes associated with trauma.
 
Trauma Drama: A Behavior Analytic Perspective on Trauma
PATRICK C. FRIMAN (Boys Town)
Abstract: A common finding from rodent studies of drug abuse is that acute or chronic stress can reinstate drug-seeking behavior after extinction. In most of these studies, the stressor occurs during the reinstatement test; very little is known about the effects on drug-seeking behaviors long after the stressor has occurred. We have developed a behavioral approach in which an acute stressor in one context causes persistent effects on drug-seeking behaviors in a different context. This approach models some of the persistent effects of trauma on relapse that often occur in patients with a diagnosis of comorbid post-traumatic stress disorder (PSTD) and substance use disorder. I will describe some of the basic characteristics of this approach, including applications to different drugs of abuse and natural rewards, some of the underlying neurobiology, and how we have used this approach to evaluate potential treatments. These treatments focus on promoting extinction by pairing nonreinforced presentations of a stimulus or response during extinction with delivery of a drug that promotes epigenetic mechanisms that are involved in long-term memory. This leads to a persistent suppression of behavior that appears to resist environmental manipulations that cause relapse (such as exposure to cues or contexts previously associated with drugs of abuse). Implications of this approach for animal models of PTSD and addiction will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. 

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss approaches to PTSD and addiction; (2) discuss the persistent effects of trauma; (3) discuss ways to suppress fearful behaviors and drug-seeking behaviors; (4) discuss the neurobiological changes associated with trauma.
 
Trauma, Extinction, and the Problem of Relapse
K. MATTHEW LATTAL (Oregon Health)
 
 
Invited Panel #55
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Computer Technology and the Future of Behavior Analysis: A Panel With Discussion
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 6
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (Western New England University)
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D.
Panelists: CASEY J. CLAY (University of Missouri), DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University), AARON J. FISCHER (University of Utah)
Abstract:

This panel will be a discussion of Dr. Ellie Kazemi’s SQAB Tutorial on the utility of computer technologies in behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe contemporary applications of computer technologies in behavior analysis; (2) describe the research questions to be addressed by computer technologies; (3) describe resources to leverage computer technologies in behavior analysis.
CASEY J. CLAY (University of Missouri)
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University)
AARON J. FISCHER (University of Utah)
 
 
Symposium #56
CE Offered: BACB
Approaches to Assessment and Treatment of Unique Presenting Concerns in Clinical Settings
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202A
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Chathuri Illapperuma (University of Nebraska-Medical Center; Munroe Meyer Institute; Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders)
Discussant: Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft)
CE Instructor: Tracy L. Kettering, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In this symposium we provide a discussion of unique presenting concerns and clinical evaluations in clinic settings. The first two papers address schedule thinning considerations functional communication training (FCT). The study by Smith and colleagues evaluates a comparison of a compound schedules of reinforcement involving discriminative stimuli (e.g., multiple or chained schedules, Greer et al., 2016) or within the context of probabilistic, progressive-delay schedules (e.g., contingency-based progressive-delay schedule, Ghaemmaghami et al., 2016) and the relative efficacy of these two methods during schedule thinning for individuals with severe challenging behavior. Similarly, the study by Salvatore and colleagues investigates the efficiency and preference for alternative activities during schedule thinning within FCT. Garcia and Wunderlich extend the work of Edgerton and Wine (2017) by using a function-based treatment to increase appropriate voice volume responses. Last, another unique study by Weber and colleagues implemented an adaptation of the Good Behavior Game with a sibling dyad to decrease destructive behavior. Dr. Tracy Kettering will provide comments on navigating challenges presented by adaptations of assessment and treatment to address unique cases in a clinical setting.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Destructive Behavior, Functional Analysis, GBG, Schedule Thinning
Target Audience:

Behavioral specialists Graduate Students Practitioners

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to distinguish between chained, multiple, and probabilistic thinning schedules. 2. Attendees will be able to identify unique presenting functions and function- based treatment for voice-volume behaviors. 3. Attendees will be able to identify adaptations of the Good Behavior Game to decrease destructive behaviors in a sibling dyad.
 
A Comparative Analysis of Procedures to Teach Delay Tolerance
(Applied Research)
Katherine Brown (Utah State University), Reagan Gaynor (University of Nebraska Omaha), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), SEAN SMITH (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Reinforcement schedule thinning, or delay tolerance training, is necessary to make functional communication training (FCT) an effective treatment in naturalistic contexts (Hagopian, Boelter, & Jarmolowicz, 2011). Delay tolerance training is often implemented within the context of a compound schedule of reinforcement involving discriminative stimuli (e.g., multiple or chained schedules, Greer et al., 2016) or within the context of a probabilistic, progressive-delay schedule (e.g., contingency-based progressive-delay schedule, Ghaemmaghami et al., 2016). The purpose of this experiment was to evaluate the relative efficacy of these two methods of delay tolerance training procedures for three individuals referred to a clinic for the assessment and treatment of destructive behavior. First, we conducted a functional analysis and successfully implemented FCT. Next, we conducted a comparative analysis of compound schedules and probabilistic, progressive-delay schedules for teaching delay tolerance within an alternating treatments design. The results showed that the rates of destructive behavior did not differ significantly across the two delay tolerance strategies, however, maintenance of correct FCRs was better in the compound schedule condition for two participants. Results will be discussed in terms of the duration of exposure to establishing operations maintaining destructive behavior and the potential limiting conditions of each strategy.
 

Efficiency and Preference for Alternative Activities During Schedule Thinning With Functional Communication Training

(Applied Research)
GIOVANNA SALVATORE (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University), Kimberly Ford (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) is an effective treatment for decreasing socially-reinforced destructive behavior (Carr & Durand, 1985). Multiple schedules are frequently used to thin the reinforcement schedule during FCT (Hanley et al., 2001). An extinction burst is possible with each schedule thinning step, contributing to slow treatment progress. In clinical practice, individuals are often expected to sit and wait during periods of restricted access to functional reinforcers; however, in the natural environment, they generally do not wait without alternative items/activities available. Ten children referred for treatment of destructive behavior participated in this study. Therapists conducted functional analyses and taught participants a functional communication response to access functional reinforcers. Therapists implemented a multiple schedule during schedule thinning, comparing a control condition (nothing available during S-delta intervals) to separate conditions with embedded items/activities during S-delta intervals (moderately preferred tangible items, attention, demands). After reaching the terminal schedule in at least one condition, therapists assessed participant preference across S-delta conditions. For 80% of participants, the terminal schedule was only reached with alternative items/activities. All participants demonstrated preference for alternative items/activities and therapists indicated preference for conducting these sessions. For 6 participants, we simultaneously targeted an escape function during the S-delta condition including demands.

 

An Experimental Analysis of Voice Volume for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
ARTURO GARCIA (Rollins College), Kara L. Wunderlich (Rollins College)
Abstract:

Inappropriate prosodic production is often observed, but rarely treated, communication skill deficit for individuals with autism. Few studies have evaluated the acoustic characteristics of prosody in children with ASD, and obtaining a pragmatic measurement of their conversational skills is typically limited to parent and teacher report measures. In one exception in the research, a previous study by Edgerton and Wine (2017) implemented an intervention for shaping the conversational speech volume of an intellectually disabled participant. Expanding on the previous literature, we conducted a functional analysis of the voice volume responses (VVR) of two children with ASD utilizing similar procedures to those from Edgerton and Wine. Further, we evaluated the efficacy of using a function-based treatment, in conjunction with the visual feedback from the app, to increase appropriate VVR. Results of the evaluation, as well as implications for the treatment of inappropriate voice volume and other prosodic behaviors, will be discussed.

 
Effects of the Good Behavior Game with Siblings
(Applied Research)
Katherine Brown (Utah State University), Reagan Gaynor (University of Nebraska Omaha), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), JESSIE WEBER (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: With the increased prevalence of developmental disorders, the genetic loading associated with many developmental disorders (e.g., autism spectrum disorder; Bertrand et al., 2001), and the comorbidity between developmental disorders and destructive behavior (Matson & Rivet, 2009), practitioners are likely to encounter families with multiple children who engage in destructive behavior. To date, few studies have examined the use of behavior-analytic treatments to simultaneously treat the destructive behavior of siblings. The present study evaluated the use of the good behavior game, a behavior group contingency intervention, to decrease destructive behavior engaged in by two siblings. Procedural integrity data was also collected in an outpatient and home setting to evaluate the feasibility of the treatment. Results showed a decrease in both participants’ rates of destructive behavior to near-zero levels.
 
 
Symposium #57
CE Offered: BACB
Extensions of Practical Functional Assessment and Skills-Based Treatment: Updates on Training, Implementation, and Overcoming Barriers
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kara LaCroix (The Autism Community Therapists, LLC)
Discussant: Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer (TACT, LLC )
CE Instructor: Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer, M.Ed.
Abstract:

In 2012, Hanley provided guidance to mitigate and overcome the myths that functional analyses (FAs) are too complex, take too long, and are too risky for dangerous behavior. Despite Hanley’s recommendations and evidence suggesting that FA is the most informative tool in the assessment of problem behavior, many practitioners rely on indirect or descriptive methods. We will share extensions of the practical functional assessment (PFA) and skill-based treatment (SBT) model and describe how they can directly influence practitioners’ assessment and treatment practices. In Study 1, FA training was evaluated wherein participants of various backgrounds learned how to accurately conduct Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analyses (IISCAs) in ecologically relevant settings following a PFA workshop. IISCAs with 3-minute analysis sessions were conducted in Study 2, which led to meaningful treatment outcomes with nine clients in a consecutive case series. The remaining studies attempt to break down the myth that FAs are too risky when it comes to severe problem behavior. To evaluate risk, a group FA and treatment was conducted with clients who have severe problem behavior in a classroom with limited resources (Study 3) and IISCAs and treatment were developed for clients whom had been reported to have idiosyncratic problem behavior in a specialized school (Study 4).

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Autism, Functional Analysis, Treatment Analysis
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCBA-Ds, BCaBAs, licensed psychologists, and other behavior analytic providers who wish to learn how to assess and treat problem behavior.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to describe effective ways to overcome barriers to staff training. 2. Participants will be able to describe how to conduct safe and efficient functional analyses. 3. Participants will be able to describe how to implement practical functional assessment and skills-based treatment with limited resources.
 
A Randomized Controlled Trial of Seminar-Based Training on Accurate and General Implementation of Practical Functional Assessments
CORY WHELAN (The Autism Community Therapists, LLC), Gregory P. Hanley (FTF Behavioral Consulting), Robin K. Landa (May Institute), Emily Sullivan (Western New England University), Rachel Metras (Western New England University), Kara LaCroix (The Autism Community Therapists, LLC)
Abstract: Despite evidence suggesting that functional analysis is the most informative tool in the assessment of problem behavior, practitioners rely on indirect or descriptive methods. Along with limited resources and training, behavior analysts cite concerns for safety of the client and clinician when problem behavior is evoked, preventing them from conducting FAs. Researchers have taught behavior analysts and caregivers to conduct FAs in a variety of settings, however no study has reported the long-term effects of such training programs (e.g., number of independent analyses conducted post-training, degree to which FAs yielded functional control). Our study focuses on training behavior analysts and school staff to design and conduct practical functional assessments that include an IISCA, an analysis which researchers and practitioners have used to safely and efficiently analyze problem behavior. Participants in the experimental group attended a workshop aimed at teaching the skills required to conduct a successful IISCA prior to conducting an analysis with a confederate client; participants in the control group experienced the workshop after conducting the IISCA with a confederate. Following training, several participants conducted an IISCA with a client who engaged in problem behavior and their skills and the extent to which they demonstrated functional control were evaluated.
 
Using Brief Session Durations During Functional Analysis to Inform Socially Sustainable Improvements in Problem Behavior
THERESA FIANI (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York), Joshua Jessel (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Functional analyses allow a clinician to identify causal relations between environmental stimuli and problem behavior. The interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) was developed as a practical functional analysis format intended to be safe and efficient. Jessel, Metras, Hanley, Jessel, and Ingvarsson (2019) found that analysis sessions can be conducted in as little as 3-min, creating an analysis that requires as little as 15 min; however, it is not clear whether the results from 3-min IISCA sessions will inform effective function-based treatment. We replicated and extended previous research by conducting 3-min IISCA sessions followed by functional communication training and reinforcement thinning. Nine individuals diagnosed with autism, aged 3 to 20 years, participated due to reports of problem behavior exhibited in the school or home settings. Results demonstrated near elimination of problem behavior by the terminal treatment goal for all participants. The entire assessment and treatment processes were socially validated by caregivers. The results suggests that functional analyses do not require extended amount of time and can be used by clinicians to improve treatment outcomes.
 
Small-Group Implementation of Functional Analyses and Skill-Based Treatment
ROBIN K. LANDA (May Institute), Amy Kate Rosenblum (May Institute)
Abstract: Treatments designed from a functional analysis and aimed at teaching skills such as functional communication, toleration of delays to reinforcement, and cooperation with adult expectations can reduce severe problem behavior when implemented in a 1:1 instructional format for children and adolescents with autism (e.g., Hanley et al., 2014; Jessel et al., 2018). Similar skill-based treatments can prevent or reduce problem behavior when implemented in a small-group or classwide format for typically developing preschoolers whose problem behavior is not yet severe enough to warrant a functional analysis (see Fahmie & Luczynski, 2018). We sought to merge these lines of research by conducting functional analyses and skill-based treatment in a small-group format for a classroom of six adolescents with autism and severe problem behavior. All sessions were conducted by teachers in the classroom, using an enhanced choice model (Rajaraman et al., 2019) and a response-to-intervention approach. Functional analyses were differentiated, and the intervention resulted in an increase in communication, toleration, and cooperation for all six participants. Effective outcomes were achieved without supplemental 1:1 instruction for four participants. These results illustrate that it is possible to effectively treat severe problem behavior for multiple individuals without 1:1 intervention.
 
Implementation of Trial-Based Functional Analysis and Functional Communication Training Within a School Setting
NICOLE CONNOR MOORE (Ivymount School), Megan B. Boucher (The Ivymount School)
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT) is a widely accepted practice to decrease challenging behavior and increase appropriate alternative behavior. Although the effectiveness has been well established in literature, there has been limited research on the use of FCT within school settings and with individuals who engage in challenging behavior related to idiosyncratic variables (e.g., adults moving materials, being asked to use a specific marker). The current study extends previous research by utilizing a trial-based functional analysis (FA) to identify various establishing operations/reinforcers for challenging behavior. This informed teaching contexts for FCT. Two participants diagnosed with developmental disabilities, ages 12 and 14, were included in the study. Participants engaged in challenging behavior (e.g., disruptions, aggression, elopement) and attended a non-public school that served individuals with special needs. A multiple baseline across contexts design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of FCT. Preliminary results indicate clear differentiation between test and control conditions within the FA. FCT resulted in rapid skill acquisition for one participant, with maintenance and generalization effects observed at a 3 month follow up. This approach may allow for the application of FA and FCT across a variety of settings with fewer resources.
 
 
Symposium #58
CE Offered: BACB
Advances on the Sequence of Discrimination Training and Variables that Affect Acquisition
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 206
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Mary Halbur (Marquette University)
Discussant: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Mary Halbur, M.S.
Abstract:

The purpose of the present symposium is to provide an overview of research advances on varaibles that impact the efficiency of language acquisition interventions. Two presentations will discuss the role of stimulus disparity within conditional discrimination training and two presentations will evaluate the efficiency of instructional sequences on acquisition of targets. In the first study, Halbur and colleagues compared the acquisition of high-disparate sounds, low-disparate sounds, and words as sample stimuli during conditional discrimination training for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). In the second study, Wu and colleagues manipulated stimulus disparity of color saturation and conducted analyses to identify error patterns during conditional discrimination training. In the third study, Martin, Lechago, and Romo investigated acquisition of listener skills when the instructional sequences (i.e., English-Spanish, Spanish-English, mixed language) were varied for bilingual children with ASD. In the fourth study, Devine, Cox, and Petursdottir conducted multiple experiments that evaluated the impact of tact instruction on the establishment of bidirectional intraverbals and other relations. Following the four presentations, our discussant will summarize, provide clinical recommendations for efficient teaching procedures, and suggest areas for future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): conditional discriminations, emergence, intructional sequencing, stimulus disparity
Target Audience:

behavior analysts, graduate students, researchers

Learning Objectives: Following the symposium attendees will be able to: 1. Describe recent research that evaluates the efficiency of behavioral interventions 2. Consider procedures to analyze error patterns during conditional discrimination training 3. Identify areas for future research on instructional sequences and stimulus disparity during discrimination training.
 
Comparison of Sounds and Words as Sample Stimuli for Discrimination Training
(Applied Research)
MARY HALBUR (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University), Xi'an Maya Williams (Marquette University), Devin Seth (Indiana University), Chris Halbur (University of Iowa)
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often have difficulty acquiring conditional discriminations. However, previous researchers have suggested that the discrimination of nonverbal auditory stimuli may be acquired more efficiently (Eikeseth & Hayward, 2009; Uwer, Albrecht, Suchodoletz, 2002). For example, a child may learn to touch a picture of a piano after hearing the musical instrument more quickly than the word, ‘piano’. The purpose of the present study was to extend previous research by assessing acquisition of automated spoken words to environmental sounds. We compared sets of stimuli comprised of words, high-disparity sounds, and low-disparity sounds for children with ASD in a multiple baseline design. In the first set, sounds and words that the children were likely to encounter in their natural environment were selected. Results suggested that sounds were acquired rather than words or more efficiently than words. However, the similarity and overlap between sounds should be considered. Clinical applications and suggestions for future research will be discussed.
 

Quantitative Analysis of Parametric Changes in Sample Disparity With Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Basic Research)
WEIZHI WU (Florida Institute of Technology), Tiara Putri (Florida Institute of Technology), Shawn Patrick Gilroy (Louisiana State University), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Conditional discrimination skills are foundational in teaching many functional skills in children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Antecedent- and consequence-based intervention are commonly used without the understanding of patterns comprising these errors. A framework based in behavioral-choice and signal-detection theory can quantify error patterns due to (1) biases for certain stimuli or locations and (2) discriminability of stimuli within the conditional discrimination. Three children diagnosed with ASD responded in delayed matching-to-sample procedure. We manipulated sample disparity through changes in relative color saturation between samples on a touchscreen across four experimental conditions. Sample-disparity differences were high, low, zero, and a return to high disparity. Decreases in sample disparity primarily produced corresponding decreases in discriminability without systematic changes in stimulus or location biases. These findings demonstrate the use of these analyses to identify error patterns during conditional-discrimination performance in a clinically relevant population under laboratory conditions. Further development of this framework could result in the development of technologies for categorizing errors during clinically relevant conditional-discrimination performance with the goal of individualizing interventions to match learner-specific error patterns.

 
Effects of English-Spanish Instructional Sequences and Language Preference on the Acquisition of Conditional Discriminations
(Applied Research)
ARABELLE MARTIN (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Christine Romo (Texana)
Abstract: There is limited research evaluating how teaching multiple languages and identifying preferred language of instruction affect acquisition of verbal behavior for bilingual children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Speaking both the familial native language and the language predominantly spoken in the community is socially, educationally, and culturally relevant. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of instructional sequences and language preference on the rate of acquisition of a receptive identification task targeting English and Spanish nouns with two Spanish-English bilingual children with ASD. An adapted alternating treatments design was employed to compare three instructional sequences: 1) English-Spanish, 2) Spanish-English, and 3) mixed language (both English and Spanish at same time). Results for one participant showed the mixed language training sequence to be the most efficient training sequence and the Spanish-English training sequence to be the most efficient for the other participant. Results suggest that language preference may not impact the rate of acquisition of receptive identification targets in both languages. The results of this study provide empirical support for teaching both the familial and the dominant culture to bilingual children with ASD. Data will be collected for a third participant.
 
Tact Instruction as a First Step Toward Establishing Intraverbals
(Applied Research)
BAILEY DEVINE (Waypoint Behavioral Health Solutions), Reagan Elaine Cox (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Abstract: Two experiments were conducted with typically developing children (5-9 years) as participants to evaluate the effects of tact instruction on the establishment of intraverbal relations between the names of U.S. states and their respective state birds and flowers. In Experiment 1 (4 participants) we compared the efficiency of two instructional sequences; tact-before-intraverbal and listener-before-intraverbal, using an adapted alternating-treatments design combined with a multiple-baseline design across participants. After tact instruction, all participants performed at mastery in probes for bidirectional intraverbals and other derived relations, so intraverbal instruction was not necessary. By contrast, only one participant demonstrated intraverbals at mastery after listener instruction. The remaining three went on to receive intraverbal instruction, but the listener-before-intraverbal sequence resulted in a greater number of trials before intraverbals were established than did tact instruction alone. In Experiment 2 (3 participants), tact-only instruction was compared with intraverbal-only instruction without a preliminary step. Tact instruction established bidirectional intraverbals for all participants, whereas unidirectional intraverbal instruction did so for 2 of 3 participants. Tact instruction took fewer trials than intraverbal instruction for 2 participants, whereas intraverbal instruction took fewer trials for 1 participant. The process of building intraverbal repertoires may be achieved most efficiently through tact instruction.
 
 
Symposium #59
CE Offered: BACB
Social Skills Groups: How to Support a Growing Need for Group Behavior Analytic Therapy
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 201
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Christina M. Countie (Simmons University; Child Communication and Behavior Specialists)
Discussant: Christina M. Countie (Simmons University; CCBS)
CE Instructor: Christina M. Countie, M.S.
Abstract:

How to structure social skills groups across ages and skill levels has been a challenge for many behavior analysts. There are limited evidence-based curriculums and assessments, so clinicians are often found creating curriculums, goals, assessments and data collection systems on their own. Doing so takes up a great deal of time for an already stretched thin behavior analyst. We aim to alleviate some of this burden by offering case studies shown to have had effective treatment to address social skills, resources regarding evidence-based curriculums as well as for individualized goals, assessments to verify the presence of pre-requisite skills, progress and caregiver stress prior to and after treatment, and finally logistical recommendations for the overall success of the group. We will then provide information on how to incorporate caregivers and support their skill development in the non-traditional applied behavior analysis social skills group structure and lastly will pose recommendations for future research and directions of social skills groups. Key Words: Social Skills, Group Therapy, Autism, Behavior Systems

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Behavior Systems, Social Skills
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs, Graduate students

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will acquire and be able to implement various methods of group reinforcement systems as they relate to social skills groups 2) Participants will outline a process for initially implementing social skills groups as well as ongoing 3) Participants will outline necessary components of caregiver training as it relates to social skills groups 4) Participants will define evidence-based curriculums for social skills groups
 
Social Skills Groups: Where to Start and Where to go From There
ALEC JAMEES UNDERWOOD (National University; Child Communication and Behavior Specialists)
Abstract: So you want to start a social skills group? A common statement is, "...but I don't even know where to start!" There are several factors to consider before diving in. These include but certainly may not be limited to: An environment conducive for group therapy, the age groups that will be offered group therapy, assessments to analyze a potential participant's current skills and whether the necessary pre-requisites have been met, and the competency of the clinician(s) leading the group. This symposium will provide relevant logistical information for initial set up of a group or series of groups, assessment tools, methods for measurement, considerations for designation of placement and suggested areas of competence of the clinician(s). Audience members will have a start to finish guide and resources to set up their own groups across a variety of ages and skill levels. Key Words: Social Skills, Group Therapy
 
Social Skills Groups and Group Contingencies: What Works?
MIKAYA TULCHINSKY (Child Communication and Behavior Specialists)
Abstract: Social skills groups are becoming higher in demand. With that demand comes increased need for the development and implementation of group-based systems of reinforcement. Historically, applied behavior analysis (ABA) therapy is provided on a one to one basis and reinforcers are individualized to that one client. Now that there is an increase in need for children, adolescents, and adults to have an effective and evidence-based group therapy, how does one ensure that the individuals are still coming into contact with reinforcement and are motivated to come back to sessions? This symposium will outline several case studies spanning age groups and systems of reinforcement. Audience members will be provided with tools and resources to support their social skills groups and better ensure engagement and skill development. Key Words: Autism; Social Skills; Group Therapy
 
Evidence-Based Social Skills Group Curriculums and Client Outcomes
ABRAHAM SANCHEZ (Child Communication and Behavior Specialists)
Abstract: No need to reinvent the wheel, the fields of applied behavior analysis (ABA) and acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) offer evidence-based curriculums for social skills group. This symposium will provide an overview of two curriculums and case studies outlining the effects these curriculums had on achieving mastery of crucial skills. Since social skills groups can be effective for a wide range of ages, the presenter will discuss appropriate pre-requisite skills for each curriculum. Additionally, once a participant graduates, suggestions for generalization and maintenance of the skills will be provided. Have you ever heard, "Sure he/she does that with you, but not with me"? We offer strategies to promote caregiver involvement and skill development as it aligns with each curriculum, age group, and better ensuring generalization and maintenance of the client's skills.
 
Caregiver Stress: How Social Skills Groups in Hand With Caregiver Training Can Decrease Caregiver Stress
JENNA MARIE RABE (Capella University; Child Communication and Behavior Specialists)
Abstract: The stress of caregivers of those affected by autism and other developmental disabilities is often greater than those of caregivers of typically developing children. As behavior analysts, we strive to ensure we are addressing socially significant behaviors and ultimately increasing the family unit's quality of life. When clients are primarily serviced in a group format, caregivers may be an afterthought. Thus, unaware of what their child is learning as well as unable to support their child's skill development. This symposium aims to offer a process to acquire caregiver involvement, tools including those offered by applied behavior analysis (ABA) and acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) to ultimately reduce caregiver stress. As a result of this symposium, audience members will take away with them a process for caregiver training as it relates to social skills groups.
 
 
Symposium #60
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis and Crime: Smuggling, Killing, and Justice Systems
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty M
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational
Discussant: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago)
CE Instructor: James Nicholson Meindl, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Criminal behavior is a broad, socially significant problem that affects many individuals and wider communities across the world. For example, in America, mass shootings occur on average 334 times per year, and smuggling activities contribute towards acts of terrorism which cause devastation and costs countries billions to manage. A factor that can increase the likelihood of a person committing criminal activity is a previous learning history with crime, and operant behaviors with which it is associated. If conceptualized behaviorally, environmental factors and functional relations maintaining criminal repertoires could be addressed pragmatically and effectively. The possible applications of behavior analysis to criminal activity are broad-ranging, and we will present the application of the science in a port setting to analyze and explore behaviors of interest, explore behavioral skills training for active shooting scenarios, present a behavioral conceptualization of mass killings, and research the use of behavior analysis in criminal justice systems. Although the applications presented in this symposium are diverse, they represent an attempt to understand criminal behaviors, and how these can be manipulated or changed with behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BST, justice systems, mass killings, smuggling
Target Audience:

Any individual who wants to learn more on a new dissemination topic Those in behavior analysis with interest in expanding into their communities

Learning Objectives: Audience members will learn about another potential route of dissemination of behavior analysis. Audience members can describe potential steps to take if in an active shooter scenario. Audience members can discuss issues of social validity and how behavior analysis can have an impact.
 
Evaluating the Effect of Specialist Detection Dogs Presence in Ports
(Applied Research)
EMMA WILLIAMS (Bangor University), Rebecca A Sharp (Bangor University), Gareth Harvey (Bangor University, North Wales, UK)
Abstract: There is little research on the effectiveness of specialist dogs as a deterrent against smuggling in ports. Smuggling is a covert behavior, and therefore unlikely to be able to be observed or measured directly. Similarly, the use of dogs as a deterrent requires a measure of not current behavior, but future behavior, which means that the behavior and antecedent are temporally distant and the relationship between them difficult to determine. We used an alternating treatments design to measure a proxy behavior; how people respond to the presence of a dog. We observed passengers in a port when a police officer was present, a police officer with an unmarked specialist dog was present, and a police officer with specialist dog wearing a high visibility jacket was present. We found that when the salience of the dog was increased (i.e., it was wearing a coat) more people engaged in behaviors such as looking at the dog, talking to it, or changed direction when they saw it. Although these data do not measure smuggling behavior directly, our study represents a first attempt to evaluate empirically the possibility that dogs are discriminative stimuli for the punishment of smuggling behavior in ports.
 
Extending Behavior Analysis to Active Shootings: A Conceptual Analysis
(Theory)
JAMES NICHOLSON MEINDL (The University of Memphis), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Mason Baughmann (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Amanda Hammer (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
Abstract: Active shooting events are unfortunately all too common in the United States. Statistics from the Federal Bureau of Investigation indicate that between 2000 and 2018 there were 277 active shooter incidents resulting in 884 deaths and 1,546 wounded casualties. Further, there appears to be an increasing trend across time in both number of incidents and casualties. When an active shooting event occurs the typical response is to either propose physically preventing future shootings (e.g., restrict access to guns; provide enhanced security) or to suggest the cause is a mental health disorder. Far less frequently discussed are accounts to explain how the shooter came to engage in the destructive behavior. This talk will describe the currently popular explanations of active shooters and identify the limitations of those traditional accounts. A more behavioral perspective of active shooters/mass killers will then be detailed. Finally, the advantages of this behavioral approach for both researchers and interventionists will be described, as will the inherent challenges to a behavioral account of active shootings.
 
The Application and Dissemination of ABA to the Civil and Criminal Justice Systems
(Basic Research)
TIMOTHY TEMPLIN (HABA)
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis is a field that has served many different areas and assisted many individuals and families in need. In addition, it has also been of benefit to businesses and organizations with Organizational Behavior Management programs. Many new areas from diet and fitness to industrial safety have sought solutions from a behavioral point of view. The criminal justice field has grappled with identification, management of incarceration, probation and parole, recidivism and numerous other problems directly related to behavior change. Among the areas where both fields (criminal justice and behavior analysis) converge are: domestic violence prevention, competency to stand trial programs, juvenile justice, preventing suicide in the correctional system, the stopping of mass violence and rehabilitation. Articles written on these subject matters have included the prevention of abduction for adults and children with disabilities (2010, 2013 and 2014), trial contingency management in a drug court (2008) and sex offender assessment (2006, 2014 and 2017), reducing prison misconduct (2006), and the elimination of domestic violence (1995 and 2008) as well as other pertinent topics. In this discussion, the different ways that behavior analysis could be of benefit to this very human area are examined, and suggestions are made regarding how to disseminate our knowledge to one of our most vexing social problems: crime and delinquency.
 
 
Symposium #61
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Functional Communication Training
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 103
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Margaret Rachel Gifford (Marquette University)
Discussant: Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Margaret Rachel Gifford, M.S.
Abstract:

Functional communication training is the most empirically supported intervention for the severe problem behavior exhibited by individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Despite this strong research base, the translation from the highly controlled clinical settings in which the process has been described to more normative environments has been imperfect. This group of researchers presents work addressing the challenges of this transition including the use of antecedent strategies, the programming of procedures to support delay tolerance, the transition from motor to vocal alternative responses, and in visual analysis strategies.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Function-Based Intervention, Functional Assessment
Target Audience:

Practicing BCBA's who see individuals displaying severe problem behavior

Learning Objectives: Participants will identify antecedent strategies to reduce problem behavior during FCT Participants will describe fading steps to transition from motor to vocal functional communication responses Participants will identify strategies to promote delay tolerance given delayed reinforcement contingencies after FCT.
 
Sustaining Behavior Reduction by Transitioning the Topography of the Functional Communication Response During FCT
KAYLA RECHELLE RANDALL (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (Children's Specialized Hospital - Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services; Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Ryan Kimball (University of Saint Joseph), Sean Smith (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Research on functional communication training (FCT) has shown that when behavior analysts select a functional communication response (FCR) they can physically guide (e.g., card touch), rates of destructive behavior are generally lower than had they selected a vocal FCR because the former approach minimizes exposure to the establishing operation for destructive behavior (DeRosa, Fisher, & Steege, 2015; Fisher et al., 2018). However, interventions that include alternative response materials require the continued availability of those materials for the FCR. When intervention materials go missing, destructive behavior may recur more quickly or at higher rates than had those materials remained in place, yet become inoperative (e.g., Kimball, Kelley, Podlesnik, Forton, & Hinkle, 2018). Therefore, it may be ideal to initially train individuals to use an FCR that can be physically guided but later transition that communication response to a topography (e.g., vocal FCR) that cannot be lost. We evaluated this possibility in a translational study. In Experiment 1, we compared rates of target behavior during FCT when the card-based FCR was removed to rates during FCT when the vocal FCR was placed on extinction. In Experiment 2, we evaluated a potential solution by systematically transitioning a card-based FCR to a vocal FCR.
 
Incorporating Antecedent Strategies in Functional Communication Training for Problem Behavior Maintained by Social Avoidance
SARAH SLOCUM (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: We initially implemented standard functional communication training (FCT) to treat problem behavior maintained by social avoidance. After a reversal, we embedded a multiple schedule in which the subject had to tolerate periods of time in which requests to be left alone would not be reinforced. As we increased the s-delta interval in the multiple schedule, the intervention fell apart. We were not even able to re-capture therapeutic treatment effects under a fixed-ratio 1 schedule of reinforcement. Subsequently, we conducted the same intervention first evaluating FCT followed by an embedded multiple schedule; however, we also included some antecedent strategies such as pairing and fading the averseness of social intervention from the beginning of our treatment evaluation to increase tolerance. The implications of embedding additional antecedent strategies in the treatment of social-negative functions for problem behavior will be discussed.
 
Providing Noncontingent, Alternative, Functional Reinforcers during Delays following Functional Communication Training
MARGARET RACHEL GIFFORD (Marquette University), Meagan Sumter (Wester Psychological and Counseling Services PC), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Marquette University), Hannah Effertz (Marquette University), Caitlin Fulton (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT) involves arranging extinction for problem behavior and reinforcement for a more desirable, functionally equivalent, communicative response (FCR). Although effective under ideal arrangements, the introduction of delays to reinforcement following the FCR can result in increased problem behavior. Austin and Tiger (2015) showed that for individuals whose problem behavior was sensitive to multiple sources of reinforcement, providing access to alternative, functional reinforcers during delays mitigated this increase in problem behavior during delay fading. The current study replicated the procedures of Austin and Tiger with two individuals displaying multiply controlled problem behavior. Providing alternative functional reinforcers reduced problem behavior during 10- min delays for both participants without requiring delay fading.
 
Using Dual-Criteria Methods to Supplement Visual Inspection: Replication and Extension
JOHN FALLIGANT (Kennedy Krieger Institute & Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Molly K McNulty (Kennedy Krieger), Michael Kranak (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The dual-criteria and conservative dual-criteria methods effectively supplement visual analysis with both simulated and published datasets. However, extant research evaluating the probability of observing false positive outcomes with published data may be affected by case selection bias and publication bias. Thus, the probability of obtaining false positive outcomes using these methods with data collected in the course of clinical care is unknown. We extracted baseline data from clinical datasets using a consecutive controlled case-series design and calculated the proportion of false positive outcomes for baseline phases of various lengths. Results replicated previous findings from Lanovaz, Huxley, and Dufour (2017), as the proportion of false positive outcomes generally decreased as the number of points in Phase B (but not Phase A) increased using both methods. Extending these findings, results also revealed differences in the rate of false positive outcomes across different types of baselines.
 
 
Symposium #63
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Persistence Under Resistance to Change and Relapse Procedures
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 3/4
Area: EAB/AAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Kenneth David Madrigal Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC)
Discussant: Jemma E. Cook (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Jemma E. Cook, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The present studies assessed variables involved in behavioral persistence under resistance to change and relapse procedures. By using a four-component multiple schedule, Bai, Xue, Podlesnik and Elliffe established key pecking under different reinforcement frequencies (rich, lean and intermediate). Their results suggest a role for stimulus generalization as a determinant of resistance to change. Teixeira and Cançado assessed the effects of response-reinforcer dependency on resistance to change and choice in two experiments. Their results suggest that contingencies which generate high or low response rates affect resistance to change, but have not impacted choice. Madrigal, Craig and Flores reported similar results by isolating response-rate effects and training length on ABA-operant renewal. Rats responded at high or low rates and were exposed to either short or extended training. They found a relation between length of training and renewal, which was affected by differences in training response rates. Finally, Nist and Shahan explored the temporal dynamics of resurgence during alternative reinforcement thinning via within-session progressive-interval in two experiments. In both, resurgence occurred during thinning but not after alternative-response extinction. The present set of experiments extend previous findings and provide novel strategies for the assessment of the variables involved in behavioral persistence and relapse.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavioral persistence, Renewal, Resistance, Resurgence
Target Audience:

Practitioners, teachers, basic and applied researchers, and translational researchers

Learning Objectives: At the end of the presentation, participants will be able to identify some of the variables involved on behavioral persistence. Participants will be able to incorporate some of these findings to their daily practice.
 

Behavioral Momentum and Stimulus Generalization

JOHN Y. H. BAI (University of Auckland), Shijue Xue (The University of Auckland), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland)
Abstract:

Behavioral momentum theory suggests that the relation between a discriminative stimulus and reinforcement determines the persistence of responding in the presence of that discriminative stimulus. However, responding also generalizes across similar discriminative stimuli and it remains unclear how generalization may affect behavioral persistence. The present experiment arranged food reinforcement for pigeons’ key-peck responses in a four-component multiple schedule. Components were signalled by different wavelengths projected onto the response key. Two components arranged equal, Intermediate variable interval (VI) 60-s schedules in the presence of 510 nm and 580 nm, while the other two components arranged Rich VI 15-s and Lean VI 240-s schedules in the presence of 530 nm and 560 nm, respectively. Responding in the Intermediate component flanking the Rich Component was more persistent than responding in the Intermediate component flanking the Lean Component. Additionally, generalization tests and preference probes provided converging evidence that stimuli associated with Richer and Leaner reinforcement schedules impacted the value of the stimuli signalling the Intermediate components. These data suggest a role for generalization in establishing the stimulus-reinforcer relation that determines behavioral persistence.

 

Dependency and Response Rates: Effects on rResistance to Change and Choice

ITALO TEIXEIRA (Universidade de Brasília), Carlos Renato Xavier Cançado (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Two experiments assessed the effects of the response-reinforcer dependency on resistance to change and choice. In both, pigeons were first exposed to a two-component multiple schedule and then to a concurrent-chains schedule. Reinforcement rate was equated between components and alternatives. In Experiment 1, the dependency was low in one multiple-schedule component (concomitant variable interval, VI, variable time, VT), and high in the other (VI). Response rates were lower in the low than in the high-dependency component, and resistance to extinction and VT schedules were greater in the former. Also, pigeons preferred the terminal link associated with low rather than high dependency. In Experiment 2, the procedure was replicated but response rates were lower in the high-dependency than in the low-dependency multiple-schedule component and terminal link. Resistance to extinction and VT schedules were greater in the high than in the low-dependency component, but preference was greater for the terminal link associated with low dependency. These results extend previous studies on the relation between resistance to change and choice. In addition, they suggest that contingencies that generate high or low response rates are important determinants of resistance to change as a function of dependency in multiple and concurrent-chains schedules of reinforcement.

 

Separating the Effects of Response Rate and Acquisition Sessions on ABA Operant Renewal

KENNETH DAVID MADRIGAL ALCARAZ (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC)
Abstract:

The duration of acquisition has been positively associated with ABA renewal. However, in studies that have showed this effect, response rates generally are higher for subjects that experience prolonged training than for subjects that experience shorter training. Thus, it is unclear if this differences can be explained by the duration of acquisition or by any difference on response rates. Therefore, the present experiment was developed with the purpose of further assessing this possibility. During the first condition, two groups of rats were exposed to either short or long training in Context A. Within each group, high and low response rates were established according to a VI30s (100% and 50% response-dependent food, respectively). Rats were then exposed to extinction sessions under Context B. Finally, we tested for renewal by returning the rats to Context A. The second condition occurred in the same manner as the first, with the exception that subjects’ response rates were reversed (i.e. High – Low; Low – High). Greater ABA renewal was observed after long training than short training. However, independently of the length of training, greater renewal was observed after low lever-pressing response rates. These results extend those of previous studies where renewal was greater after long training. Additionally, they provide evidence on the effects of response rates on ABA renewal.

 
Resurgence During Repeated Within-Session Thinning of Alternative Reinforcement
ANTHONY NATHAN NIST (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract: Thinning the reinforcement schedule for an alternative response in a differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) procedure has been shown to reduce the magnitude of resurgence when the alternative response is subsequently extinguished. During thinning procedures themselves, however, resurgence of problem behavior is common. The purpose of the present experiments was to begin to examine the temporal dynamics of resurgence during alternative reinforcement thinning via the use of within-session progressive-interval (PI) schedules. Phases I and II consisted of target response acquisition and DRA, respectively. In Phase III, the alternative schedule was made leaner using a PI schedule with a 20% step size. The final phase was extinction for both responses. Experiment 2 replicated this procedure but added 2 control groups: one that experienced a fixed-interval schedule with the same overall reinforcement rate as the PI group during phase III, and one that did not experience the thinning manipulation. In both experiments, resurgence of target responding occurred during thinning, but not after alternative response extinction. In Experiment 1, on average, resurgence began to occur after an alternative interval of about 60s. In Experiment 2, the PI group and rate control group showed similar patterns of responding.
 
 
Symposium #65
CE Offered: BACB
Scent Detection in Dogs: Effects of Training, Handling, and Selection on Performance
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 5
Area: AAB/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech)
CE Instructor: Erica N. Feuerbacher, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Domestic dogs are routinely used for scent detection tasks in increasingly wide-ranging domains, from explosives, to disease, pest, and rare species. How training, handling, and selection of dogs and handlers influences performance are important questions for this expanding field. This symposium reports research into the effects of these dimensions on scent dog performance. First, detection threshold of dogs and dogs' ability to generalize to new odor concentrations will be explored as it relates to the odor concentration they were initially trained on. Such research provides insight into applied questions of what concentrations to train on, as well as basic questions of stimulus generalization. A second paper investigates the influence of handler knowledge of target locations, an essential question given that teams often test in situations where the handler knows target locations, but do not when they are in the field. Finally, a third paper investigates the feasibility of training owned dogs with their owners to serve as citizen-science teams detecting agricultural diseases and pests, and whether selection tests based on reinforcer efficacy and persistence can predict success. Given the ubiquitous nature of conservation and agricultural issues, training and deploying pet dogs could greatly increase communities' ability to protect their environment.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): detection dog, dog behavior, dog training, scent detection
Target Audience:

Practitioners interested in applied nonhuman research and how results might apply to human training issues Practitioners interested in basic research and how results might apply to human training issues Researchers interested in applications of basic and applied research to nonhuman domains

Learning Objectives: Be able to identify differences in stimulus generalization based on the trained stimulus Be able to identify the effects of handler knowledge on detection dog behavior Be able to identify the predictive value of reinforcer efficacy tests on detection dog performance
 
Odorant Concentration as a Dimension for Stimulus Generalization
NATHANIEL HALL (Texas Tech University), Mallory Tatum DeChant (Texas Tech University)
Abstract: Detection dogs are required to detect trace quantities of substances, many times in the parts per billion or parts per trillion range. Frequently, detection of trace quantities is not explicitly trained but rather assumed when dogs show proficiency at higher concentrations. The aim of this study was to evaluate the effect of the odor concentration of the training sample on the minimum concentration dogs will subsequently detect. We expected that dogs may not spontaneously generalize to trace odor concentrations when trained with higher concentrations, but when trained to a lower range of concentrations, dogs will show superior trace odor detection. Two groups of dogs (n=5 per group) were trained to alert to amyl acetate at 0.01% odor dilution (v/v with mineral oil) using a 3-alternative forced choice test. Once reaching proficiency, odor detection threshold was assessed using a descending staircase procedure. Next, experimental dogs received training to systematically lower concentrations of amyl acetate and threshold re-assessed. Control dogs were yoked to experimental dogs, but only received training to the 0.01% dilution between threshold assessments. Experimental dogs showed improved detection thresholds, outperforming control dogs that failed to alert at the lowest concentrations. Results suggest that explicitly training for low concentrations is critical for trace odor detection.
 
Effect of Handler Knowledge on Detection Dog Performance
MALLORY TATUM DECHANT (Texas Tech University), Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University)
Abstract: Detection dogs are commonly trained and tested under conditions in which the handler or the evaluator know the true presence or absence of a target odor. Previous research has demonstrated that when handlers are deceived in regards to the presence of a target odor, more false alerts occur. However, many detection teams operate under unknown conditions, and it remains unclear how handler knowledge (or lack thereof) of odor presence/absence influences the dog’s behavior. The aim of this study was to evaluate if knowing the number of hides placed influenced detection dog performance in an applied search environment. Professional (n=12) and sport (n=39) detection handler-dog teams were asked to search three separate areas (area 1 had one hide, area 2 had one hide, area 3 was blank). Handlers in the Unknown Group were not told the number of hides whereas the Known Group was told there were a total of two hides in the three areas. The Unknown Group spent a longer duration (62.98sec) searching in area 3 compared to the Known Group (P = 0.008) (Figure 1). Further, dogs in the Unknown group looked back to the handler more frequently than dogs in the Known group (~6 more lookbacks on average). Critically, however, there was no difference in false alerts between the Known and Unknown groups. Overall, when handlers knew the number of hides, it led to significant changes in search behavior of the detection team, but did not influence the overall false alert rates.
 
Using Community Dogs and Owners to Create a Citizen-Science Agricultural Scent Dog Detection Program
HANNAH DECKER (Virginia Tech), Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: Currently, dogs are being used to detect agricultural diseases and pests. Traditionally, scent detection dogs are specifically selected, trained, and handled by professionals. However, given that conservation and agricultural issues are ubiquitous, having local detection dogs could protect the environment and produce sustainable agriculture. Owners have successfully trained pet dogs to compete in nosework competitions, suggesting they could be trained and deployed as local detection dogs. We recruited local dogs and owners to participate in a citizen-science program aimed at determining whether pet dogs could be trained to detect agricultural diseases and pests. Recruited dogs were tested for sensitivity to toy and food reinforcement. Dogs were randomly assigned to one of two scent targets (powdery mildew or spotted lanternfly) and completed weekly training with a scent trainer. After completing training, dogs were tested in the field. We assessed whether the reinforcer efficacy tests predicted dogs’ success in training and performance as measured by sensitivity and specificity on real-world detection tests and latency to indicate target odor. Dogs had varied performance on the reinforcer efficacy tests and performance during training and in field. We will discuss results in terms of likelihood that citizen-science projects can be help address local conservation issues.
 
 
Symposium #66
CE Offered: BACB
Overcoming Barriers to Parent Training
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon H
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Christopher Miyake (Center for Autism and Related Disorders)
CE Instructor: Christopher Miyake, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Parent training can have many benefits for the families of individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), most notably in improving parent-child interactions. Furthermore, collaboration with parents is often used to generalize gains made during applied behavior analysis (ABA) sessions. In addition to aiding the child, parent training can also improve parental well-being. Given the potential benefits, strategies to increase parent involvement in their child’s ABA program are critical. Involving parents in formal parent training is an important method in gaining this involvement; however, this can be challenging in some situations. Addressing and analyzing the sources of these obstacles are valuable in increasing the amount and quality of parent training received by families. In the first talk, a literature review on the barriers to implementing parent training will be presented. Following this discussion, data will be shared on the effects of a parent training program on parents’ use of strategies and parental well-being. Lastly, strategies for training behavior analysts to implement parent training will be discussed. Across the talks, emphasis will be placed on practical strategies that practitioners can implement to improve delivery of parent training.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): BST, Naturalistic, Parent Training
 
A Review of Barriers to Parent Training
(Service Delivery)
CHRISTOPHER MIYAKE (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Karen Nohelty (Center for Autism and Related Disorders)
Abstract: Parent training is a critical component of programs for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). While the intensity, form, and function of parental involvement in ASD intervention varies greatly, research has shown that caregiver participation has many potential benefits. Understanding the factors that increase parent involvement and lessen the barriers to treatment is critical to maximizing outcomes. One potential barrier is a misunderstanding of what is included under the label of parent training as research has shown that one indication of dropping out before the first session was the type of content provided. Another barrier can arise from practitioners not focusing on the relationship building aspects of training such as empathy, warmth, and humor with research pointing to a link between the relationship of clinician and caregiver as a factor in parental compliance or resistance. Other barriers to treatment can be found in studies that have shown a link between elevated levels of depression, anxiety and higher levels of fatigue and greater physical health impairment. This combined with other research showing a link between parental stress and a lack of participation in services points to a need to address these factors if clinicians want to reduce barriers to treatment.
 
Randomized Controlled Trial (RCT) of a Naturalistic Parent Training Program
(Applied Research)
ESTHER HONG (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Christopher Miyake (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Nicholas Marks (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract: Parent training is a critical component of treatment programs for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). However, treatment gains noted in the research vary greatly. The current study expanded upon past research on the naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention, Project ImPACT, by modifying procedures to increase accessibility to parents (e.g., removing homework) and incorporate collaborative practitioner strategies (e.g., open-ended questions). Families were randomly assigned to the active treatment or the treatment as usual control group. For both groups, twelve weekly sessions (1.5 hours total per week) were implemented for children with ASD (2-8 years old) and their parents. For the active treatment group, each week the clinician reviewed the target skill(s) with the parent during a 1-hour session and then used behavior skills training (BST) to support the parent in demonstrating the target skill(s) with their child during a subsequent 30-minute session. Measures of parent’s use of strategies were scored from a video of interaction with their child at pre- and post-treatment sessions. Additionally, measures of parental adherence to the treatment, self-efficacy, and stress were collected, along with family demographic information. These results provide support for naturalistic parent training strategies and elucidate potential factors in the delivery of parent training.
 
Using Behavioral Skills Training (BST) to Teach Clinicians to Accurately Implement Naturalistic Parent Training Program
(Applied Research)
KAREN NOHELTY (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract: Parent training is a critical component of programs for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Especially as new behavior analysts are entering the field at greater rates, strategies to ensure they are sufficiently trained to provide this service can increase quality of services. Additionally, methods of training that can be used when the trainer and trainee are not in the same physical location are especially valuable. In the present study, clinicians with a BCaBA or BCBA, with varying years of experience, were recruited to implement a naturalistic parent training program. Prior to implementation with parents, clinicians were taught the study procedures using behavior skills training (BST) in a role play context via telehealth. In this case study, clinicians did not meet criteria during baseline. After implementation of BST, clinicians achieved criterion in program implementation in a role play setting. During sessions with the parent, clinicians also accurately implemented the program. Identifying procedures that improve training can help behavior analysts when supervising others; additionally, identifying procedures specifically related to implementing parent training can aid in increasing the provision of this valuable service.
 
 
Symposium #67
CE Offered: BACB
Competition Time! Current Research in the Role of Competing Stimuli and Matched Stimulation in the Treatment of Automatically Maintained Problem Behavior
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Cormac MacManus (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Cormac MacManus, M.S.
Abstract:

In this symposium, we will review strategies for utilizing competing stimuli and matched stimulation to reduce automatically maintained problem behavior in children with autism. The first presenter will explore procedural variations of delivering competing stimuli to treat automatically maintained stereotypy. This included presenting alternative stimuli when item contact is absent and in the absence of functional engagement providing manual prompting to engage appropriately. Data are presented on item contact and functional engagement along with stereotypy. Our second presenter will share data comparing the implementation of matched stimulation versus preferred stimulation on reducing stereotypy in children with autism during work sessions, a setting in which previous matched stimulation research has yet to target. Data will be presented on engagement in stereotypy and on-task behavior during sessions. The final presenter will review data evaluating the competing stimulus assessment (CSA) in identifying appropriate treatment for automatically and attention-maintained problem behavior. The CSA in this study was designed to match the function and topography of the target behaviors.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): automatic reinforcement, competing stimuli, matched stimulation, stereotypy
Target Audience:

BCBAs; clinicians working with individuals with automatically maintained problem behavior

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe methods of delivering competing items to treat automatically maintained problem behavior 2. Describe matched stimulation as a treatment for automatically maintained problem behavior 3. Describe the utility of the competing stimulus assessment to identify stimuli to treat automatically maintained problem behavior and behavior maintained by attention
 
Examining Procedural Variations of Delivering Competing Stimuli in the Treatment of Stereotypy
JULIA TOUHEY (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Catlyn LiVolsi (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Rooker et al. (2018) reviewed the literature for treating automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior. They found that NCR was a commonly effective procedure particularly when informed by a competing stimulus assessment. Jennett et al. (2011) examined the effects of representing stimuli and response blocking on competing with engagement in SIB and suggested that both techniques could enhance treatment outcomes. The present experiment sought to examine the effects of competing stimuli on two participants’ automatically reinforced stereotypy. A standard functional analysis of motor stereotypy was conducted. Next, three effective competing stimuli were identified via a competing stimulus assessment. Then two procedural variations were examined, presenting an alternative competing stimulus when item contact was absent and providing redirection to functional engagement with the stimulus. Both item contact and functional engagement with the stimulus were evaluated along with stereotypy. Interobserver agreement data were collected in at least 33% of sessions in each condition for all dependent measures and mean total agreement was above 85% for each measure. Results suggest that for one participant both procedural variations were associated with lower levels of stereotypy and higher levels of appropriate behavior, and for the other participant redirection to functional engagement was necessary to achieve desired outcomes.
 

Using Matched Stimulation to Decrease Motor Stereotypy of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder During Work Sessions

SABINE SCOTT (Pomona College), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
Abstract:

The present study investigated the efficacy of matched stimulation (MS) on reducing frequency of stereotypic behavior for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) during their work sessions. Children with ASD engage in rigid, repetitive, stereotyped behavior (American Psychiatric Association, 2013), and this behavior is often targeted for reduction, because it can interfere with appropriate behavior and engagement with learning opportunities (Cunningham & Schreibman, 2008). Research has demonstrated matched stimulation’s efficacy in reducing motor stereotypy during periods of continuous, non-contingent access (Gunter et al., 1993; Lanovaz et al., 2009; Lanovaz et al., 2012; Lanovaz et al., 2011; Love et al., 2012; Luiseli et al., 2004; Rapp, 2006; Rapp, 2007), but no previous study has examined the implementation of matched stimulation in short intervals while the participant is engaged in a work session. Compared to baseline sessions and preferred stimulation sessions, four of five participants demonstrated a decrease in stereotypic behavior during matched stimulation sessions with no impact on measures of on-task behavior.

 
Evaluation of Competing Stimulus Assessment in Identifying Treatment for Automatically and Attention Maintained Challenging Behavior
JENNIFER GRABOYES CAMBLIN (The Faison Center, Inc.), Nicholas Vanderburg (The Faison Center Inc), Jody Liesfeld (The Faison School), Timothy Corallo (The Faison Center), Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center)
Abstract: Competing stimulus assessment (CSA) has been widely used to identify stimuli that are associated with reduced rates of dangerous or disruptive behavior. Much of the research in this area has focused on automatically maintained behavior, though some recent iterations of the assessment have also addressed socially mediated functions. In this study, we evaluated the effectiveness of stimuli identified during assessment for three students with autism in a specialized education setting. For each participant, we conducted a functional analysis followed by a CSA, which was specifically designed to match the function and topography of the target behavior. Initial assessment results yielded multiple tangible and edible items that effectively competed with challenging behavior for two of three students. The third student required an additional modification to the traditional competing stimulus assessment, which included promoted use of alternative self-control equipment. Stimuli associated with lower rates of challenging behavior were used in combination with other interventions, to address each student’s target behavior.
 
 
Symposium #68
CE Offered: BACB
Early Identification and Treatment of Autism Symptomatology in Infant Siblings
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Jane S. Howard (Therapeutic Pathways/The Kendall Centers)
CE Instructor: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald, Ph.D.
Abstract:

While there is a growing body of research examining early symptoms of ASD, the point at which this pattern of atypical social responding begins to deviate in children who are later diagnosed with autism is unclear. Researchers are now identifying early behavioral markers in children 6-12 months of age (Zwaigenbaum et al., 2005), however, more recent data suggest emergence of symptoms before 3 months of age (Graupner & Sallows, 2017). The first paper in this session describes data obtained using a newly developed research tool, the Early Markers of Autism, on infants under 6 months of age. Assessment data using the EMA reveal the presence of five key early markers in infant siblings and the accurate assessment of each using this tool. The second paper in this session describes the use of telehealth technology to train parents to implement treatment protocols in their young children with autism. Caregiver fidelity of implementation of treatment techniques and changes in child specific behaviors showed the effectiveness of these training procedures. These findings have implications for the early identification and treatment of autism in infants, leading to long term positive outcomes for infants and families.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Researchers and BCBA clinicians

Learning Objectives: 1. The participant will be able to describe the research on early identification of symptomatology in infant siblings. 2. The participant will be able to describe the early social deficits in children with autism. 3. The participant will be able to describe how to provide telehealth parent training to treat infants with autism
 
Early Markers of Autism in Infant Siblings
REBECCA P. F. MACDONALD (New England Center for Children), Kathryn Couger (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: While a preponderance of evidence indicates that autism symptomatology emerges at 6 to 12 months of age (Zwaigenbaum et. al, 2005), a recent study by Graupner and Sallows (2017) suggests that symptoms of autism can emerge in infants as early as 3 months of age. The purpose of the current investigation is to document the early emergence of autism symptomatology in high-risk infant siblings younger than 6 months of age. The second purpose of this study is to pilot the Early Markers of Autism (EMA) assessment tool for young infants, developed by the authors. Currently 42 high-risk siblings and 10 low-risk babies under 6 months of age are participating in this study They receive bi-weekly developmental screenings in addition to the EMA. Data to date reveal that there are five key early markers of autism in infants, and each can be effectively assessed using the EMA. Interobserver agreement on the data obtained using the EMA averaged 94%. Data will be presented on the presence of these markers and the specific behavioral profile configuration of these infants. These findings have implications for the early identification of autism in infants, leading to long term positive outcomes for infants and families.
 

Component Analysis of a Parent-Mediated Telehealth Intervention Designed for Infants With Early Signs of Autism Spectrum Disorder

SARAH A. DUFEK (UC Davis), Meagan Talbott (University of California Davis), Sally Rogers (UC Davis M.I.N.D. Institute)
Abstract:

This project was designed to conduct a multiple-subject component analysis study of treatment to ascertain the “active ingredients” that lead to symptom improvement in infants with early signs of ASD. Six infants (6-12 months of age) exhibiting early signs of ASD and their primary caregivers participated in this study. A multiple-baseline-design across subjects was used with counterbalanced introduction of three treatment techniques (Step into the Spotlight, Imitation, Talking to Baby). Treatment sessions occurred three times per week for one month for a total of 12 sessions. Treatment techniques were introduced weekly to the caregiver and allowed for caregiver practice with immediate feedback. Caregiver fidelity of implementation (FI) of treatment techniques and child ASD-specific behaviors were coded from 10-minute caregiver-child dyad intervention video-recorded probes. Caregivers met FI requirements quickly, with interobserver agreement (IOA) of 88% overall. Since time is of the essence when presented with an infant with early signs of ASD, identifying which key treatment techniques to teach first that produce the most change quickly in infant behavior is ideal. In addition, learning more about the successes and challenges of using telehealth technology to coach caregivers will inform future clinical practice and research efforts in this area.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #69
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Recent Advances in Relational Frame Theory: Implications for Education and Clinical Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, Ballroom AB
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Yvonne Barnes-Holmes, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: YVONNE BARNES-HOLMES (Ghent University)
Abstract:

The first book-length treatment of RFT was published almost 20 years ago in 2001. In recent years, a number of conceptual advances have been made in the theory that have implications for its application in both educational and clinical domains. The first of these is the emergence of a type of periodic table for conceptualizing derived relational responding, known as the multi-dimensional, multi-level framework (the MDML). The presentation will explain how this framework provides opportunities for conceptualizing and remediating the core skills required for basic and advanced language and cognition in educational contexts. The second of these is a recent extension to the MDML framework, called the hyper-dimensional, multi-level framework (the HDML), that incorporates the orienting and evoking functions of stimuli that participate in derived relations. The presentation will explore how this recent extension connects basic research in RFT to clinical behavior analysis. Overall, the case will be made that although RFT should be seen as a work in progress, the theory continues to offer insights that will potentially improve functional-analytic methods for assessing and treating behavioral problems.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts with an interest in development and clinical behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss recent developments in relational frame theory (RFT), including the MDML and the HDML frameworks; (2) discuss RFT’s implications for education and remediation; (3) discuss RFT’s implications for clinical behavior analysis.
 
YVONNE BARNES-HOLMES (Ghent University)
Yvonne Barnes-Holmes is Associate Professor in Behavior Analysis and Senior Research Fellow at the Department of Clinical, Experimental, and Health Psychology at Ghent University, Belgium, although she is a native of Northern Ireland. She completed her Ph.D. at the National University of Ireland Maynooth in 2001 on developmental studies in Relational Frame Theory (RFT). She took up her first academic post at the same university in 2003 and worked there until 2015, when the research team she shares with her husband Dermot Barnes-Holmes moved to Belgium as part of a multi-million Euro research award to study the implications of RFT for psychotherapy. Professor Barnes-Holmes has published several books and over 150 scientific articles and book chapters. She has authored or given over 400 presentations and workshops. She is a World Trainer in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and has had a private clinical ACT practice for 22 years, providing global individual therapy and clinical supervision.
 
 
Symposium #70
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Laboratory Research on Components of Acceptance and Commitment Training
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon B
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Discussant: Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
CE Instructor: Jonathan J. Tarbox, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The effectiveness of Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) is supported by over 300 randomized controlled trials. ACT was developed on the basis of behavior analytic principles but most previous research has been in the context of psychotherapy interventions. More research is needed on the basic mechanisms responsible for behavior change within ACT. This symposium brings together two laboratory studies that examine components of ACT, from a relational frame theory perspective. The first presentation, by Barbara Gil-Luciano, consists of a study that evaluated the effects of two different defusion strategies on lab measures of rumination and memory. The second presentation, by Jorge Ruiz-Sanchez, examines the effects of a rule-governed behavior protocol on experimentally induced fear and avoidance.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ACT, fear, RFT, rumination
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to describe rule-governed behavior motivative procedures to for decreasing avoidance responding in the presence of feared stimuli. Attendees will be able to describe how relational frame theory can be used to analyze private verbal responses and stimuli and their role in rumination. Attendees will be able to describe the radical behavioral philosophical basis for addressing private events in the science of behavior analysis.
 

Promoting Rumination and Analyzing the Differential Effect of Defusion Protocols on a Memory Task

(Basic Research)
BARBARA GIL-LUCIANO (Universidad Nebrija & MICPSY, Madrid), Tatiana Calderon (Konrad Lorenz, Colombia), Daniel Tovar (Konrad Lorenz, Colombia), Beatriz Sebastian (Universidad Almería, Spain), Francisco Ruiz (Konrad Lorenz, Colombia)
Abstract:

Psychological inflexibility is made of distinct reactions that are oriented to lessen distress. In this sense, worry and rumination (RNT) are strategies that seem to be common denominators in many psychological disorders. Cutting-edge RFT approach suggests that both strategies are triggered by framing thoughts in hierarchical relations. This study had two parts. Firstly, we explored such a hierarchical organization of thoughts with two ruminative induction procedures, analyzing their impact on a memory task. Secondly, we examined the differential effect of two defusion protocols that aimed to alter the discriminative avoidant functions of triggers for RNTand a control condition.Results suggest that inducting RNT with stronger triggers (thoughts at the top of the hierarchy, or “big ones”, that symbolically contain or are inclusive of weaker thoughts or triggers) showed a more negative effect in the task performance than inducting RNT with less stronger triggers. Results also indicate that participants that were intervened with the defusion protocol that specifically containedhierarchical cues to reduce the discriminative avoidant functions of triggers for RNTshowed a better performance at post-test, in comparison with participants that received a defusion protocol that only contained deictic cues, and with a control condition. Results also informed that, when promoting a hierarchical relation between the individual (deictic I) and his or herstronger triggerfor RNT, the level of concentration was higher at post-test than when targeting an individual’s less stronger trigger – all triggers being related.Clinical implications of these findings are discussed.

 

Analyzing the Impact of a Higher-Order Motivative Protocol (Values) on Experimentally Induced Fear and Avoidance Responding

(Basic Research)
L. JORGE RUIZ-SANCHEZ (University of Almería), Carmen Luciano Soriano (University Almería, Spain)
Abstract:

Defusion and values-based protocols are built of interactions that involve responding under the overarching motivative functions, as higher-order establishing operations, while integrating rules-driven emotive functions present at the moment. The present study aims to analyze the impact of a higher-order motivate protocol (values) on experimentally induced fear responding. Firstly, 55 participants underwent an aversively conditioned task where non-avoidance was followed by shocks and noises, whereas a black screen followed avoidance responding. Next, participants randomly received one of three protocols: (a), conditional motivative protocol, which involved a conditional relation between non-avoidance and earning money; (b), as (a) plus adding a higher-order function for non-avoidance (conditional + higher-order motivative protocol). And (c), the same as previous but only a higher-order function was included (higher-order motivative protocol). Lastly, participants repeated the experimental task. Results show that the conditional motivative protocol has little impact on avoidance behavior, whereas higher-order motivative protocols suppress completely avoidance behavior, even in the presence of elicited fear responses.

 
 
Symposium #71
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission On the Frontiers of Social Justice in Applied Behavior Analysis: Emerging Discourses
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty N-P
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Malika Pritchett (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Natalia Baires, M.S.
Abstract:

Social justice can be defined as the distribution of wealth, opportunities, and privileges to promote fair and just relations. Although behavior analysts’ efforts towards social justice can be traced back to the late 1980s, analyses of the movements are still in their infancies. The current symposium will consist of three presentations directed at the promotion of social justice within the field. First, an analysis of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis will be provided to discuss inherent power imbalances between behavior-analytic researchers and human research subjects. Recommendations to diffuse such power will be approached from the perspectives of collaboration and cultural humility. Next, findings will be presented on the presence of Latina professors teaching in educational programs accredited through the Association for Behavior Analysis International. To date, researchers have not examined racial and ethnic identities of professors in the academy, which is necessary if diversity and equity is truly being targeted. Barriers to gathering such data will be discussed, in addition to the proposal of solutions to sustain diversity and equity within the field. Finally, an approach to increase social justice narratives will be described. The approach will discuss the importance of taking perspectives of others experiencing social injustice, which is foundational towards ensuring the distribution of wealth, opportunities, and privileges for all.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): latina professors, power imbalances, social justice, social-justice narratives
Target Audience:

Behavior-analytic researchers, behavior-analytic faculty, students in behavior analysis, behavior analysts

 
Diversity submission Coloniality of Power and the Science of Applied Behavior Analysis: A Conceptual and Descriptive Analysis of Human Subject Research Practices
(Theory)
MALIKA PRITCHETT (University of North Texas), Shahla Susan Ala'i (University of North Texas), Josef Harris (University of North Texas), Melody Jones (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Humans are research subjects in behavioral sciences. The researcher’s main responsibility is the protection of human research subjects. Power imbalances are inherent within the researcher-subject relationship which establishes the researcher as the dominant knowledge seeking authority and the subject as the subordinate target of research, often times in need of protection. The science of behavior analysis was born in a Western hegemonic context which sustains and perpetuates dichotomous research relationships. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is the scientific discipline dedicated to solving problems of utmost human significance. However, inherent tensions between the scientific agenda of the academy and the use of vulnerable human research subjects, establishes competing contingencies which threaten equality and collaboration. An analysis of publication trends in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis provides a platform to discuss the underlying motivating factors and trends through the decades. This analysis provides insight to the degree to which Applied Behavior Analytic research has been reflective of the status quo or a catalyst for social reform. Thoughtful recommendations on research methodologies are presented to promote the progression of the science through the neutralization of power imbalances and diffusion of power. These methods are rooted in collaboration and cultural humility.
 
Diversity submission 

Missing Identities: Who is Participating in Behavior Analytic Higher Education?

(Theory)
NATALIA BAIRES (Southern Illinois University), Sebastian Garcia-Zambrano (Southern Illinois University), Darwin S Koch (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Increasing diversity and equity has recently gained momentum in behavior analysis. In the previous five years, data have supported significant progress in the presence of women in our discipline (Nosik, Luke, & Carr, 2018; Li, Curiel, Pritchard, & Poling, 2018), including the creation of the Women in Behavior Analysis conference (Sundberg, Zoder-Martell, & Cox, 2019). Despite these accomplishments, there is a lack of information regarding the racial and ethnic identities of behavior analysts, which should be considered when promoting diversity and equity. With Latinxs (a gender-neutral term) growing in the U.S., the number of Latinx behavior analysts is likely to increase. Although there are more women than men at the ranks of assistant and associate professor in programs accredited through the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI; Li, Gravina, Pritchard, & Poling, 2019), it is unknown how many Latina professors there are, which has great implications for the training and mentoring of future behavior analysts who come from similar backgrounds. In addition to presenting data on Latina professors teaching in ABAI-accredited programs, the current presentation will also discuss the barriers encountered when identifying such individuals. Moreover, viable solutions that can create change will be proposed, including the development of networks to provide coherent support to Latinas interested in pursuing higher education and the establishment of outlets for research related to sustaining diversity and equity.

 
Diversity submission Shifting Perspectives: A Social Justice Program Description
(Theory)
GABRIELLE MORRIS (University of North Texas), Emily Perez (University of North Texas), Shahla Susan Ala'i (University of North Texas), April Bass (University of North Texas), Alicia Re Cruz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: We live in a world of increasingly apparent social disparities. Tensions around these issues can be confusing and uncomfortable. Humans are easily able to see things from their own perspective, but struggle with the perspective of the “other”. If they are able to expand and shift perspective, they may be better able to understand and witness different lived experiences. Media offers a platform for examining social justices and injustice with some degree of detachment and allows exposure to multiple situations and events. Groups that are composed of people with different perspectives and are able to view media together, may increase perspective taking of each individual in the group and build appreciation for the unique insights offered by the individual group members. Such groups can be directed to build narratives that are grounded in social justice. This presentation will describe an approach for increasing social justice narratives through the use of media and a collective shaping process. Two examples of this approach will be described with accompanying media. The first example will focus on equity based intimate partner relationships. Following, the second example will focus on solidarity within hegemonic societal relationships. Both examples will address the varying power dynamics, indicators of relation types, and self-reflective observations.
 
 
Symposium #72
CE Offered: BACB
Offering Clients Choice of Instructional Strategy and Behavior Reduction Parameters With Concurrent Operant and Concurrent Chain Procedures
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon G
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology )
Discussant: Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University)
CE Instructor: Kathryn M. Kestner, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Presenting choices to nonvocal and early verbal learners is frequently achieved by arranging concurrent choices wherein two or more stimuli are put in front of the learner with the prompt “choose.” The paired-stimulus preference assessment is one example of a paired-choice arrangement. Some choices, such as the choice of intervention or choice of music to listen to, present challenges as they cannot be easily represented by an item or icon. The first presentation will describe a concurrent chain procedure for offering choice between errorless instruction and error correction within the Picture Exchange Communication System and a receptive identification task. We will report data on the relative efficiency of these instructional strategies and client preference for instructional strategy. The second presentation will report the effects of presenting choice of music via an iPad on vocal stereotypy. Data will be reported on the effects of music- and song-level interactions. Our discussant, who has in-depth experience in basic and applied research on choice and concurrent operants, will then provide her comments and considerations.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Concurrent operant, Error correction, Errorless, Vocal stereotypy
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts and Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Define concurrent operant and concurrent chain procedures and describe recent applied studies utilizing these procedures 2) Describe a procedure for assessing client preference between these errorless learning and error correction strategies 3) Describe a procedure for applying concurrent choice arrangements to reduce vocal stereotypy
 
Assessing Client Preference for Errorless or Error Correction Procedures Within the Picture Exchange Communication System
(Applied Research)
DAVID BRIAN FAIRCHILD (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Following food and color preference assessments, we taught three children with autism to select a picture icon, place the icon on a strip, and deliver the strip to the experimenter in exchange for the backup food item as an early step in the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS). Following paired stimulus preference assessments, two food items were taught using errorless learning procedures and two food items were taught using error correction procedures. Prior to each trial, the participant touched a color card to initiate the trial. During preference evaluation, both color cards were presented and the color selected initiated trials of the corresponding instruction type and food items. We ran preference assessments followed by receptive identification trials with arbitrary stimuli to test whether the selection response was controlled by motivating operations related to the food items. Preference for instructional strategy emerged for one of three participants and remained stable during receptive identification training. For two participants the instructional strategies were equally effective and efficient and for one participant neither strategy was effective. This study demonstrates a simple procedure that can be used to assess participant choice for instructional strategy without increasing training time or effort, but more research is needed.
 

Evaluation of a Concurrent Choice Arrangement for Music on Vocal Stereotypy in Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
BECCA YURE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan D. Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

We conducted a preference assessment that included musical stimuli and, for those that selected music, we examined the effects of presenting musical stimuli via an iPad on sensory-maintained vocal stereotypy in three children with autism. Pressing an icon resulted in the corresponding song playing through headphones and the participant could change the song by pressing a different button at any time. Data were analyzed across condition type (music vs. no music) and song type. This intervention produced a reduction of vocal stereotypic behavior three of three participants, with socially significant decreases for at least one participant. Future research will be discussed to include the assessment of specific stimulation maintaining vocal stereotypy, competing stimulation, and the role of concurrent choice for substitutable reinforcers to treat automatically-maintained behavior.

 
 
Symposium #73
CE Offered: BACB
Conditional Discrimination, Derived Relations, and Efficacy of Acceptance and Commitment Training on Recall in Older Adults
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon C
Area: DEV/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Cammarata (Northern Michigan University)
Discussant: Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Ashley Shayter, M.S.
Abstract:

As our population ages, age-related diseases, such as dementia and Alzheimer’s, become more prevalent. Therefore, treatments to increase quality of life and adaptive independence are in high demand. In this symposium, we will explore two ways in which research within behavioral gerontology are seeking to answer questions within this area. Both focus on ways behavior analysts can work to establish adaptive verbal repertoires in older adults. Our first presenter will explore how the establishment of conditional discriminations and the formation of emerged relations were influenced by simultaneous matching-to-sample (MTS) or delayed matching-to-sample using many-to-one or one-to-many training structures. The second presenter will share the data collected during a four-month study involving older adults with mild-cognitive impairment and dementia, which targeted immediate and delayed tacts (recall) and other memory-related measures before and after an intensive Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) procedure. Implications and future directions of these studies will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ACT, Neurocognitive disorder, Older adults, Stimulus equivalence
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts, behavioral gerontology practitioners, behavioral gerontology researchers

Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to (1) describe dementia and the current interventions utilized in service provision, (2) explain the utility of stimulus equivalence paradigms in order to establish relations with older adults, and (3) understand the utility of ACT to improve remembering behaviors of older adults with mild cognitive impairment.
 
Establishment of Conditional Discriminations and Formation of Emerged Relations in Older Adults and Younger Adults
ANETTE BROGAARD BROGÅRD ANTONSEN (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract: In the present study, 60 older adults and 16 younger adults participated. The purpose was to investigate how the establishment of conditional discriminations and formation of emerged relations were influenced by simultaneous matching-to-sample (SMTS) or delayed matching- to-sample (DMTS 0 s) using the many-to-one (MTO) or one-to-many (OTM) training structures. The participants were divided into four groups: (1) SMTS-MTO, (2) SMTS-OTM, (3) DMTS 0s-MTO, and (4) DMTS 0s-OTM. All the younger adults established the baseline relations in the conditional discrimination training. However, among the older adults, only 35 out of 60 established the baseline relations. For the younger adults there were no differences between the groups. However, for the older adults, the OTM had the lowest number of trials used to meet the mastery criterion in training, and the SMTS-MTO group had the highest accuracy in the test for emerged relations. The analysis of the reaction time showed the older adults had considerable longer reaction time to the comparison stimuli than the younger adults.
 

The Effects of Acceptance and Commitment Training on Recall in Older Adults With Mild Cognitive Impairment and Early Stage Dementia

ASHLEY SHAYTER (Northern Michigan University), Jennifer Cammarata (Northern Michigan University)
Abstract:

As our population ages, age-related diseases, such as dementia, become more prevalent and treatments to increase quality of life in high demand. The present study utilized a crossover multiple baseline design across participants to examine the efficacy of an Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) intervention on the improvement of remembering behaviors (immediate and delayed tacts) and neurocognitive impairment and present moment awareness screening scores in older adults with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and early-stage dementia. Results demonstrated some improvement on both immediate and delayed tacts across participants. Lower scores post-treatment and at follow-up on the Trail Making Test (TMT) were also observed for most participants. Additionally, those with the lowest initial St. Louis University Mental Status (SLUMS) assessment scores demonstrated the greatest increase following treatment and at a two-month follow-up. Implications of this study suggest that Acceptance and Commitment Training may be a beneficial to prolong remembering behaviors in individuals diagnosed with dementia, which may remain stable across time. Future directions will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #74
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Stimulus Preference Assessments: Evaluating Attention and Problem Behavior
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence D
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Elizabeth Joy Houck (University of Texas at Austin)
Discussant: Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento)
CE Instructor: Megan R. Heinicke, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Stimulus preference assessments (SPA) are commonly used to identify stimuli that can be used in both assessment and intervention. Much of the literature on preference assessments has focused on the design of the assessment, including stimulus presentation format, stimulus modality, and consequences for selection. Overall, single, two-item, and multiple item formats, with immediate access, can be effective methods to identify preferences. More recently, researchers have examined adaptations to SPAs, focusing on different modalities and consequences. For example, some items or activities may be difficult to present; therefore, it may only be possible to present a picture of the name of the item. Additionally, it may be difficult to repeatedly present an large item or activity. Likewise, some stimuli may have multiple parameters that could be presented as separate items during SPAs. The purpose of this symposium is to present two studies that address adaptations to SPAs, focusing on stimuli with multiple parameters and problem behavior during SPAs. In the first study, the authors evaluated preference for different types of attention and the relation between preference assessment results and reinforcer assessment results. In the second study, the authors evaluated problem behavior during different modalities and consequence arrangements of paired-stimulus preference assessments.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Attention, Preference Assessment, Problem Behavior
Target Audience:

Practitioners, Applied Researchers, Graduate Students

 
Further Evaluation of a Rapid Assessment of Attention Types
Cynthia P. Livingston (University of North Florida), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute), ASHLEY BORDELON (Oregon Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Interventions for attention-maintained problem behavior often incudes a departure from typical interventions for problem behavior maintained by other functional reinforcers. That is, the form of attention most frequently provided during a functional analysis is social disapproval. Conversely, the attention included in treatment most often comes in the form of praise. Some research suggests different forms of attention may function differently for both problem behavior and the alternative behavior. The rapid assessments of attention types (RAAT) was developed to identify a form of attention most likely to reinforce functionally equivalent alternatives to problem behavior, however, previous research has not included a reinforcement assessment to assess the effects of the preferred attention type as a reinforcer. In the current study, we further evaluated previously described procedures for the RAAT by replicating the results and including an evaluation of correspondence between the preference assessment and reinforcement assessment results. Participants included three children, ages 8-9 years old, all diagnosed with developmental disabilities. The results replicated and extended previous research by demonstrating a hierarchy of preference for different attention types, as well as a correspondence between the RAAT and reinforcement assessment for all three participants.
 
An Evaluation of Problem Behavior During Varied Modality and Consequence Preference Assessments
ASHTON CORINNE TINNEY (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas), Ana Rodriguez (University of North Texas), Sara Baak (University of North Texas)
Abstract: There is a limited amount of research that has evaluated all three types of modalities and consequences during stimulus preference assessments (SPA) or examined problem behavior during preference assessments with individuals with problem behavior maintained by access to tangible items. Problem behavior with this function may be particularly problematic during SPAs because the EO for problem is repeatedly presented - after interaction, preferred items are removed and access is restricted for some period of time. Conducting SPA using different modalities or consequence arrangements may be an effective method to reduce the likelihood that problem behavior occurs during SPAs. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to extend this line of research in two ways: (a) compare results of SPAs across three modalities and three consequences, (b) evaluate problem behavior during these SPAs with individuals with problem behavior maintained by access to tangible items. The results indicated that for all participants, there was preference stability across modalities and conditions. Additionally, for all participants, problem behavior occurred during the no access consequence or removal consequence, regardless of modality.
 
 
Symposium #75
CE Offered: BACB
A Behavioral Approach to Teaching Writing Behaviors
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence E
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Cameron Mittelman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CE Instructor: Cameron Mittelman, M.A.
Abstract:

Effective writing ability is arguably one of the most important skills an individual must acquire. Despite the crucial role of effective writing skills in today’s society, many individuals do not possess strong writing ability and do not consider themselves good writers, as only 27% of 12th grade students met the criteria for “Proficient” writing, while 21% of 12th grade students met the criteria for “Below Basic” writing (National Center for Education Statistics, 2011). This distribution is even more concerning for black and Hispanic students. These findings suggested that many individuals leaving the public secondary education system lack the skills required to successfully meet the writing demands of the workplace and of higher education. With that in mind, this symposium will demonstrate several ways in which behavior analytic methods may be used shape different aspects of the writing process. The first presentation will review an intervention package consisting of programmed instruction and rate-building to develop revision skills. The second presentation will examine the use of lag schedules to increase variable fictional writing with children with autism. The final presentation will present an integration of precision measurement, pinpointing, and multiple learning channel practice with mechanics exercises.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Fluency, Precision Teaching, Programmed Instruction, Writing
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium are behavior analysts, teachers, supervisors, and anyone else who is required to either develop written products or to review written products as apart of their job.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) pinpoint specific writing behaviors that may need to be developed; (2) describe fluency-based procedures for developing the pinpointed behaviors; (3) describe schedules of reinforcement that may maintained continued occurrence of the developed writing behaviors.
 
The Effects of Programmed Instruction and Fluency-Building on Writing Error Detection and Correction
(Applied Research)
CAMERON MITTELMAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: The present study examined the effects of a three-component intervention package consisting of computer-delivered programmed instruction combined with fluency-based practice involving example and non-example discrimination along with non-example correction on participants’ ability to identify and correct to three different writing targets: passive voice, grammar errors, and inconcise writing. Using a multiple probe across writing targets experimental design, participants’ individually completed the three components of the intervention one at a time with revision probes occurring after each component. Results showed some variation across writing targets and across participants, but in general the intervention package resulted in improved revision ability as all four participants showed higher rates of correct revisions per minute after the three phases of the intervention when compared to baseline rates for all three of the writing targets. Furthermore, the achieved changes in revision accuracy showed clear maintenance over time for the majority of the writing targets for three of the four participants. However, the intervention package appeared to have mixed outcomes for the participants’ ability to revise their own writing, with only two of the four participants having fewer errors for all three writing targets on the generalization probe.
 
The Effects of LAG Schedules of Reinforcement on Fictional Writing
(Applied Research)
LAWRENCE PLATT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Writing is used in numerous contexts from filling out a job application to taking standardized exams. Writing can also be used as an outlet for creative and imaginative ideas. Individuals with autism experience difficulty engaging in imaginative ideas (American Psychological Association, 2013). The literature on creative writing and increasing sentence variability with individuals with autism is limited. Lag schedules of reinforcement have been used to increase vocal variability (Esch, Esch, Love 2009), mand variability (Brodhead, Higbee, Gerencser & Akers 2016), and intraverbal repertoires (Contreras & Betz 2016). Lag schedules were extended in this study to look at variable fictional sentences with two children with autism using a multiple baseline across participants design. For one participant the Lag schedule condition resulted in almost 100% increase in novel sentences compared to the continuous schedule of reinforcement condition. For the other participant a 50% increase in novel sentences in the Lag schedule condition compared to the continuous schedule of reinforcement. Implications are that Lag schedules of reinforcement can be used to increase the novelty of responding.
 
Shaping Technical Writing With Precision Measurement
(Service Delivery)
ADAM HOCKMAN (The Mechner Foundation)
Abstract:

Clear technical writing is critical for communicating complex information to professional and lay audiences. Due to a lack of instruction and practice, behavior analysts and researchers who venture beyond formulaic article writing are prone to structural and stylistic errors. Such writing patterns are noticeable and less desirable to some readers. In her technical writing course Writing Solutions for Behavior Analysts, Marilyn Gilbert introduced a series of Flags—stimuli that signal a particular situation in one’s writing that may need to be changed. The course helped students fluently identify and change Flags that make writing unclear, misleading, or unnecessary. When teaching stylistic writing, Gilbert employed an age-old copywork exercise or the rewriting of an exemplar text to shape an easy and approachable style that effectively communicates scientific information. Many successful writers, including Benjamin Franklin, have used the copywork exercise to improve overall and domain-specific writing (e.g., sales copy). This paper will present an integration of precision measurement, pinpointing, and multiple learning channel practice with Gilbert’s mechanics exercises (Flags) and an eyes/ears copywork approach to promote high-level writing among behavior analysts and other science writers.

 
 
Symposium #76
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Reinforcing Positive Peer Reports via Group Contingencies: Effects of Tootling on Mean Behaviors and Recently Taught Social Skills
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence F-H
Area: EDC/DEV; Domain: Translational
Chair: Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Christopher Skinner, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Tootling interventions involve using interdependent group-oriented rewards to enhances student reports of classmates’ student-helping-student behaviors. Tootling has been shown to decease typical inappropriate classroom behaviors including out of seat behavior and calling out, but not antisocial behaviors. In Study I, a withdrawal design showed that tooting caused immediate decreases in antisocial behaviors (e.g., mean behaviors like name-calling). Researchers have not evaluated the effect of tootling on the behaviors which students are reporting. In Study II, social skills training was used to teach compliment-giving behavior, and during the tootling intervention rewards were delivered contingent upon peer reports of classmates’ giving compliments. Visual analysis of our A-B-A-B figures showed that the tootling intervention enhanced students compliment giving behavior, not just reports of compliment giving behavior, in a generalized setting. This behavior-specific tootling intervention enhanced compliment-giving behavior in a generalized setting. In Study III, a multiple baseline design was used to sequentially enhance three recently-taught social skills in a generalized setting. Discussion focuses on using tootling to reduce antisocial behaviors and promote generalization and maintenance of recently-taught social skills.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): generalization, mean behaviors, social skills, tootling
Target Audience:

Those who work in educational settings

Learning Objectives: Attendees will acquire an understand of how tootling can be used to decrease mean behaviors. Attendees will acquire an understanding of how tootling can be used to increase a recently taught social skill. Attendees will acquire an understanding of how tootling can supplement sequential social skills training.
 

Reducing Mean and Disrespectful Social Behaviors in Third Grade Students: Extending Research on Tootling

(Applied Research)
BAILEIGH KIRKPATRICK (The University of Tennessee), Shelby Wright (The University of Tennessee), Stephanie Daniels (University of Tennessee), Kala Taylor (University of Tennessee), Christopher Skinner (The Univesity of Tennessee), Merilee McCurdy (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), tara moore (The University of Tennessee)
Abstract:

The current study was designed to extend research on tootling interventions. Tootling involves reinforcing students’ reporting of their peers' incidental prosocial behaviors, specifically student-helping-student behaviors. Reinforcement is provided via the application interdependent group-oriented bonus rewards. While previous researchers reinforced the class contingent upon the number of tootles (i.e., peer reports of classmates’ student-helping-student behaviors), during the current study group rewards were delivered contingent upon the number of different students who received tootles. A withdrawal (A-B-A-B) design was used to determine if a tootling intervention decreased antisocial/disrespectful interactions of four, teacher-nominated students in an after-school, third-grade classroom. Visual analysis of a repeated measures graph and effect size estimates suggest that the tootling intervention decreased these interactions. Discussion focuses on the failure to maintain gains during the withdraw phase and future research designed to enhance and evaluate the generalizability of tootling interventions and the effects of similar interventions over time and across dependent variables.

 
Behavior Specific Tootling: Enhancing First-Grade Students’ Use of a Recently- Instructed Social Skill a Natural Social Setting
(Applied Research)
SHELBY WRIGHT (The Unviersity of Tennessee), Baileigh Kirkpatrick (The University of Tennessee), Stephanie Daniels (University of Tennessee), Christopher Skinner (The Univesity of Tennessee), Tara moore (the University of Tennessee), Merilee McCurdy (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
Abstract: Tootling interventions involve teaching students to report their classmates’ student-helping-student behaviors and reinforcing these reports, not the actual behavior, via interdependent group contingencies. Tootling has been shown to decrease disruptive classroom behaviors and enhance on-task behavior. The current study was designed to extend this research by teaching students to report classmates’ engagement in a recently taught social skill (giving compliments) and providing rewards contingent upon the number of peer reports of classmates giving compliments. The dependent variable was actual student compliment giving behavior. Thus, this was the first study where researchers measured the effect of tootling on the actual behavior that students reported. Results from our withdrawal design showed that the modified tootling intervention enhanced compliment giving in first-grade students in a setting and context that differed from the social skills training environment (i.e., while they were engaged in a small group math activity). Specifically, visual analysis of a repeated measures graph and effect size estimates suggest the intervention caused immediate, consistent, and meaningful increases in compliment-giving behavior while students engaged in small-group math activities. Discussion focuses on study limitations, future research, and the applied implications associated with supplementing social skills training with positive peer reporting.
 
Using Tootling to Sequentially Enhance and Maintain Multiple Social Skills in Natural Social Environments
(Applied Research)
CHRISTOPHER SKINNER (The Univesity of Tennessee), Shelby Wright (The University of Tennessee), Margaret Crewdson (the University of Tennessee)
Abstract: The current study was designed to extend research on combining social skills training with tootling to enhance student engagement in social skills in their natural social context. The intervention included an interdependent group contingency with randomly selected criteria which involved the class receiving rewards contingent upon students reporting classmates’ desired social behaviors. First reinforcement was delivered contingent upon reports of classmates’ compliment-giving. In subsequent phases peer reports classmates’ providing encouragement and saying thank you were added to the contingency but students did not know which of the peer-reporting target behaviors would be selected as criteria for reinforcement. Results from our multiple-baseline across-behavior design provide three demonstrations of a treatments effect. When peer-reports of each social skill were added to the contingency, the targeted social behavior increased. Discussion focuses on supplementing social skills training with tootling in order to enhance the probability of students engaging in social skills outside the social skills training context.
 
 
Symposium #77
CE Offered: BACB
Expanding Behavioral Safety to New Areas
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Archives
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Christoph F. Bördlein (University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt)
CE Instructor: Christoph F. Bördlein, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral Safety is not only relevant to “classical” physical work in plants. It’s also important in social service organizations and other environments that are not typically in focus, when thinking about workplace safety. This symposium highlights several developments in behavioral safety. One is the application of the well-established procedures to work environments previously not being targeted much by behavior analysis. The first talk is about the use of the Performance-Diagnostic Checklist – Safety (PDC-S) to enhance safety in two social service institutions. The other presentations in this symposium describe the collaborative effort of machinery safety experts and behavior analysts to include the knowledge of behavior analysis into international standards of workplace safety like the International Standard Organization (ISO) and the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC). Behavior analysis introduces it’s measurement and assessment strategies to machinery safety, to make the human factor – once thought of as a “soft” factor – more controllable and manageable. Perspecitves for future developments are discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral saftey, international standards, machinery safety, PDC
 
Using the PDC-Safety and the PDC-Human Services to facilitate safety in social service institutions
(Service Delivery)
CHRISTOPH F. BÖRDLEIN (University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt)
Abstract: Employees in social service institutions, e.g. those providing day care for mentally and / or physically impaired adults or social work assistance for endangered youths face a variety of safety hazards. Those hazards origin not only from the physical environment but also from the behavior of the people taken care of. To analyze the contingencies influencing the safety of employees in organizations, Martinez-Onstott, Wilder, and Sigurdsson (2016) developed the Performance Diagnosis Checklist Safety (PDC-S). The PDC-HS (Human Services; Carr, Wilder, Majdalany, Mathisen & Strain, 2013) addresses performance problems including safety issues in human service organizations. We present two applications of these checklists to analyze the contingencies underlying safety issues in an intermediate home for children with various behavior problems and in a sheltered workshop for adults with multiple mental and physical disabilities. Results were used to develop safety checklists for behavioral self-monitoring of employees and safety observations of the work environment and the behavior of the people looked after.
 
Experiments in Behavioral Safety in Machinery Safety in Japan
(Applied Research)
RIEKO HOJO (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health), Shoken Shimizu (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, Japan), Kyoko Hamajima (National Institute of Occupational Health, Japan), Shigeo Umezaki (National Institute of Occupational Health, Japan), Koichi Ono (Komazawa University)
Abstract: The author reports about her attempts to introduce behavior analysis to the machinery safety field in Japan. Behavior analysts and machinery safety experts sometimes work together for experiments and in the applied setting, and the results are applied to safety measure at industrial worksite. Among these activities in the machinery safety field, the most characteristic one is participation to international standards, such as International Standard Organization (ISO) and/or International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC). ISO develops and publishes International Standards. It creates documents that provide requirements, specifications, guidelines or characteristics that can be used consistently to ensure that materials, products, processes and services are fit for their purpose. On the other hand, the IEC is the world’s leading organization that prepares and publishes International Standards for all electrical, electronic and related technologies. The principles of human behavior are an element of the current collaborative safety, required by machinery safety and it contributes to establish these standards. We show several examples of this new approach and discuss the new development intiated by this collaboration.
 
The Safety Management System as a New Achievement Place for Behavior Analysis
(Service Delivery)
SHOKEN SHIMIZU (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, Japan), Rieko Hojo (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health), Kyoko Hamajima (National Institute of Occupational Health, Japan), Shigeo Umezaki (National Institute of Occupational Health, Japan), Koichi Ono (Komazawa University)
Abstract: These days an enormous change in the society system, called the Industrial Revolution has been appeared all over the world, such as Industry 4.0, and Connected Industries and/or Society 5.0 in Japan. In such situation, man-machine collaboration is quite important because machines and humans at workplace are connected by Internet of Things (IoT) or/and Information and Communications Technology (ICT) devices. All these industrial revolutions refer to productivity. A way of thinking and measures about safety which is adopted to such society should be established now. So far, safety at workplace has been protected and maintained by specialists from the machinery safety field, mainly focusing on the hardware side. On the other hand, human factors have not been sufficiently considered in the machinery safety field so far. Therefore, rational measurements, analysis and evaluation of human behavior is now important for collaborative safety. Specialists in machinery safety found that behavior analysis is one of the most applicable sciences for the novel safety measure, because it measures human behavior objectively, quantitatively and directly. In this presentation, we propose some approaches for collaborative activity with specialists from the field of behavior analysis to manage safety in machinery safety field together. Those are participating to international standards, quantitative evaluation of machinery systems and analysis of risk assessment.
 
 
Symposium #78
CE Offered: BACB
Key Dimensions of Performance Feedback: From Literature to the Lab
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Capitol/Congress
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Andressa Sleiman (Univeristy of Florida )
CE Instructor: Andressa Sleiman, M.A.
Abstract:

Performance feedback is one of the most common strategies employed in interventions within the field of organizational behavior management (OBM) and has been demonstrated to improve performance across a variety of settings and behaviors when used effectively. Despite its accumulation of empirical support overall, the key variables influencing feedback efficacy, maintenance, and treatment implementation require further evaluation. The presentations in this symposium seeks to further this evaluation by 1) providing an updated review on the existing evidence regarding the use of feedback in 75 articles published in the Journal of Organization Behavior Management from 1998 to 2018, 2) assess performer preference for feedback timing relative to task completion (e.g., after step, after trial, and after session), 3) and evaluate the effects of performer reactions to feedback on subsequent feedback delivery and observation accuracy. Each presentation will highlight the importance of identifying various feedback components as they relate to treatment efficacy and implementation. Implications for future research and the utilization of performance feedback in applied settings will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): OBM, Performance Feedback
Target Audience:

Open to all audiences.

Learning Objectives: After attending this symposium, attendees should be able accomplish the following: 1) outline the essential characteristics influencing feedback effectiveness identified in previous research 2) describe the relation between task completion and performer preference for feedback timing 3) explain the effects of performer reactions to feedback on observation and feedback accuracy.
 

An Objective Review of the Effectiveness and Essential Characteristics of Performance Feedback in Organizational Settings (1998-2018): An Update and Extension

(Applied Research)
ANDRESSA SLEIMAN (Univeristy of Florida), Sigridur Soffia Sigurjonsdottir (Oslo Metropolitan University), Aud Kielland Elnes (Oslo Metropolitan University), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida)
Abstract:

In organizational behavior management (OBM), feedback can effectively increase and maintain performance across settings and target behaviors. Feedback has been extensively studied, being one of the most studied independent variables in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM). Alvero, Bucklin, and Austin (2001) conducted an objective review of the effectiveness and essential characteristics of performance feedback in organizational settings between 1985-1998. This talk will present an update and extension of the Alvero et al. (2001) review by summarizing the effective characteristics of feedback based on 75 articles that implemented feedback as an intervention in an applied setting that were published in JOBM, and in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) between 1998 and 2018. Feedback effectiveness will be presented for the following characteristics: feedback source, feedback medium, feedback privacy, feedback participants, feedback frequency, the immediacy of feedback, feedback combinations (e.g., feedback + goal setting or feedback + incentives), and feedback nature (increase or decrease behavior).

 
Identifying the Relation Between Feedback Preferences and Performance
(Applied Research)
JANELLE KIRSTIE BACOTTI (University of Florida), Emma Grauerholz-Fisher (University of Florida), Samuel L. Morris (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Performance feedback is a commonly used organizational behavior management (OBM) intervention (Gravina et al., 2018) that typically yields consistent effects (Alvero et al., 2001). Although feedback applications have varied, a noteworthy characteristic that might affect feedback effectiveness is timing (Lechermeier & Fassnacht, 2018). Prior research has used verbal report as an indicator of preference across immediate and delayed feedback (Reid & Parsons, 1996). Given the frequent use and practical utility of feedback, we assessed feedback preference across three feedback timing options: after step, after trial, and after session. We used a direct-selection paradigm to assess feedback timing preferences with undergraduate students completing two multistep computerized tasks. The data obtained suggest that most subjects shifted their preference from relatively proximal (e.g., after step) to distal feedback (e.g., after session) as they acquired the tasks. A few subjects’ preferences seemed unrelated to increases in performance. We discuss implications based on the current findings and future directions for research.
 

You Talking to Me?Effects of Performer Reactions on Observation and Feedback Accuracy

(Applied Research)
JESSICA A. NASTASI (University of Florida), Nicholas Matey (University of Florida), Andressa Sleiman (University of Florida), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Performance feedback can be a valuable tool for behavior change when used effectively. Despite its utility, delivering feedback may be aversive to the observer, affecting the accuracy of subsequent observations and feedback. A study conducted by Matey et al. (2019) evaluated the effects of required feedback delivery on observer accuracy and found that accuracy was lower when performance feedback was required compared to observation-alone, suggesting the performer’s reaction to feedback may be one variable influencing subsequent accuracy. The current study sought to evaluate the effects of feedback reaction-type on observer accuracy and feedback delivery. First, undergraduate students were randomly assigned to either positive, neutral, or negative reaction groups. Then, in phase one, participants were trained to score a confederate’s posture as either “safe” or “at-risk”. During phase two, participants were instructed to deliver feedback to the confederate after each session. The confederate reacted to this feedback differently depending on group assignment (i.e., positive, negative, or neutral). Preliminary results indicate observation accuracy in the negative-reaction group may be lower after feedback delivery compared to accuracy in the neutral-reaction and positive-reaction groups. Implications for these findings and suggestions for future research will be discussed.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #79
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
TRAUMA: Effects of Trauma on Risk and Protective Factors
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty I-L
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Jessica Singer-Dudek, Ph.D.
Presenting Authors: JEANNIE GOLDEN (East Carolina University), MARLA BRASSARD (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Trauma in the form of child abuse and neglect at the hands of parents or caregivers has devastating psychosocial and neurological effects on children that may last throughout their lifespan. Children who have experienced maltreatment often fail to learn attachment to their parents or caregivers and this impairs their ability to form healthy attachments and experience reciprocal and caring relationships with others. Lack of attachment is associated with a lack of moral behavior, heightened processing of threat-related information, emotional dysregulation, depression, anxiety, dissociation, maladaptive coping strategies, risky sexual behaviors and increased risk for substance abuse. This presentation will provide a behavioral explanation of why maltreated children often do not learn attachment behaviors and receive negative reinforcement in the form of avoiding or escaping negative emotions. This explanation has several implications for treatment including why and how attachment behaviors can be learned.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state several examples of behaviors related to lack of attachment; (2) state several of the devastating effects of maltreatment and lack of attachment; (3) explain why maltreated children often do not learn attachment behaviors; (4) describe how maltreated children receive negative reinforcement in the form of avoiding or escaping negative emotions; (5) describe how attachment behaviors can be learned; (6) identify which of the following are causally affected by maltreatment in childhood and which are not, using data from genetically sensitive studies: cognitive deficits, psychopathology, educational outcomes, personality disorders, hearing impairments, and adult height; (7) list five areas where PM is more harmful that other forms of maltreatment and three mechanisms that likely account for its harmful effects; (8) identify behavioral parenting programs that are effective in improving the quality of observed parenting of children in preschool to adolescence but harmful for infants and toddlers; (9) describe the developmental context that likely accounts for the difference and the characteristics of programs that are effective with parents of very young children; (10) describe three research-supported prevention programs for PM and describe a public health approach for addressing PM and other forms of child maltreatment.
 
The Effects of Trauma on Attachment: A Behavioral Perspective
JEANNIE GOLDEN (East Carolina University)
Dr. Jeannie A. Golden is a licensed psychologist who received her Ph.D. in school psychology from Florida State University in 1981. Dr. Golden has taught in the psychology department at East Carolina University for 38 years and became the first national board certified behavior analyst in North Carolina in 2000. Dr. Golden received ECU teaching awards in 2001 and 2009, the FABA Honorary Lifetime Membership Award in 1994, the NCABA Fred S. Keller Excellence in Behavior Analysis Award in 2005, the ECU Scholarship of Engagement Award in 2012, the NCABA Do Things Award for Outstanding and Sustained Contributions in 2013, the ECU Psychology Department Award for Distinguished Service in 2015, and the ECU Psychology Department Faculty Appreciation Award for Mentoring in 2017. Dr. Golden and colleagues received grants from Kate B. Reynolds Charitable Trust (2008-2011) and the Department of Health and Human Services (2011-2016) to provide school-based mental health services in two rural, impoverished counties in North Carolina. In March of 2018, Dr. Golden and colleagues were awarded the Creating New Economies Fund Grant by Resourceful Communities for the Greene County Community Advancement Project.
Abstract: United States state statutes demonstrate a clear hierarchy in how harmful the different forms of child maltreatment are perceived (Baker & Brassard, 2019), but research does not support prioritizing of one form of child maltreatment over another. This presentation presents the evidence (briefly) for considering psychological maltreatment (PM) the equal of child sexual abuse, physical abuse, and physical neglect in contributing to adverse outcomes across the lifespan. Because PM, like corporal punishment, is so common, it challenges traditional short-term, narrowly focused, post-trauma reactive intervention practices, toward more sensitive and effective child protection and increased emphasis on primary prevention and good caregiving to achieve child well-being. Interventions with the greatest likelihood of success are presented – those consistent with ABA practice and those that may require shift in thinking.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state several examples of behaviors related to lack of attachment; (2) state several of the devastating effects of maltreatment and lack of attachment; (3) explain why maltreated children often do not learn attachment behaviors; (4) describe how maltreated children receive negative reinforcement in the form of avoiding or escaping negative emotions; (5) describe how attachment behaviors can be learned; (6) identify which of the following are causally affected by maltreatment in childhood and which are not, using data from genetically sensitive studies: cognitive deficits, psychopathology, educational outcomes, personality disorders, hearing impairments, and adult height; (7) list five areas where PM is more harmful that other forms of maltreatment and three mechanisms that likely account for its harmful effects; (8) identify behavioral parenting programs that are effective in improving the quality of observed parenting of children in preschool to adolescence but harmful for infants and toddlers; (9) describe the developmental context that likely accounts for the difference and the characteristics of programs that are effective with parents of very young children; (10) describe three research-supported prevention programs for PM and describe a public health approach for addressing PM and other forms of child maltreatment.
 
Interventions to Address Psychological Maltreatment, a Common and Harmful Form of Childhood Trauma
MARLA BRASSARD (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Marla R. Brassard, Ph.D., is a Professor in the School Psychology Program at Teachers College, Columbia University. For 37 years her research has focused on parenting, especially psychological maltreatment (PM) of children by parents, a non-physical form of abuse and neglect, that research shows is the equivalent in adverse causal impact to other forms of maltreatment and the most related to depression and suicidal behavior. Recently her work has expanded to include parenting in other high stress contexts, specifically parenting a young child with autistic spectrum disorder, with a focus on interventions that enhance parental well-being and increase quality of parenting. She is a fellow of the American Psychological Association and past president of the Council of Directors of School Psychology Programs.
 
 
Panel #80
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP — 
Ethics
The State of Our Union: Current Issues and Future Directions of Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, University of D.C. / Catholic University
Area: PCH/DDA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Justin B. Leaf, Ph.D.
Chair: Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
JUSTIN B. LEAF (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
ROBERT K. ROSS (Beacon ABA Services)
MELISSA L. OLIVE (Applied Behavioral Strategies LLC)
Abstract:

The field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has grown faster than many of us have ever imagined. Current projections estimate there will be over 120,000 Behavior Analysts worldwide within the next 5 years. The panelists will provide the audience with their perspective about the current state of the field. In doing so the panelists will discuss areas in which ABA has excelled (e.g., functional analysis, certifying individuals, single subject designs) as well as areas requiring additional growth (e.g., marketing, collaborating with other fields, large scale outcomes). Additionally, the panelists will provide their perspective on the future directions of ABA (e.g., private equity, increasing number of technicians, licensure laws) and how behavior analysts can continue to promote quality behavioral intervention with the new challenges. All Board Certified Behavior Analysts have an ethical responsibility to our profession to “uphold and advance the values, ethics and principles of the profession of behavior analysis” (BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts, Section 6.01). As such, the panelists will also discuss current and future ethical responsibilities to the field. Questions and comments from the audience will be encouraged throughout.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Graduate students, practitioners, researchers, and professors.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will identify the difference between certification and scope of competence. 2. Attendees will identify how they can comply with the BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code, Sections 6.01 & 6.02. 3. Attendees will identify 5 strategies they can use in their everyday practice that will support ethical practice in Behavior Analysis.
Keyword(s): certification, ethics, Growth, quality intervention
 
 
Invited Tutorial #82
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA — 
Ethics
SQAB Tutorial: Back to the Lab: Human Behavioral Pharmacology Methods, Outcomes and Meanings
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 6
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
BACB/PSY/QABA CE Offered. CE Instructor: William Stoops, Ph.D.
Chair: Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas)
Presenting Authors: : WILLIAM STOOPS (University of Kentucky)
Abstract:

Human behavioral pharmacology methods have been used to rigorously evaluate the effects of a range of centrally acting drugs in human beings under controlled conditions. Methods like drug self-administration and drug-discrimination have been adapted from non-human laboratory animal models. Because humans have the capacity to communicate verbally, self-report methods are also commonly used to understand drug effects. This presentation will provide an overview of these traditional human behavioral pharmacology methods, as well as more novel measures that have been introduced to the field. Representative data will be shared and the benefits, challenges and translational relevance of each method will be discussed. This session will cover guiding principles in the design of human behavioral pharmacology studies (e.g., using placebo controls, testing multiple doses) along with ethical (e.g., avoiding enrollment of individuals seeking treatment, determining capacity to consent) and safety (e.g., dose selection, pre-screening of participants for exclusionary health problems) that must be addressed when conducting these types of studies.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand basic methods used in human behavioral pharmacology research; (2) know how ethical and safety issues are addressed in human behavioral pharmacology studies; (3) appreciate the clinical relevance of human behavioral pharmacology findings.
 
WILLIAM STOOPS (University of Kentucky)
Dr. William W. Stoops, a Professor in the Departments of Behavioral Science, Psychiatry and Psychology at the University of Kentucky, earned his Bachelor’s degree in Psychology from Davidson College in Davidson, NC and his Master’s degree and Ph.D. in Psychology from the University of Kentucky. His research evaluates the behavioral and pharmacological factors that contribute to drug use disorders, focusing primarily on stimulant drugs. Dr. Stoops’ research contributions resulted in receipt of the 2016 Psychologist of the Year Award from the Kentucky Psychological Association, the 2013 Joseph Cochin Young Investigator Award from the College on Problems of Drug Dependence and the 2008 Wyeth Young Psychopharmacologist Award from Division 28 (Psychopharmacology and Substance Abuse) of the American Psychological Association (APA). Dr. Stoops currently serves on the College on Problems of Drug Dependence Board of Directors and is Editor of Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology.
 
 
Symposium #83
CE Offered: BACB
Topics in Verbal Behavior: Winners of the VBSIG Research Competitions Present Their Findings
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon I
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Caitlin H. Delfs (Village Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Caitlin H. Delfs, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will include three recently completed projects by the 2019 Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (VBSIG) research and student grant competition winners. The VBSIG aims to support the advancement of verbal behavior research and to disseminate theoretical, empirical, and practical information about verbal behavior. These papers exemplify that aim. The first paper by Frampton, Axe, Covall, and Padmanabhan will describe procedures for teaching problem solving skills to answer novel intraverbal questions utilizing a mobile application. The next two papers focus on the emergence of untrained skills. Zaltzman, Parry-Cruwys, MacDonald, and Sweeney-Kerwin examined the use of observational learning in a young child with autism who was taught to engage in echoic, tact, and intraverbal behaviors following exposure to a model. The final paper, presented by Aragon, Rodriguez, McKeown, and Luczynski, describes procedures to facilitate the emergence of verbal behavior in the form of Intraverbal-tacts. The studies present results that may inform verbal behavior researchers and practitioners alike.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): emergent responding, observational learning, problem solving, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

graduate students, researchers, clinicians interested in verbal behavior

 
Teaching Problem Solving Skills: Use of Mobile Applications to Answer Novel Questions
SARAH FRAMPTON (May Institute, Inc.), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University), Karly Covall (Simmons University; May Institute, Inc.), Sarayu Padmanabhan (Simmons University; May Institute, Inc.)
Abstract: In educational settings, mobile apps may help students with autism solve the problem of answering novel questions. We evaluated this hypothesis with a concurrent multiple probe design across behaviors embedded in a nonconcurrent multiple probe design across participants with two adolescents with autism. The novel questions pertained to time, distance, and temperature for different cities (e.g., “What time is it in Cairo?”). In each session, the participants were given an iPad and a worksheet with novel questions. In Treatment 1, we trained app use and an intraverbal (e.g., “Distance, use the map app”). In Treatment 2, we trained underlining the keyword (e.g., distance) on the worksheet and emitting the intraverbal under control of the keyword. For one participant, Treatments 1 and 2 resulted in correct app use, generalization across apps, and correct responding in a vocal verbal generalization probe. The other participant needed Treatment 3, which involved training app use in the worksheet context. Reliability and procedural fidelity data were collected. The results have implications for the analysis of problem solving in developing complex verbal and academic repertoires and the inclusion of technology in educational settings.
 

An Examination of Observational Learning Using Skinner’s Analysis of Verbal Behavior

TALI RUDY ZALTZMAN (Regis College; All Points Licensed Applied Behavior Analysts), Diana Parry-Cruwys (Regis College), Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College), Emily Kerwin (All Points Licensed Applied Behavior Analysts)
Abstract:

Learning by observing others has great benefits as it allows an individual to learn new skills without directly contacting the contingencies. Results from previous research on teaching skills necessary to emit OL responses are promising but an analysis of OL using Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior (1957) is lacking. The purpose of the present study was to address the limitations of previous research by conceptualizing OL using Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior (1957) in the context of a replication and extension of DeQuinzio and Taylor (2015). After teaching one child diagnosed with an ASD to emit a chain of vocal verbal responses including an echoic, the statement of a rule, and either the same response as the echoic or the correction statement "I don't know" she was observed to correctly tact previously unknown pictures after observing a model. Interobserver agreement was collected for 35% of OL and tacting responses and for 34% of vocal response chain (VRC) responses and was 79% and 100% respectively. Future research should continue to analyze OL using Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior (1957) as it might lead to a more parsimonious and conceptually systematic analysis.

 

Facilitating the Emergence of Intraverbal Tacts in Children With Autism

MICHAEL ARAGON (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Monroe Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ciobha Anne McKeown (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Failing to teach children with autism to leverage multiple control when making conditional discriminations may contribute to erring when required to emit intraverbal-tacts (i.e., answering different questions about a picture). For example, when shown the picture of a red square and asked, “What shape?” a child may answer, “red.” This study evaluated if a curriculum sequence inspired by a conceptual analysis of multiple control (Michael, Palmer, & Sundberg, 2011) would facilitate the emergence of intraverbal-tacts in children with autism. More specifically, children learned to tact the various elements in pictures (e.g., the shapes triangle, square, and circle), tact the categories the elements belong to (e.g., square is a shape), and list members of a category (e.g., triangle, square, and circle in response to, “What are some shapes?”). In the case that intraverbal-tacts did not emerge following mastery of these skills, the children learned a selection response in which they would attend to a picture (e.g., a red square) and a vocal stimulus (e.g., “Show me shape.”) and then select the correct element from an array of the various elements (i.e., different colors and shapes). We discuss the efficacy of this curriculum sequence in facilitating the emergence of intraverbal-tacts.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #105
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Effective Leadership and Supervision
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, Ballroom AB
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: Ellie Kazemi, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts are expected to lead treatment teams by training and supporting staff. However, many behavior analysts were not formally trained for such leadership positions. In this talk, I will address some of the common barriers supervisors face in their leadership roles and provide practical tips for efficient, effective leadership and supervision of staff.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the primary functions of effective supervision; (2) explain how to give tough feedback effectively; (3) describe the importance of performance feedback in supervision.
 
ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge)

Dr. Kazemi is a Professor at California State University, Northridge (CSUN) where she has developed and teaches undergraduate and graduate coursework in behavior analysis for the past 10 years. She founded the Masters of Science Program in Applied Behavior Analysis in 2010 and has collaborated with the CSUN community to provide graduate students high quality supervision experiences. She currently has two different lines of research. Her applied research interests involve identification of efficient, effective strategies for practical training, supervision, and leadership. Her laboratory research involves leveraging technology (e.g., robotics, virtual or augmented reality) for efficient training and feedback using simulations. She is currently working on several nationwide large projects (e.g., with FEMA and NASA) with a focus on effective training and behavioral outcomes. She has received several mentorship awards including the ABAI Best Mentor Award, the Outstanding Faculty Award, the Outstanding Teaching Award, and the Outstanding Service Award.  She has published articles and book chapters on a variety of topics including training, staff turnover, and the use of technology in behavior analysis. She is the leading author of a handbook written for both supervisors and supervisees that is titled, Supervision and Practicum in Behavior Analysis: A Handbook for Supervisees.

 
 
Symposium #106
CE Offered: BACB
Factors and Procedures Pertaining to Delays to Reinforcement: Translational and Applied Evaluations
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 201
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
CE Instructor: Terry S. Falcomata, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The study of procedures and variables that impact behavior during delays to reinforcement continues to be important in terms of the treatment of problem behavior. For example, although functional communication training (FCT) has been demonstrated to be a highly effective treatment for problem behavior, delays to reinforcement must be considered given naturally occurring times in which reinforcement is delayed or unavailable and in the interest of practicality (e.g., clients might mand for reinforcement at high rates rendering the treatment impractical for careproviders). This symposium is comprised of three data-based presentations concerning aspects of delays to reinforcement including the evaluation of procedures aimed at enhancing toleration of delays to reinforcement during FCT and variables that impact allocation of responding across different delay-to-reinforcement arrangements. Specifically, the current symposium will focus on delays to reinforcement and present data on (a) the effects of discrimination training and denial trials during FCT, (b) the effects of vocal signals during FCT, and (c) preference for mixed vs. fixed delays to reinforcement.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, delay, FCT, problem behavior
Target Audience:

Graduate students and practitioners

 

An Evaluation of Functional Communication Training With Signaled and Unsignaled Delays to Reinforcement

DAN MANGUM (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) can be successful in replacing problem behavior with a functionally equivalent response. One potential challenge of this intervention involves learners requesting reinforcers at an unsustainable rate. To address this challenge, FCT often includes strategies to thin the reinforcement schedule, including delays to reinforcement. Previous studies have incorporated signals to delay using timers (Kelley, Lerman, Fisher, Roane, & Zangrillo, 2011) or occasional vocal statements (Hagopian, Contrucci-Kuhn, Long, & Rush). To date no studies have systematically evaluated the necessity of a signal indicating delay to reinforcement. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to empirically evaluate the use of a vocal signal, in the absence of a delay timer, on the efficiency of increasing delays to reinforcement. Results indicated the inclusion of a vocal signal preserved the functional communication training outcomes during the reinforcement thinning procedures for a 5-year-old male with Autism Spectrum Disorder to a greater extent than schedule thinning in the absence of a vocal signal.

 

Preference for Fixed- and Mixed-Delays to Reinforcement Among Children With Autism

CAYENNE SHPALL (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Monique Barnett (University of Texas at Austin), Andrea Ramirez-Cristoforo (The University of Texas at Austin), Fabiola Vargas Londono (University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Delays to reinforcement are often a necessary component during treatments of problem behavior (e.g., Functional Communication Training; FCT). In the absence of programmed delay training, the utility, generality, and maintenance of the effects of FCT may be limited. Despite the importance of delays to reinforcement during FCT, few studies have empirically isolated and investigated the parameters pertaining to the implementation of delays to reinforcement. Results from basic empirical studies have shown that participants, in both human and nonhuman-based studies, demonstrate preferences for variable, or bi-valued mixed delays to reinforcement. The current study examined response allocation between fixed and mixed delays to reinforcement using a concurrent schedule of reinforcement exhibited by children with Autism Spectrum Disorders diagnoses. Results showed preference for mixed delays to reinforcement with all participants. Potential avenues of future research on the use of mixed delays to reinforcement, such as the application within FCT and maintenance of socially appropriate behaviors, are discussed.

 
A Synthesized Approach to Functional Communication Training Including Discrimination and Tolerance to Denial
JESSICA HERROD (University of Georgia), Sarah Snyder (University of Georgia), Kimberly Caito (University of Georgia), Erinn Whiteside (University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) provides an efficient means for reducing problem behaviors while increasing social communication. After establishing a functional communication response (FCR) interventionists may need to thin the schedules of reinforcement to increase durability of effects and maintenance in the natural environment. Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanratty (2014) proposed one means for thinning schedules that involved the systematic introduction of extinction (or denial trials) following a process of delaying reinforcement. The current study evaluates a classroom application of this thinning process with 2 elementary aged boys with autism who engaged in aggression, self-injury, and disruption evoked be denied access to preferred items or routines. The data show the therapeutic effects of the FCT program with systematic introduction of discrimination training and denial trials once the participants demonstrated proficiency with the FCR. Results are discussed in terms of extending Hanley et al. (2014) and how these procedures can be used within typical school-based settings.
 
 
Symposium #107
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Consent, Assent, and Decision-Making Capacity in Theory and Practice
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon A
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jennifer Lynne Bruzek (University of Alabama in Huntsville)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Lynne Bruzek, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Consent is embedded in the foundation of behavior analytic research and clinical practice. The processes of obtaining consent and assent require that researchers and practitioners share information regarding procedures in a way that is understandable to the recipient, which often appears to be a straight-forward process. Beyond the process of information sharing, though, are important matters related to whether or not someone has the capacity to consent or assent and whether that capacity has changed or will change over time. Additionally, it is often incumbent on researchers and practitioners to use their judgement when deciding whether or not assent has been provided noncoercively. This can be especially difficult when working with more vulnerable populations like individuals with developmental disabilities or dementia. This symposium will address issues related to decision-making capacity, commonly used capacity assessments and assent procedures, and socially valid methods for gaining assent that avoid coercive procedures. These issues will be discussed as they relate to older adults with dementia and children and adults with developmental disabilities.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs

 

Primer on Ethical and Practical Issues in Decision-Making Capacity Assessment

SAMANTHA JO ZOHR (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Determinations of decision-making capacity affect a person’s civil rights. When reasoning or decision-making capacity is in question, the onus is to balance autonomy and safety, maximizing self-reliance and independence while programming for assistance to prevent harm and maintain safety. Assessment of decision-making capacity is a research area, nevertheless, myths about decision-making capacity abound. Contrary to common belief, decision-making capacity is not unitary – it is specific to the task or domain in question (e.g., financial, medical, research consent or assent); cognitive difficulties do not automatically imply a lack of capacity; and individuals may lack capacity in one area of functioning while retaining capacity in other domains. Individuals may also transition from more to less assistance with decision-making, and capacity can be regained. This primer will review basic tenets of decision-making capacity and broadly introduce research and currently existing guidelines, considering the impact on a person’s life and advancing providers’ competency to navigate ethical and practical issues.

 

Capacity Assessments, Consent, and Assent in Behavioral Gerontology: Issues of Stimulus Control

REBECCA A SHARP (Bangor University), Zoe Lucock (Bangor University)
Abstract:

Behavior-analytic research with adults with dementia is often conducted with people who lack the capacity to consent on their own behalf. However, commonly used capacity assessments and assent procedures are often ill-defined and subjective. Although there are some objective behavioral measures of dissent (e.g., moving away from the area, indices of unhappiness), assent procedures requiring vocal responses may produce verbal behavior under stimulus control of past or unobservable events. For example, “Can I sit with you today and show you some activities?” might result in the topographically-irrelevant response, “I told him that the birds are blue.” Researchers must then judge whether assent has been given, which can be uncomfortable. We will discuss the utility and pitfalls of our ethics committee-approved assent and consent procedures, and the use of compassionate misinformation in relation to the BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts. We will present data showing the prevalence of vocal responses not under conditional control of discriminative stimuli used in assent procedures. We will discuss the need for socially valid, effective vocal and non-vocal methods for gaining assent from participants with dementia to enable people to be involved as much as possible in the consent process (i.e., have choice).

 

Consent and Assent Issues for Adults and Children With Neurodevelopmental Disabilities

STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University), Jessica Detrick (Western Michigan University), Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark), Kelsey Webster (Western Michigan University), Julia Mays (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Whether conducting behavior analytic research or providing behavior analytic services to individuals with developmental disabilities, it is important to gain consent for the provision of the procedures in question. Several issues arise when considering how informed consent is obtained to ensure individuals with developmental disabilities who are their own guardians are not coerced into providing consent. There are also several considerations that must be made to ensure consent is effectively informed. When adults with developmental disabilities are not their own guardians or when children with developmental disabilities are involved, they may not be able to legally provide consent. However, the majority of the time, such individuals must still provide assent. Thus, similar issues apply. This presentation will provide an overview of the concerns that can arise when attempting to gain consent or assent from individuals with developmental disabilities. We will provide a behavior analytic perspective on these issues, as well as present potential solutions behavior analysts might consider as ways to evaluate assent and consent that avoid coercive procedures.

 
 
Symposium #108
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Behavioral Economics and Verbal Behavior Mash-Up: Investigations of Broader Behavior Analytically-Rooted Societal Impacts
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty N-P
Area: CSS/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Victoria Diane Hutchinson (Saint Louis University)
CE Instructor: Victoria Diane Hutchinson, M.S.
Abstract:

The present symposium explores the ways in which verbal behavior and behavioral economics may shed light on some of the larger societal problems we face as humans. In the first presentation, we empirically explore RFT-based conceptualizations of gambling behavior beyond those of equivalence to frames of comparison and the ways in which those contextual variables (along with our own verbal behavior about them) may push around our behavior. Second, we'll address conceptually-cutting-edge perspective, wherein we propose different interventions for distinct repertoires within what we might broadly consider, impulsivity. Finally, we explore delay and social discounting within the context of climate change, and the need for modern behavior analysis to hold a seat at the table of discussions around sustainability initiatives.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Gambling, Impulsivity, Sustainability
Target Audience:

-intermediate-advanced

Learning Objectives: Describe how behavior science can contribute to solving complex social issues Identify self-rule formation through contextual control, in a gambling context. Attendees will be able to describe how different forms of impulsivity likely involve different behavioral repertoires and therefore will likely respond differently to different treatments
 
Diversity submission Derived Rule Following and Relational Framing in a Gambling Context
(Applied Research)
VANSHIKA GUPTA (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Previous research on derived rule following has shown that participants will switch their response patterns following discrimination training, and will adhere to new rules established during training even contingencies do not match the new rules. However, this research has only included equivalence class formations. Therefore, the current study sought to replicate and extend this research to include relational frames of comparison (i.e., more/less than). During a slot machine task, three recreational gamblers wagered on one of two slot machines with equal payout rates, each identified by an arbitrary stimulus covering the payout rates. Participants were randomly assigned to one of three legs within a multiple-baseline design with predetermined phase lengths. Following baseline, participants completed a match-to-sample program where contextual cues of more/less than were paired with the arbitrary stimuli used on the slot machines. Tacting of participant’s self-rule was measured using a fill-in-the-blank and multiple choice test, before and after training. Following training, two participants altered their response options to play on the slot machine paired with the contextual cue of ‘more than’, and played less on the machine paired with the cue ‘less than’. Further, all three participants responded with 100% accuracy on the self-rule tests following training.
 
Diversity submission 

Behavioral Conceptual Analysis of Two Dimensions of Impulsivity: Impulsive Disinhibition Versus Impulsive Decision-Making

(Theory)
YI YANG (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

Impulsivity is a multifaceted construct, including inability to wait, rapid action without forethought, and an inability to inhibit inappropriate behaviors. In behavior analytic research, impulsivity is often studied by examining choices between smaller-sooner reinforcers over larger-later reinforcers, as in delay discounting. However, researchers have begun to acknowledge what could be an important distinction, between ‘‘impulsive disinhibition,’’ e.g., Go/No-Go tasks, and ‘‘impulsive decision-making,’’ e.g., Delay-Discounting tasks (Reynolds, Ortengren, Richards and de Wit, 2006). This presentation will conduct a radical behavioral conceptual analysis of this distinction and identify the separate implications for both repertoires of behavior, both for studying them in the lab, and for application to socially significant behavior. In particular, it seems probable that different intervention procedures may work for addressing the two different repertoires. For example, present moment attention training may help individuals focus on moment-to-moment self-control, as in go/no go tasks, whereas values-based interventions may help individuals behave with respect to longer-term self-control tasks, such as delay discounting.

 
Diversity submission 

Delay Discounting and Social Discounting With Climate Change Policy Preference

(Theory)
CELESTE UNNERSTALL (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

According to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, considerable changes in human behavior are needed to curb the impacts of climate change. Current estimates suggest that we may reach the climate point of no return (PNR) by the year 2035 assuming a 2% increase in the relative rate of no emission consumption. We describe several studies conducted by our research lab from a Behavioral Economic and Relational Frame Theory synthetic framework that address preferences for policies that attempt to limit or constrain CO2 emissions by affecting human action. The first series of studies evaluate policy preference to delay PNR as analogous to monetary discounting of reinforcer loss. Results show that people discount high emission commodities similar to currency. Results also show that redistributive policies may generate greater policy support and willingness to forego high emission commodities in service of the value of climate change sustainability. The second series of studies extend this model by directly comparing policies developed by politicians seeking presidency in the upcoming US election, as well as embedding measures of social discounting. Results again support preference for redistributive policies and that policies that redistribute reinforcement locally are more likely to be accepted and produce greater willingness than policies that seek to redistribute reinforcement internationally. These series of studies speak to a need to inform policy with modern advances in applied behavior analysis.

 
 
Panel #109
CE Offered: BACB
PDS: Developing an Assertive Communication Style in Professional Settings
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Capitol/Congress
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Laura Barcelos Nomicos, Ph.D.
Chair: Laura Barcelos Nomicos (University of Nevada, Reno)
CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
MARTHA COSTA HÜBNER (University of São Paulo)
CYNTHIA M. ANDERSON (May Institute)
Abstract:

Communicating in a way that allows one to share their perspective while fostering mutual respect with coworkers is key part of being an assertive professional. These skills are critical across settings because they lead to more effective collaboration and therefore promote growth for all involved. Many times, graduate students are not in a position to practice or learn assertiveness skills due to the power dynamics found in the university setting. Minorities and women often face additional societal barriers in professional settings (Cortina et. al., 2001) that exasperate these issues. Research has demonstrated that diversity increases the creativity and productivity in professional spaces (Leung et. al. 2008). Cultivating a more assertive communicative repertoire in professionals would allow for better integration of different perspectives; ultimately benefitting both the individual and those they work for. The panelists will share what they have learned on issues concerning assertive communication and developing a working style that allows for both mutual respect and consideration. Each panelist has held multiple prominent leadership positions and have had many successful collaborative relationships throughout their careers.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): assertiveness, leadership, professional skills
 
 
Invited Paper Session #110
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
TRAUMA: Prevention of Traumatic Events: Use of Antecedent and Generalization Strategies
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty I-L
Chair: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa)
CE Instructor: Kelly M. Schieltz, Ph.D.
Presenting Authors: RON VAN HOUTEN (Western Michigan University), RAYMOND MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Pedestrian crashes have been on an increasing trend in recent years. Reasons possibly include increased levels of distracted driving, increased speeding behavior, and increased walking. Behavioral science has contributed to ways to increase driving yielding behavior on a community wide basis and the development on antecedent interventions that have been documented to increase reduce unsafe behavior and crashes. This presentation will focus on discussing some of the more important techniques as well as why antecedent interventions are effective without obvious sources of reinforcement.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the validity of different approaches to the assessment of safety skills; (2) describe behavioral skills training and its limitations for teaching safety skills; (3) describe in situ training for teaching safety skills; (4) describe strategies for promoting generalization of safety skills; (5) list several important variables used to change cultural safety practices; (6) discuss why interventions that rely on antecedents so effective, and how to further increase their efficacy; (7) discuss how the effect of behavioral safety methods on crashes is evaluated.
 
Reducing Pedestrian Injuries and Deaths
RON VAN HOUTEN (Western Michigan University)
Dr. Van Houten received his BA from SUNY at Stony Brook and his MA and Ph.D. from Dalhousie University, where he received training in the experimental analysis of behavior. He is currently professor of psychology at Western Michigan University. Dr. Van Houten has published extensively in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) on a wide variety of problems, such as the education of inner city youth and children with “learning disabilities,” the treatment of children and adults with developmental delays, the treatment of clinical problems in children, traffic safety, energy conservation, and aviation safety. Currently Dr. Van Houten is a member of the Transportation Research Board and a member of the National Committee for Uniform Traffic Control Devices. He is a past associate editor for JABA and a Fellow of ABAI. Dr. Van Houten is also an avid pilot of power aircraft and gliders and a flight instructor.
Abstract: This presentation will discuss research on teaching safety skills to children. It will describe different approaches to assessment of safety skills and the validity of these approaches. It will describe research on the effectiveness of interventions for teaching safety skills with an emphasis on active learning approaches including behavioral skills training and in situ training. The presentation will discuss the issue of generalization, the limits of behavioral skills training for promoting generalization, and strategies that can be used to enhance generalization. The presentation will discuss the issue of accessibility and strategies for increasing accessibility of effective interventions.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the validity of different approaches to the assessment of safety skills; (2) describe behavioral skills training and its limitations for teaching safety skills; (3) describe in situ training for teaching safety skills; (4) describe strategies for promoting generalization of safety skills; (5) list several important variables used to change cultural safety practices; (6) discuss why interventions that rely on antecedents so effective, and how to further increase their efficacy; (7) discuss how the effect of behavioral safety methods on crashes is evaluated.
 
Teaching Safety Skills: What Does It Take to Get Children to Do the Right Thing?
RAYMOND MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida)
Dr. Raymond G. Miltenberger received his Ph.D. from Western Michigan University and currently is professor of psychology and director of the Applied Behavior Analysis Master’s Program at the University of South Florida. He is the author of a highly regarded textbook on behavior modification, which is used at many universities across the country in both undergraduate and graduate courses. Dr. Miltenberger is most well known for having conducted a long-standing and
systematic series of studies on clinical (habit) disorders, prevention of abduction, and firearms safety. In particular, his research in the latter two areas has been characterized by the highly creative use of simulations and generalization testing, and by the careful development of task-analysis-based instruction described as “behavioral skills training.” In recognition of this work, he has received the Award for Distinguished Contributions to Applied Research from the
American Psychological Association (Division 25), and he has served as president of ABAI. 
 
 
Panel #111
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
The Role of Principles in Ethical Decision-Making
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, University of D.C. / Catholic University
Area: PCH/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Nancy Rosenberg, Ph.D.
Chair: Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington)
NANCY ROSENBERG (University of Washington)
ELIZABETH KELLY (University of Washington)
KAITLIN MARIE KLOES GREENY (University of Washington)
Abstract:

Principles are broad statements of values that can serve as guides for both ethical behavior and ethical decision-making. Many health-related professions, such as occupational therapy, speech-language-hearing, psychology, and counseling, have incorporated explicit principles into their codes of ethics. Behavior analysis currently has not. This symposium will explore the use of principles in the ethics codes of other organizations, examine how a statement of basic principles might help guide ethical behavior and ethical decision making within an organization, and outline a process we have utilized at our university to define principles for our Applied Behavior Analysis program.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will recognize the use of explicit principles in the ethical codes of other health-related professions. 2. Participants will recognize ways that explicit principles may help guide ethical behavior and ethical decision making within an organization. 3. Participants will understand one possible process for developing explicit principles for an organization interested in promoting ethical behavior in its behavior analysts.
Keyword(s): decision making, developmental disabilities, ethical principles, ethics
 
 
Invited Tutorial #112
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA
SQAB Tutorial: Creating Artificial Organisms Animated by a Selectionist Theory of Adaptive Behavior Dynamics
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 6
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
BACB/PSY/QABA CE Offered. CE Instructor: Jack McDowell, Ph.D.
Chair: Marcus Jackson Marr (Georgia Tech)
Presenting Authors: : JACK MCDOWELL (Emory University)
Abstract:

The evolutionary theory of behavior dynamics (ETBD) is a complexity theory, which means that it is stated in the form of simple low level rules, the repeated operation of which generates high level outcomes that can be compared to data. The low level rules of the theory implement Darwinian processes of selection, reproduction, and mutation. This tutorial is an introduction to the ETBD, and will illustrate how the theory is used to animate artificial organisms that behave freely, and continuously, in any desired experimental environment. Extensive research has shown that the behavior of artificial organisms animated by the theory successfully reproduces the behavior of live organisms, in qualitative and quantitative detail, in a wide variety of experimental environments, including concurrent ratio schedules with equal and unequal ratios in the components, and concurrent interval schedules with and without punishment superimposed on one or both alternatives. An overview and summary of the research testing the ETBD will be provided. The material interpretation of the theory as an instance of supervenient realism will also be discussed. Finally, possible future directions will be considered with an eye toward identifying the most valuable path or paths for future development.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in the basic science; individuals interested in computational theories of behavior or machine learning; individuals interested in modeling clinically significant human behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) create artificial organisms animated by the selectionist theory; (2) run artificial organisms in experimental environments; (3) summarize empirical support for the theory; (4) consider possible material interpretations of the theory; (5) consider fruitful paths for further development of the theory.
 
JACK MCDOWELL (Emory University)

J. J McDowell received an A.B. from Yale University in 1972 and a Ph.D. from the State University of New York at Stony Brook in 1979. After completing his clinical internship, he joined the faculty of Emory University, where he is currently a professor in the Department of Psychology. Dr. McDowell is also a licensed clinical psychologist, and maintains a private practice of behavior therapy in Atlanta. Dr. McDowell's research has focused on the quantitative analysis of behavior. He has conducted tests of matching theory in experiments with humans, rats, and pigeons, has made formal mathematical contributions to the matching theory literature, and has proposed a computational theory of behavior dynamics. He has also written on the relevance of mathematical and computational accounts of behavior for the treatment of clinical problems. Dr. McDowell's current research is focused on his computational theory of selection by consequences, including studies of behavior generated by the theory's genetic algorithm, and possible implementations of the theory in neural circuitry. His work, including collaborations with students and former students, has been funded by NIMH, NSF, and NIDA. Dr. McDowell is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International.

 
 
Panel #113
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
PDS: How to Win Friends From Other Disciplines: Successful Outcomes Through Collaboration
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence A-C
Area: TBA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Evelyn Rachael Gould, Ph.D.
Chair: Kathryn Atkins (University of Maryland, Baltimore County; Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CLAIRE C. ST. PETER (West Virginia University)
EVELYN RACHAEL GOULD (McLean Hospital, Harvard Medical School; FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.)
PETER GIROLAMI (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Collaborating with professionals in other disciplines is vital to the success of those we serve but is also one of the most difficult parts of the job. Teachers, speech pathologists, occupational therapists, pediatricians, social workers, and psychiatrists bring unique areas of expertise, and collaboration means finding common ground. Successful collaboration may also require some persuasion and translating behavior analytic terms into their language to teach others what our science has to offer. This panel includes experienced behavior analysts from school, hospital, and mental health settings who have experience collaborating with diverse professionals from other disciplines. They will provide their perspectives on the benefits of working with others and provide strategies for how to navigate potential challenges. They will give insight into navigating ethical issues that may arise when working with multidisciplinary teams. They will offer recommendations on how to make friends and influence people to provide the best services possible for those we serve.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

The target audience in practicing behavior analysts who work in setting that require collaboration with professionals from other disciplines.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to describe the benefits of working with professionals from other disciplines. 2. Participants will be able to use persuasion and negotiation skills in order to achieve their goals when working with professionals with other disciplines. 3. Participants will be able to identify ethical issues that may arise when working with an interdisciplinary team and use problem-solving strategies to address these issues to act in the best interest of the client.
Keyword(s): collaboration, multidisciplinary team, professional development, service delivery
 
 
Symposium #114
CE Offered: BACB
Leveling Up: Research Surrounding Gamification in the Classroom
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Archives
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College)
CE Instructor: Jacquelyn M. MacDonald, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The first presentation will review the systematic assessment of peer-reviewed single-subject research that included a game-based intervention as the independent variable, identify the elements of gaming that have been employed, assess the scope of use across domains, and examine the efficacy of these interventions. We will discuss areas of strengths and limitations of the extant literature, identify opportunities for future research, and practical implications for the use of game-based interventions. The second presentation evaluated the effects of a gamified package intervention on the accurate data entry of BACB® experience hours. Fifteen behavior analysis graduate students who were enrolled in 3 sections of Practicum at a small private university participated. The gamified intervention (“Practicum Slayer”) included feedback, reinforcement (points) to access putative primary reinforcement, badges, and thematic enhancement. This intervention was compared to a feedback only condition using a multiple baseline design across classes. Weekly data were collected on the percentage of students per class who entered data into the BACB® Fieldwork Tracker with 100% accuracy. The intervention was effective at increasing accurate data entry for all classes and 93.33% (14 of 15) of participants reached 100% accuracy in their data entry by the end of the study. IOA data were collected in 39.44% of sessions for a mean of 99.01% agreement (range, 80% - 100%). Social validity data indicated the gamification package was received with moderate positivity. The final presentation evaluated the isolated effects of group contingencies on student pacing and performance across three separate classes of the same undergraduate online course (n=175 students in each of 3 classes). Two of the three classes received counterbalanced interdependent group contingencies for meeting recommended deadlines to receive simple, no cost rewards. The third class served as the control group and received no group contingencies. Results showed that implementation of group contingencies impacted course pacing for the experimental groups, with improvements in the completion of assignments by the recommended deadlines when under a contingency. We discuss the implications of the use of these simple, effective, no-cost rewards as a contrast to extra credit rewards and improving pacing in asynchronous online courses.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Gamification, Reinforcement, Teaching
Target Audience:

The target audience for these presentations are practitioners interested in the types of single subject design research on gamification and those interested in incorporating gamification within their university classroom (online or on ground).

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will define gamification using a behavior analytic framework. 2. Participants will evaluate the effectiveness of a gamification intervention on data entry. 3. Participants will identify potential social validity limitations regarding gamification for graduate students. 4. Participants will evaluate the effectiveness of isolated effects of group contingencies on student pacing and performance across three separate classes of the same undergraduate online course.
 
Systematic Review of the Application of Games in Single-Subject Research (2010-2020)
DOUGLAS KUPFERMAN (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Gamification is the application of gaming mechanics to non-gaming contexts. There has been an increased interest in the use of gaming applications across a variety of disciplines. Gaming often employs behavior analytic principles as mechanisms for behavior change. Questions remain regarding how games have been utilized in single-subject research. The purpose of our literature review was to conduct a systematic assessment of peer-reviewed single-subject research that included a game-based intervention as the independent variable, identify the elements of gaming that have been employed, assess the scope of use across domains, and examine the efficacy of these interventions. We will discuss areas of strengths and limitations of the extant literature, identify opportunities for future research, and practical implications for the use of game-based interventions. Across the past ten years, games-based interventions have increased and have been used successfully across a variety of settings and populations.
 
Evaluating Group Contingencies in an Online Psychology Course
DAMARIS PEREZ (California State University, Northbridge), Debra Berry Malmberg (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Recently, there has been an increase in online coursework in higher education, leading researchers to evaluate the learning outcomes, student motivation, and course completion rates in online coursework (De Freitas, Morgan, & Gibson, 2015). In a previous evaluation of gamification of an online course, Malmberg, Fahmie, & Solares found preliminary evidence that the addition of group contingencies resulted in statistically significant improvements in student pacing in the course. However, research on group contingencies in online higher education is lacking. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the isolated effects of group contingencies on student pacing and performance across three separate classes of the same undergraduate online course (n=175 students in each of 3 classes). Two of the three classes received counterbalanced interdependent group contingencies for meeting recommended deadlines to receive simple, no cost rewards. The third class served as the control group and received no group contingencies. Results showed that implementation of group contingencies impacted course pacing for the experimental groups, with improvements in the completion of assignments by the recommended deadlines when under a contingency. We discuss the implications of the use of these simple, effective, no-cost rewards as a contrast to extra credit rewards and improving pacing in asynchronous online courses.
 
Using Gamification to Promote Accurate Data Entry of Practicum Experience Hours in Graduate Students
DIANA PARRY-CRUWYS (Regis College), Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College)
Abstract: The current study evaluated the effects of a gamified package intervention on the accurate data entry of BACB® experience hours. Fifteen behavior analysis graduate students who were enrolled in 3 sections of Practicum at a small private university participated. The gamified intervention (“Practicum Slayer”) included feedback, reinforcement (points) to access putative primary reinforcement, badges, and thematic enhancement. This intervention was compared to a feedback only condition using a multiple baseline design across classes. Weekly data were collected on the percentage of students per class who entered data into the BACB® Fieldwork Tracker with 100% accuracy. The intervention was effective at increasing accurate data entry for all classes and 93.33% (14 of 15) of participants reached 100% accuracy in their data entry by the end of the study. IOA data were collected in 39.44% of sessions for a mean of 99.01% agreement (range, 80% - 100%). Social validity data indicated the gamification package was received with moderate positivity. Limitations of the study and areas for future research are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #117
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Derived Relational Responding and Arbitrary Applicable Relational Responding to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 206
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Breanna Newborne (My Canopy)
Discussant: James Moore (Canopy Children's Solutions)
CE Instructor: James Moore, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Derived relational responding (DRR), in general, refers to the ability to perform novel responses that have never been directly taught in a variety of different and novel conditions by relating concepts together. In other words, relating may be simply defined as responding to one event in terms of another. For example, rhesus monkeys may be trained to respond relationally to, and thereby select the taller or two stimuli (see Harmon, Strong, & Pasnak, 1982). This response, which can be produced by humans and animals, is controlled entirely by the nonarbitrary or formal properties of the stimuli (i.e., one stimulus is actually taller than the other, and as such is not a verbal process. In contrast, Arbitrary Applicable Relational Responding (AARR) is a verbal process, because it is under the control of contextual features beyond the formal properties of the related stimuli or events. Both types of generalized operants are often significantly impaired in individuals with autism. In this symposium, data will be presented on teaching both DRR and AARR to children with autism in clinical settings.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): arbitrary-applicable relational-responding, autism, derived-relational responding, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Practicing behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will define and describe derived relational responding. 2. Participants will define and describe arbitrary applicable relational responding. 3. Participants will describe four specific applications of DRR and AARR to the treatment of autism.
 

A Method for Evaluating and Teaching Basic Derived Relational Responding for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Service Delivery)
BREANNA NEWBORNE (Canopy Children's Solutions), James Moore (Canopy Children's Solutions), Christopher M. Furlow (Canopy Children's Solutions)
Abstract:

Recently, the importance of teaching individuals with autism spectrum disorder the generalized operant behavior known has derived relational responding (DRR) has been highlighted (Ming, Moran, & Stewart, 2014). Although an entire curriculum system, known as the PEAK Relational System, Equivalence Module (PEAK-E, Dixon, 2015) has emerged, some behavior analysts may not have the ability to switch curriculum materials in order to accommodate for the evaluation and teaching of DRR. In this presentation, a model for evaluating and teaching DRR, using single exemplar training will be offered, as well as data across six participants. Three multiple baseline designs across participants were employed to evaluate the effects, with IOA and integrity data collected across 25% of all sessions.

 

Using Matrix Training to Teach Multiple Echoic Targets in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Service Delivery)
ROBYN BREWER (Canopy Children's Solutions), Mary Nicole Thomason (Canopy Children's Solutions), Christopher M. Furlow (Canopy Children's Solutions)
Abstract:

Matrix training is a type of teaching that leverages derived relational responding as a generalized operant to produce more effective and efficient outcomes (e.g., Axe & Sainato, 2010; Sidman, 1994). This method is a generative approach to teaching specific targets in which stimuli are arranged in a matrix resulting in the direct training of fewer targets with others emerging without training. In the current presentation, matrix training was used to teach echoic targets of increasing difficulty with two children with autism. Results suggest that matrix training may offer an effective and efficient method for teaching a broad number of echoic targets. A multiple baseline across matri

 

Further Examination of Teaching Coin Equivalencies to Individuals With Autism

(Service Delivery)
LAURA-KATHERINE K BARKER (Canopy Children's Solutions), Madeline Potter (Canopy Children's Solutions), Christopher M. Furlow (Canopy Children's Solutions)
Abstract:

The use of conditional discrimination training promotes the emergence of novel relations (Sidman & Tailby, 1982). Stimulus equivalence paradigms have been used to teach a variety of skills/task to various populations. Keintz, Miguel, Kao, and Finn (2011) conducted conditional discrimination training to teach children with autism to discriminate between basic coins and their values. The current study aimed to replicate and extend these findings by incorporating alternative coin values (e.g.., two nickels are equal to a dime). Ten relations emerged following training on a dictated coin to an actual coin, an actual coin to a printed price, a dictated price to a printed price, and alternative coins to a printed price. All participants reached mastery from pre- to posttest following relatively few training sessions with the exception of one relation for two participants.

 

Teaching a Non-Arbitrary Frame of Coordination to Promote the Emergence of Multiple Operant Targets Related to Sameness for Children With Autism

(Service Delivery)
MARK GARRETT YEAGER (Canopy Children's Solutions), Lana Warren (Canopy Children's Solutions), James Moore (Canopy Children's Solutions), Christopher M. Furlow (Canopy Children's Solutions)
Abstract:

Arbitrary Applicable Relational Responding (AARR) is a verbal process, often significantly impaired for individuals with ASD. Deficits in AARR are not universal or consistent across individuals with ASD. Some individuals may show some ability with AARR with less complex stimuli, but as the complexity increases, so too does their difficulty in navigating the relations. Given that the engine of AARR and relational framing is language, and considering that a core feature of ASD is impairment in language and communication, it is reasonable to assert that many individuals with ASD may show significant impairment in AARR and relational framing. In the current presentation, two children with autism were taught non-arbitrary frame of coordination targets (namely picture-to-picture matching). Once this skill was mastered, not only did it generalize to new targets within the same operant class, but a novel operant (namely gross motor imitation) also emerged without training.

 
 
Symposium #118
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Learning to Play the Behavioral Way
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 102
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nancy J. Champlin (ACI Learning Centers)
Discussant: Merrill Winston (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Nancy J. Champlin, M.A.
Abstract:

Teaching children to play is an integral part of development because it sets the occasion for having social and communicative interactions with peers, increases the likelihood of learning in natural and inclusive settings, and offers flexibility to be used in multiple environments (Barton & Wolery, 2008). Children with disabilities are observed to engage in spontaneous play less often and demonstrate fewer varied pretend play behaviors than children with typical development (Barton, 2015). The long-term effects of an impoverished play repertoire are observed in social interactions later in life. The purpose of this symposium is to review the research supporting the efficacy of the Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum (PPLAC) as an effective tool to systematically assess and teach both independent and sociodramatic pretend play and language skills to children ages 2-7. The PPLAC is a behaviorally-based curriculum formulated from the typical developmental sequence of play and language and utilized to establish and expand a child's pretend play repertoire. The five elements of pretend play are identified and separated in teachable components including: agent of play, object of play, category of play, advanced play and the essential skills to sociodramatic play.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Curriculum, Pretend Play, script fading, social skills
Target Audience:

BCBA, BCBA-D, BCaBA, SLP, Special educators

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify five elements of pretend play including category, agent, object, advanced play, and the essential skills to sociodramatic play. 2. Participants will be able to identify the systematic approach to introducing and chaining targets in Stage 1 and Stage 2 of the Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum. 3. Participants will be able to describe the steps of utilizing a script fading procedure to teach a sequence of pretend play and language skills. 4. Participants will be able to identify effective prompting procedures and data based modifications when targeting multiple stages of pretend play. 5. Participants will be able to identify effective components for preparing a child to engage in appropriate sociodramatic play.
 

Teaching Single Play Actions and Corresponding Vocalizations to Children With Autism Utilizing the Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum

CHARLENE GERVAIS (Portia Learning Centre; Portia International), Naomi Abbey (Portia Learning Centre)
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with autism and other developmental delays often demonstrate a deficit in toy play when compared to typically developing peers and frequently require specific interventions to acquire appropriate toy play (DiCarlo & Reid, 2004). Teaching play skills to children diagnosed with autism by isolating the individual components within each stage of play can increase acquisition, maintenance, and generalization. The purpose of this study was to replicate the research presented by Nancy Champlin and Melissa Schissler to teach four children diagnosed with autism, ages 3-7, with varying profiles, single play actions and vocalizations across 20 targets in Stage 1: Single Agent from the Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum (PPLAC). Actions and vocalizations were taught across three elements of pretend play: agent, object, and essential skills to socio-dramatic play. Following mastery of single play actions with corresponding vocalizations, generalization to untrained toy items was assessed. Facilitators will discuss the modifications to the PPLAC made to accommodate the barriers presented by higher-needs participants.

 

Teaching a Sequence of Three Play Actions and Corresponding Vocalizations to Children With Autism Utilizing the Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum

KARI BENNETT (Portia Learning Centre)
Abstract:

Play skills demonstrated by children diagnosed with autism is often lacking in symbolic or social qualities (MacDonald, Sacramone, Mansdielf, Wiltz, & Ahearn, 2009). The quality of children’s pretend play increases as they learn to sequence one play action after another (Stagnitti & Lewis, 2014). The purpose of this study was to utilize the developmental sequence of play and evaluate the effectiveness of teaching a series of 8 components encompassing the second developmental stage of play in the Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum (PPLAC), chaining play. Least-to-most prompting was used to teach a chain of three play actions and vocalizations to three children diagnosed with autism, ages 4-7. A sequence of play actions and vocalizations was targeted across agent of play, advanced play, and the essential skills to sociodramatic play. The outcome of this study demonstrated the efficacy of the eight teaching components as steps to teach all three children a chain of play actions with corresponding vocalizations across agent of play and object of play, independently and with peers.

 

Teaching a Sequence of Seven Play Actions and Corresponding Vocalizations to Children With Autism Utilizing the Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum

ALEXANDRA MACDOUGALL (Portia Learning Centre)
Abstract:

Pretend play provides critical learning opportunities for all children in their everyday lives (Ozen, Batu, & Birkan, 2012) and behaviorally-based interventions have been effective in teaching children with autism appropriate play skills (Palechka & MacDonald, 2010). Deficits in play are linked to poor social relationships, limited expressive language, and high rates of stereotypic behavior (Casby, 2003; Lifter, 2005). The purpose of this study was to examine the use of a script fading intervention to teach two children diagnosed with autism between the ages of 5 and 7 years old a sequence of seven independent play actions and corresponding vocalizations for one character role in a multi-role play scheme. A multi-role play scheme involves complimentary character roles that are dependent on each other (e.g., pizza shop customer and pizza shop cashier). A multiple baseline design across play schemes was utilized to evaluate the effectiveness of script fading to teach the sequence of play. Script fading was determined to be an effective intervention for teaching a sequence of independent play.

 

Teaching Complimentary Character Roles Within a Play Scheme to Facilitate Social Pretend Play for Two Children Diagnosed With Autism

MELISSA SCHISSLER (ACI Learning Centers)
Abstract:

Both independent and sociodramatic play is vital to a child’s development. Children often relate to one another with compatible roles within a play scheme engaging in reciprocal roles that reflect complimentary social relationships (Goldstein & Cisar, 1992). The purpose of this study was to teach two children diagnosed with autism complimentary character roles in a play scheme. Each participant was taught a sequence of seven actions and corresponding vocalizations one for the primary role in the camping play and one for the secondary role in the camping play scheme. Contingent on each participant independently acquiring the character role in the target play sequence the participants were taught to engage in sociodramatic play by alternating actions and corresponding vocalizations to expand on the sequence of play that was taught. Acquisition of the independent play scheme and alternating actions with a peer were assessed and generalization to novel schemes and peers was evaluated.

 
 
Symposium #119
CE Offered: BACB
Ensuring Effective Dissemination and Advancement of Critical System Variables in Autism Intervention Programs
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Dawn B. Townsend (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Institute for Educational Achievement)
Discussant: Gina Green (Association of Professional Behavior Analysts)
CE Instructor: Gina Green, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In 1993, McClannahan and Krantz published a critical paper about the importance of system variables and accountability in autism intervention programs, based on their work at the Princeton Child Development Institute. This seminal paper defined critical independent and dependent variables affecting autism intervention programs and the importance of the dissemination of this information. These system variables have been incorporated into an effective science-based intervention model that has been consistently implemented to produce meaningful outcomes by the members of the Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention (ASAI). ASAI members have expanded and elaborated on those system variables to ensure the preservation, extension, and dissemination of excellence and effective science-based intervention services for individuals with autism. The purpose of this presentation is to share information about standards of excellence with regard to clinical and administrative systems and governance for autism intervention agencies; as well as the importance of dissemination and implementation of these system variables. Data collected from multiple autism intervention programs, both in the United States and abroad, will be presented to demonstrate the fidelity of the model and the beneficial outcomes achieved for individuals with autism, and consumers of such services, as a result of the implementation of the science-based model.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism intervention, dissemination, service delivery, system variables
Target Audience:

Professionals in behavior analysis, autism program directors, education professionals, and clinicians serving individuals with autism who hold certification in behavior analysis or BA, MA, Ph.D. level degrees.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will understand the importance of system variables in the delivery of autism intervention services. 2. Participants will be able to identify meaningful outcome measures to assess program performance. 3. Participants will be able to identify independent and dependent variables related to dissemination of autism intervention programs.
 
Ensuring a Competent and Professional Staff in Autism Intervention Programs
ANNA BUDZINSKA (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Iwona Ruta-Sominka (Institute for Child Development, Poland), Susan M. Vener (New York Child Learning Institute; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Eric Rozenblat (Institute for Educational Achievement), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Lynn E. McClannahan (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Princeton Child Development Institute), Patricia J. Krantz (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Princeton Child Development Institute), Dawn B. Townsend (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Institute for Educational Achievement)
Abstract: The number of intervention programs for individuals with autism has grown in recent years and many of them are based on Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) (Dawson & Bernier, 2013; Eikeseth, 2011). This increase should be correlated with the growth in number of qualified clinicians. The Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention (ASAI) professional training and evaluation model, originally developed by Krantz and McClannahan (1994, 1997) is a supportive process for building the skills of autism interventionists. The protocol involves both hands-on training and didactic instruction designed to facilitate the delivery of high quality and consistent services (Krantz & McClannahan, 2014. The evaluation protocol enables evaluators to assess critical skills relevant to providing intervention and the oral and written feedback given to the therapist ensures goal setting and accountability. Each staff member is formally evaluated via the ASAI professional evaluation protocol and the results of the training are reviewed annually. Data collected across the last 10 years, demonstrate the effectiveness of the model and its correlation with the functioning of the institution and positive learner outcomes. When reviewing the collective data across the ASAI member programs, it is evident that the evaluation process is a crucial element for an intervention program.
 
Evaluation of Learner Outcomes in School Programs
SUSAN M. VENER (New York Child Learning Institute; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Eric Rozenblat (Institute for Educational Achievement), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Anna Budzinska (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Lynn E. McClannahan (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Princeton Child Development Institute), Patricia J. Krantz (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Princeton Child Development Institute), Dawn B. Townsend (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Institute for Educational Achievement)
Abstract: External evaluation of learner outcomes in school programs can help a program analyze data and provide recommendation for improving intervention. The importance of the feedback produced by the evaluation depends on the ability of the program to use the feedback to improve practice. The purpose of this presentation is (a) to describe the evaluation protocols and systems created by McClannahan and Krantz (1993) to assess learner performance in school programs, (b) to discuss the implementation of these evaluation systems across the Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention member programs, (c) to present the instructional and treatment data collected across schools, and (d) to discuss the importance of modifications made to the protocols and evaluation systems based on the evaluative data produced. In particular, this presentation will address the changes made to the protocol over the past 10 years to ensure and better measure the generality of behavior change within and across school programs. Overall, this presentation will provide insight into the implementation of the systems designed by McClannahan and Krantz to ensure the continual improvement of autism intervention and learner outcomes.
 

Extension of the ASAI Model into the Home and Community for Children With Autism

KEVIN J. BROTHERS (Somerset Hills Learning Institute; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Susan M. Vener (New York Child Learning Institute; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Eric Rozenblat (Institute for Educational Achievement), Anna Budzinska (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Lynn E. McClannahan (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Princeton Child Development Institute), Patricia J. Krantz (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Princeton Child Development Institute), Dawn B. Townsend (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Institute for Educational Achievement)
Abstract:

Incorporating parents and other care-givers into the treatment delivery team for children with autism has long been recognized as essential (Strain, Schwartz, and Barton, 2011) to producing meaningful outcomes. In this presentation we will describe the ASAI home programming model and the process by which parents of children with autism are systematically engaged with school-based service providers (i.e, teachers, staff trainers, and behavior analysts) to develop and display relevant teaching skills with their children. This presentation will also describe how the ASAI home-programming model is designed to promote the generalization of skills on the part of the child with autism to their homes and communities. Data from the most recent 5 years on relevant independent variables (e.g., program-wide summaries of number of visits made) as well as on child outcomes and generalization data will be shared. These data will demonstrate the level of home-programming intensity representative of ASAI member organizations and will show both skill acquisition and generalization of important home and community skills.

 
Opinions Matter: The Importance of Social Validity Measures as a Prompt System for Change
ERIC ROZENBLAT (Institute for Educational Achievement), Donna De Feo (Institute for Educational Achievement), Susan M. Vener (New York Child Learning Institute; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Anna Budzinska (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Lynn E. McClannahan (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Princeton Child Development Institute), Patricia J. Krantz (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Princeton Child Development Institute), Dawn B. Townsend (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention)
Abstract: The science of applied behavior analysis relies heavily on objective measurement to determine the effectiveness of intervention practices. However, subjective measurement, specifically social validity, is also of great importance, especially when working with individuals with developmental disabilities and their families. Wolf (1978) discussed the importance of social validity as it relates to the defined goals, social appropriateness of the procedures used, and the social importance of the effects of behavior change procedures. Asking consumer groups to evaluate these aspects produces accountability among groups, and this is arguably an important dimension in linking program outcomes to all program participants (McClannahan, MacDuff, & Krantz, 2002). Across each ASAI program, the same social validity measures are used to evaluate program effectiveness. As demonstrated by the data, reliability within and across each program year over year are evident. Additionally, some ASAI programs have also extended their social validity measures to employers of adult learners with autism as they enter the workforce. Social validity data from the ASAI programs across a 10-year span from the various consumer groups will be presented and discussed relative to achieving desirable outcomes. This presentation is geared toward professionals who work with individuals with autism or other developmental disabilities.
 
 
Symposium #120
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral and Verbal Behavioral Cusps: Research and Practical Applications
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202B
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Richard E. Laitinen (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS))
Discussant: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium addresses issues related to management and application of operant procedures to teach and extend both behavioral and verbal behavioral cusps within children and individuals who present with weak or missing cusp capabilities. The four presentations will include descriptions of clinical application of research findings in the area and discuss the importance and teaching of Naming as a verbal developmental cusp. To this end, the use of multiple exemplar instruction, speech generative devices and the role of contingent reinforcement and behavioral variability in establishing and extending Naming capabilities will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBA clinicians.

Learning Objectives: 1. Well describe the differences between a behavioral cusp and a verbal behavioral cusp 2. Will relate the importance of behavioral cusp to the induction of naming 3. Will describe procedures to assess the emergence of bidirectional naming 4. Will describe the application of naming across repertoires
 
From Pointing to Naming
CRYSTAL FERNANDEZ (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), MARLENE Lucy TAVERA (Easter Seals North Texas)
Abstract: Naming is considered a developmental cusp important for the acquisition of reading, writing, and other symbolic behavior (Greer and Longano, 2010). Naming requires the fusion of speaker-listener behavior (Greer and Speckman, 2009; Horne & Lowe, 1996). That is, the establishment of listener behavior is accompanied by the emergence of speaker behavior, without the need for training, or vice versa (Miguel, 2016). Procedures used to teach naming include multiple exemplar instruction (MEI), intensive tact training, reinforcement of observing responses, echoic training, and stimulus-stimulus pairing (Longano & Greer, 2014; Greer and Longano, 2010; Miguel & Petursdottir, 2009). This study shows a novel procedure that facilitates the fusion of speaker and listener behavior with minimal errors and minimal number of trials. In the procedure, the child points at a card and the therapist says the name. Preliminary results show that, with an eight-year-old child with autism, expressive and receptive identification emerged quickly and with minimal errors without direct training. Furthermore, results indicate that this procedure also led to the demonstration of untrained relations. Results of this study will be discussed in terms of program design, with particular attention on how to bring language under the control of natural contingencies of reinforcement.
 
The Systematic Teaching of the Components Needed to Use Speech-Generating Devices: A Replication Study
SARA POLGAR (David Gregory School), Gladys Williams (CIEL, SPAIN)
Abstract: The purpose of the current intervention was to investigate if we could replicate the findings of Lorah et. al. (2014). In their study they used within stimulus prompting and prompt fading to systematically teach learners to use speech-generating devices. This preliminary data shows that this participant could learn to use the speech-generating device when taught the components systematically. We were not able to replicate the findings with the other participants. We can hypothesize that the lack of behavioral cusps such as attending, pointing, or absence of generalized reinforcers were responsible for the lack of progress.
 
The Efficacy of Multiple Exemplar Instruction in the Acquisition of Naming as a Verbal Behavioral Cusp
GLADYS WILLIAMS (CIEL, SPAIN), Richard E. Laitinen (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS)), Shubhra Ghosh (Florida Institute of Technology, Dpt of Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: The present study illustrates the efficacy of multiple-exemplar instruction to establish bidirectional Naming capabilities in a learner presenting with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Data show that, for this learner, the acquisition of a generalized, higher-order Naming operant as a verbal behavioral cusp requires repeated application of the Naming training protocol across multiple sets of materials. This learner showed uneven and differential patterns of acquisition that reflect the possible influence of previously acquired stimulus functions (ASFs).
 

Behavior Analysis and Variations: The Case of Behavioral Changes

MIKE PERFILLON (University of Lille), Vinca Riviere (University of Lille), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis investigates behavioral change in human and animal. Inspired from a selectionist analogy which has been largely adopted in biology, behavior analysts have focused on interactions between behavior and environmental contingencies to explain these changes. However, in these investigations, consequences have been maybe one of the main themes since the works of Skinner (Skinner & Ferster, 1957). This talk aims at replacing the place of behavioral variations in the selection process. Indeed, if consequences enable selection of responses, at an optimum level behavioral variations are involved in this process. In fact, literature with animal has demonstrated that behavioral variation facilitates the acquisition of new responses (Grunow & Neuringer, 2002). Considering the importance of behavioral variability, we ran an experiment in which we compared the emission of repetitive and variable behaviors in the acquisition of complexes target sequences with four groups of human participants (n=20). We found that at the opposite of repetition, behavioral variability facilitates the acquisition of complexes responses. These results are congruent to literature with animal (Grunow and Neuringer, 2002) but different from those with human (Bizo & Doolan, 2013).

 
 
Symposium #121
CE Offered: BACB
Innovations in ABA Programming Delivered via Telehealth
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University)
Discussant: Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Kevin C. Luczynski, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Many families of children with developmental disabilities are unable to access evidence-based practices due to a shortage of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs). Telehealth technology can increase children's access to effective intervention from BCBAs. This symposium includes four presentations related to the use of telehealth technology to support families of children with developmental disabilities. One study consisted of a systematic review and meta-analysis. In two studies, parents were taught specific interventions to improve outcomes for their children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Finally, the fourth study consisted of an evaluation of a 2-month caregiver training program. Implications for practice and directions for future research will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): parent-implemented interventions, telehealth
Target Audience:

The target audience is researchers, BCBAs, BCaBAs, and RBTs.

 
Effects of Telehealth Mediated Behavior Analytic Interventions and Assessments on Subject Outcomes
LESLIE NEELY (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Hannah Lynn MacNaul (University of South Florida), Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: The purpose of this review was to synthesize and evaluate the effects of telehealth-mediated behavior analytic assessments and interventions on subject outcomes. Reviews to date have primarily focused on the delivery of behavior analytic interventions via telehealth with subject outcomes being a distal outcome. However, as the effectiveness of telehealth-mediated behavior analysis is ultimately contingent on subject outcomes, this review and meta-analysis aims to focus on subject outcomes as the primary measurement. Researchers first conducted a systematic search and identified 40 articles that met inclusion criteria. Researchers then synthesized the articles according to the following categories: (a) participant demographic information, (b) dependent variables, (c) independent variables, (d) experimental design, and (e) subject outcome. Evaluation of study design was conducted on the level of the subject with a total of 34 single-case studies representing 186 cases (e.g., 186 assessments/interventions conducted with individual subjects) and six experimental and quasi-experimental designs. Of the reviewed cases, 42 (22%) met or met with reservations design standards for single-case and two (33%) of the experimental/quasi-experimental studies met standards. Strong to medium effects for reduction of problem behavior and acquisition of simple communication (one-word mands) is supported by the literature base.
 
Coaching Caregivers via Telehealth to Implement Toilet Training in Africa, Asia, and Europe
LOUKIA TSAMI (University of Houston, Clear Lake), DIEU TRUONG (University of Houston), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Many parents of children with autism have difficulty teaching their children toileting skills. The majority of research in this area has been conducted in vivo at school, clinic, and home settings. In this study, we remotely coached three caregivers residing on three different continents to implement intensive toilet training using procedures modified from LeBlanc, Carr, Crossett, Bennett, and Detweiler (2005). Caregivers implemented a procedure that included scheduled sittings, increased fluid intake, wearing underwear during awake hours, and contingent reinforcement. Successful treatment effects were demonstrated for all participants via a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design. The number of successful eliminations and independent requests to use the bathroom increased for two participants. For the third participant, positive practice was needed to reduce accidents, and the child never emitted independent requests to use the bathroom. These findings suggest that telehealth may be used as a modality to teach caregivers how to reduce their children’s urinary incontinence.
 

Evaluation of Telehealth Parent Training to Teach Adaptive Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

TONYA NICHOLE DAVIS (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Supriya Radhakrishnan (Baylor University), Remington Swensson (Baylor University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often display deficits in the area of adaptive behavior, including daily living skills such as tooth brushing and washing laundry. It is widely agreed that training adaptive behavior should occur in the individual’s natural environment and with natural change agents; however, doing so poses obstacles such as the natural occurring time of adaptive routines and availability of parent trainers to come to the home. Telehealth consultation is a service delivery method that may address these obstacles. The purpose of the current study is to evaluate the extent to which a caregiver-implemented chaining procedure, facilitated via telehealth technology, would lead to an increase in independent completion of adaptive skills in children with ASD. We will use a multiple baseline design to evaluate the efficacy of the intervention. Data collection is ongoing with one participant and we plan to conduct the study with a total of four participants.

 

Telehealth Caregiver Training Program for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

MARIE KIRKPATRICK (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University)
Abstract:

Interventions aligned with applied behavior analysis (ABA) are empirically supported as evidence-based practices for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD; Reichow, 2012). These evidence-based practices are used for both skill acquisition and reduction in challenging behavior. However, a lack of Board Certified Behavior Analysts has left many families of children with ASD unable to access evidence-based practices. This presentation will describe a program that serves families of children with ASD, ages birth to 17 years old. Caregivers implement interventions to address communication, pre-academic, social, adaptive, and challenging behavior goals, with coaching delivered via telehealth technology. The program lasts for approximately 6 to 8 weeks. Data collection is ongoing and we plan to present data from 30 families who participated in the program. We will present data related to (a) demographic information, (b) duration of services, (c) types of goals, (d) percentage of mastered goals by goal domain. Initial data indicate that 40% of goals are mastered over the course of the program. Directions for future research and implications for practice will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #122
CE Offered: BACB
Exploring Novel Strategies Increasing and Assessing Physical Activity in Diverse Populations
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon B
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Caitlyn Upton (Rowan University)
Discussant: Wendy Donlin Washington (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Wendy Donlin Washington, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Although physical activity is associated with improved long-term health outcomes, a large number of adults and children fail to meet physical activity guidelines. Contingency management is an effective approach to increasing physical activity, however the cost of the incentives is a barrier to dissemination and implementation. The first speaker two speakers will address this issue by exploring novel strategies for reducing costs. McCurdy and colleagues will describe his research using a group-deposit-incentive, prize-bowl approach with adults, whereas Hanashiro-Parson and colleagues will describe their study comparing token economy vs monetary incentives to increase physical activity among individuals with intellectual disabilities. The last two speakers will address novel strategies for evaluating physical activity, for example using heart rate in a bout analysis with children (Batchelder) and a hypothetical behavioral economic measure of demand for physical activity (Burrows). Dr. Donlin will discuss the implications of these finding.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, contingency management, heart rate, physical activity
Target Audience:

Researchers interested in conducting research on physical activity

 
Effects of a Group-Deposit Prize Draw on the Step Counts of Adults
ALEX MCCURDY (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: Contingency management (CM) interventions have been used to increase physical activity. However, clinical adoption has remained limited, calling into question the social acceptability of such interventions. Some researchers have suggested that the limited adoption is due, in part, to the costs associated with CM interventions. In the current study, we minimized those costs by combining a prize-based intervention and a deposit contract to incentivize increases in physical activity exhibited by healthy adults. We used an ABA reversal design to analyze the steps participants took during a 12-day baseline, a 21-day intervention, and a 7-day return to baseline. Physical activity increased for four of six participants during the 3-week intervention. However, when given the opportunity to continue the intervention for another 2 weeks, only one participant elected to do so. As such, the acceptability of the intervention should be addressed in future research.
 

Bout Analysis Alternating Vigorous Physical Activity With Light and Moderate Activity

SYDNEY BATCHELDER (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carole M. Van Camp (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Casey Mckoy Irwin (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

The current recommendation for physical activity for children is 60 min or more of Moderate-to-Vigorous Physical Activity (MVPA) per day (CDC, 2015). Many children are not currently meeting the CDC recommendations for MVPA, though they may engage in intermittent exercise while playing outside. Therefore, the purpose of the present study is to evaluate HR measures when children engaged in a vigorous (run) physical activity 50% of the session, alternated with rest (sitting), light activity (walking slowly), or moderate activity (walking briskly) for the remaining 50%. First, participants ran for bouts of either 30-s, 1 min, 1.5 min, or 2 min alternated with rest periods. HR remained in the moderate zone for the highest percentage of session in 30-s and 1 min bouts, but decreased below the moderate zone during rest periods extending to 1.5 and 2 min. We then alternated run activities with rest, light, and moderate activities in 1.5 min bouts. Preliminary results indicate spending non-running time engaged in a light or moderate activity maintains HRs in the moderate zone more so than spending rest time sedentary. Findings will inform the most efficient way for children to meet CDC recommendations when engaging in physical activity in bouts.

 

Comparison of Token and Monetary Reinforcement to Increase Steps in Adults With Intellectual Disabilities in a Group Home Setting

HANA SOPHIA HANASHIRO-PARSON (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of token reinforcement and monetary reinforcement for increasing physical activity among adults with intellectual disability and to assess choice of token or monetary reinforcement. An ABAB design with an alternating treatments design was used to compare token and monetary reinforcement for increasing steps during daily 1-hr sessions. In the second intervention phase, the participants chose between the two reinforcement conditions. Results showed that both reinforcement conditions increased physical activity and that some participants chose tokens and some chose money as the reinforcer for steps.

 
Validity of a Behavioral Economic Measure of Physical Activity
CONNOR ANDREW BURROWS (Rowan University), Matthew J Dwyer (Rowan University), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University)
Abstract: Physical activity is an important predictor of physical and psychological health, although th American adults show relatively low adherence to recommendations. Hypothetical purchase tasks have been validated in the measurement of behavioral economic demand for various self-reported health behaviors. The current study sought to establish validity for a Hypothetical Exercise Task (HET) across a number of activity intensities (Leisure, Walking, Moderate, and Vigorous ). Participants were grouped as either Low (LMVA) or High Moderate-Vigorous Activity (HMVA) based on their answers to the International Physical Activity Questionnaire. Construct validity was established by fitting non-linear mixed-effects models to demand data across LMVA and HMVA participants. Demand intensity (i.e., the self-reported probability of engaging in physical activity at some minimal time cost) was compared across activity intensity for 51 participants recruited online via Mechanical Turk. The LMVA group exhibited decreasing demand intensity as a function of increasing activity intensity (90% to 81% probability of engaging in the activity), whereas the HMVA group did not (94% to 91%). These findings support the construct validity of the HET and future research will be aimed at further demonstrating validity, as well as establishing the clinical utility of demand metrics in addressing low rates of physical activity.
 
 
Symposium #123
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Beyond Politically Correct: Practical Steps Toward a More Equitable and Culturally Diverse Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty M
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Saint Joseph's University)
Discussant: Denisha Gingles (Signature Behavior Analytic Services)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Hughes Fong, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In the last two years, diversity, social justice, and cultural humility have received a surge of interest in the applied behavior analytic (ABA) community, likely largely bolstered by social movements such as MeToo and BlackLivesMatter. This symposium brings together four presentations that provide practical action items for research and practice. The first presentation, by Elizabeth Fong, will bring a broader historical perspective to the conversation surrounding diversity in ABA and will engage the audience in some brief self-reflective and group activities. The second presentation, by Jacqueline Ramirez, reviews research on cultural humility training and provides specific actionable recommendations that the audience can put into practice today. The third presentation, by Robyn Catagnus, presents results of a review of research published in six behavior analytic journals and assesses the presence of cross-cultural research published in these journals. The fourth presentation, by Zoey Ulrey, presents a conceptual functional analysis of leadership behaviors relevant to preventing harassment in organizations. The symposium concludes with a discussion by Denisha Gingles.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): culture, diversity, harassment, social justice
Target Audience:

Any behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to provide a behavior analytic definition of culture. Attendees will be able to summarize the results of previous research on the effectiveness of cultural humility training programs. Attendees will be able to summarize the results of previous research on cross-cultural provision of ABA services. Attendees will be able to discuss the function of leader behaviors relevant to harassment prevention.
 
Diversity submission Examining Diversity and Culture in Behavior Analysis
(Service Delivery)
ELIZABETH HUGHES FONG (Saint Joseph's University)
Abstract: This discussion with begin with a brief history of ABA in regards to diversity and culture.  From there, ethics, supervision, interventions, as well as challenges and potential solutions will be examined. Participants will be asked to participate in a few self-reflective and group activities to challenge their views on diversity and multiculturalism. Finally, discussion around increasing culturally aware behavior analytic skills in practice as a practitioner and supervisors will be explored, as well as a discussion on some of the barriers that perpetuate the lack of diversity and equity in our field.
 
Diversity submission 

The Big Elephant in the Room: Culture

(Service Delivery)
JACQUELINE RAMIREZ (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

The topics of cultural competence and cultural humility have received increasing attention in the behavior analytic profession. Although the terms are often taken as synonymous, they are not the same. The concept of cultural competence assumes that, after sufficient training, one might become competent in another’s culture. The concept of cultural humility asserts that one can never become fully competent in another’s culture, so a more realistic and productive goal is to become humble and open with respect to culture. The field of applied behavior analysis has done very little research addressing the topic. In fact, few training programs in behavior analysis include training in cultural humility as a requirement. A best practice for teaching these frameworks has not been identified and there is a critical need to outline the relevance of cultural humility and to expand on studies from similar disciplines that have a head start in identifying what works. Identifying best practices will enable practitioners to provide ethical, socially significant, and socially validated interventions to our consumers and families, thus remaining true to our ethical code and dimensions of applied behavior analysis.This presentation will make specific, testable recommendations for how behavior analytic training and research may be brought to bear on establishing culturally humble clinician repertoires of behavior.

 
Diversity submission Working in a Cross-Cultural Context? You Can’t Rely on the Research (Yet)
(Service Delivery)
Stacee Leatherman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), ROBYN M. CATAGNUS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Thomas Wade Brown (Ball State University)
Abstract: If you are working in a cross-cultural context, you may not find many empirical studies to guide you… yet. Many US practitioners are providing cross-cultural behavior analytic supervision and services, often driven by the growing global demand for autism spectrum disorder (ASD) intervention. These practitioners should rely on empirical research regarding how to best serve a wide variety of cultures, especially when working with a new population. Yet, there are very few studies in US behavior-analytic journals of cross-cultural research with participants from minority groups, immigrant communities, or cultures outside of North America and Europe. A systematic review of 6 behavior-analytic journals (2009-2019), using various search terms related to diversity and culture, yielded just 20 studies reporting participants were from cultural groups such as these, and only two of these included participants with disabilities. This deficit in the literature is exacerbated by key term inconsistency and a (well-established) lack reporting of race and ethnicity in research. Still, there are risks associated with international dissemination and cross-cultural services with a lack of sufficient evidence to guide practitioners. We call for more reports with specific recommendations for diverse populations and suggest inclusive research and practice strategies.
 
Diversity submission Behavioral Conceptual Analysis of Leadership Behaviors for Harassment Prevention
(Theory)
ZOEY ISABELLA ULREY (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract: This presentation consists of a conceptual functional analysis of leadership behaviors. Under what conditions do leaders intervene in instances requiring someone to take a stand or act as a bystander and what are the maintaining consequences of those behaviors? Accordingly, what are the maintaining contingencies for less optimal behaviors, such as actively avoiding intervening in instances of potential harassment? Furthermore, how do leader behaviors relevant to harassment influence subordinates’ behavior, both in the presence and absence of the leader? This presentation will review literature on leadership behavior and analyze the contingencies maintaining leadership behaviors relevant to harassment prevention. We will then identify where interventions should target change for the improvement of leader behavior at the individual level and how this has the potential to affect organizational culture at a larger level, with the goal of bringing about more equitable organizational cultures that prevent harassment.
 
 
Symposium #124
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Efficiency and Effectiveness of Toilet Training Procedures
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 103
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Discussant: Daniel W. Mruzek (University of Rochester Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Daniel W. Mruzek, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Toilet training is one area of applied behavior analysis that is practically manualized. Several studies have outlined an effective treatment package to improve toilet training for most subjects who participate (Azrin & Foxx, 1971; Foxx & Azrin, 1973; Greer et al., 2015; LeBlanc et al., 2015). The current symposium will present recent research in this area that focuses on 1) increasing the efficiency of toilet training and 2) improving the effectiveness of toilet training procedures. These studies will present modified toilet training programs, variations to individualized interventions, and methods for increasing both self-initiations to use the bathroom as well as continent bowel movements.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): bowel training, manding, self-initiation, toilet training
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts who are providing services to individuals who are not fully toilet trained. Even if these clients are urine continent, they might still require bowel movement training and/or self-initiation training.

 

Consecutive Case Series Examining the Outcomes for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder WhoReceived Services Through a Toileting Consultation Program

ELIZABETH BUCKLEY (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Independent toileting is an essential self-help skill for all children (Cicero & Pfadt, 2002). Typically developing children generally achieve continence by age 3 (Blum, Taubman, & Nemeth, 2003); however, over half of all caregivers of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) report difficulty in toilet training which causes the acquisition of toileting skills to be delayed or never mastered (Williams, Oliver, Allard, & Sears, 2003). For these individuals, incontinence can have a negative impact their personal hygiene, self-confidence, physical comfort, and social development (Cicero & Pfadt, 2002). Furthermore, incontinence can result in a restricted school placement, exclusion from extracurricular activities as well as hindering interactions with peers and increases burden of care. Numerous studies have evaluated variations on a study conducted by Azrin and Foxx (1971), which outlined an intensive behavioral treatment package for toilet training; yet, limited research exist on less intensive approaches. This study examines the outcomes of children who received toileting services through a consultative toileting program that primarily focuses on training the caregiver in how to implement toileting procedures. Additionally, the differences between children who were successful and those that were not were examined to determine if any pattern emerged.

 

The Effects of Schedule Modifications on Toilet Training Children With Disabilities

NICOLE HOLLINS (Western Michigan University), Rebecca Kolb (University of Minnesota), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Independent toileting skills provide multiple benefits (e.g., access to variety of settings and an increase in sanitation). Common procedures used to successfully train toileting skills include operant conditioning procedures with a positive practice component (LeBlanc, Carr, Bennett, & Detweiler, 2005). Given that positive practice is a form of punishment (Kroeger & Sorensen-Burnworth, 2009) and frequent exposures to punishment contingencies may increase the probability of evoking problem behaviors (Cicero & Pfadt, 2002; Post & Kirkpatrick, 2004), more research is needed to examine how punishment exposures within toilet training procedures can be reduced. The purposes of this study were to 1) replicate LeBlanc et al. (2005) for five children with autism, 2) evaluate the effects of schedule modifications designed to minimize the positive practice exposures during intensive toilet training for children who had accidents, and 3) after urine continence was achieved, evaluate generalization to bowel movements. The results of this study demonstrated that the toilet training procedures with schedule modifications were effective in training urinary and bowel movement continence across all children during intensive toilet training and follow-up. These results suggest that modifications to intensive toilet training procedures can be made to reduce the aversiveness of the procedure while still maintaining its effectiveness.

 
Evaluation of Mand Training Protocol and Abbreviated Toilet Training Procedure
ANSLEY CATHERINE HODGES (Nemours Children's Hospital), Hallie Marie Ertel (Florida Institute of Technology), Victoria Ryan (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Toilet training involves a time intensive multi-component treatment package. Research has demonstrated effective procedures to train individuals with and without intellectual disabilities to appropriately void (Azrin & Foxx, 1971; Foxx & Azrin, 1973; LeBlanc et al., 2015). More recent studies have evaluated the necessity of specific treatment components (Greer et al., 2015); however, to date, no study has evaluated a mand training protocol to teach individuals to appropriately mand to use the toilet. In the present study, we used a multiple baseline design across participants to evaluate the effects of a mand training protocol during an abbreviated procedure with six young children with and without intellectual disabilities. The results indicate that the procedure was effective in decreasing urinary incontinence and increase independent mands. Further, it took less time to implement than the procedure described in previous research. Results are discussed in terms of the utility and efficiency of the procedure for a variety of populations and settings.
 
An Evaluation of Bowel Movements, Problem Behavior, and Self-Initiations and Their Relationship to Urinary Continence
BRANDON C. PEREZ (University of Florida), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Much of the current research in applied behavior analysis on toilet training interventions for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are replications and/or modifications of Azrin & Foxx (1971) or LeBlanc et al. (2005) procedures. These procedures differ from what is commonly used for typically developing children. For example, Greer et al. (2016) evaluated the effectiveness of three typical components presented within a toilet training package for typically developing children: a 30-min sit schedule, placing subjects in underwear, and differential reinforcement for remaining dry and eliminating in the toilet. Additionally, urinary continence is usually the dependent variable of interest in most toilet training interventions. In the currently study, we evaluated a less intensive treatment package (described by Greer et al.) on urinary continence in individuals with ASD. However, we also examined several secondary dependent variables (i.e., bowel movements, problem behavior, and self-initiations) to examine their relationship to the achievement of urinary continence.
 
 
Symposium #125
CE Offered: BACB
Psychotropic Medication and Polypharmacy in People With Intellectual and Other Developmental Disabilities Who Present Problem Behavior
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon G
Area: DDA/BPN; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Duncan Pritchard (Aran Hall School)
Discussant: Jennifer R. Zarcone (The May Institute)
CE Instructor: Jennifer R. Zarcone, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Psychotropic medication and polypharmacy is common in people with intellectual and other developmental disabilities (IDD) who present problem behavior, despite minimal evidence for the effectiveness of multi-drug use and the risk of adverse side-effects. Behavior analysts are well placed to advocate for the use of behavioral interventions and the withdrawal of psychotropic medication. However, interdisciplinary polypharmacy management remains problematic, especially in community settings where behavior analysts are perhaps under-represented and may sometimes lack the knowledge, strategies, and indeed status, to be able to collaborate with other professionals effectively. This symposium will review and discuss a range of initiatives and practices that may help behavior analysts develop the knowledge and skills they need to enable them to support their clients more effectively when treating problem behavior alongside polypharmacy withdrawal.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Interdisciplinary Management, Medication Effects, Polypharmacy, Problem Behavior
Target Audience:

This symposium is aimed at behavior analysts who are supporting individuals with intellectual and other disabilities who are currently, or are at risk of being, prescribed one or more types of psychotropic medication because of their problem behavior.

 

Reducing Polypharmacy in Adolescent Males With Intellectual and Other Developmental Disabilities Who Present Problem Behavior

HEATHER PENNEY (Aran Hall School), Tim J. Dyer (Aran Hall School), Alison Cox (Brock University), Duncan Pritchard (Aran Hall School)
Abstract:

Despite numerous campaigns (e.g., Stopping Over-Medication of People with a Learning Disability; STOMP, UK) to reduce the use of psychotropic medication in people with intellectual and other developmental disorders (IDD), psychotropic medication is frequently used to treat behavior disorders in adolescents with IDD. Usually it is parent/carer reports of problem behaviour to community-based prescribers that leads to the introduction of psychotropic medication and subsequent polypharmacy. Sometimes, if the problem behaviour is so severe that it becomes unsafe for the adolescent to remain in the family home or attend a day school, the young person is placed in a residential treatment program. Often, after behavioural interventions are implemented and the frequency and intensity of the problem behavior are reducing, it is possible to withdraw the medication. However, both the parents and prescribing professional can be reluctant to withdraw psychotropic medication, especially if the young person has multiple diagnoses (e.g. conduct disorder, anxiety disorder, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, sleep disorder, etc.). It is therefore imperative that a collaborative approach is taken if behaviour analysts are to have any influence over the type and level of medication prescribed (2.09a, 2.03b, 4.07b, 4.09; BACB, 2014). We will demonstrate a method of visual presentation of problem behaviour and medication changes that have enhanced collaboration and thus helped bring about the successful withdrawal of polypharmacy in some young people attending our program.

 
A Systematic Review of Direct Measures to Evaluate Psychotropic Medication Effects in Children and Adolescents
JESSICA TORELLI (Vanderbilt University), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University), Marney Squires Pollack (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Children with disabilities commonly engage in problem behavior, and physicians increasingly prescribe psychotropic medications to address these behavioral concerns. In current practice and research, medication effects are commonly evaluated based on caregiver reports and rating scales. Direct measures of behavior have potential to provide complementary information to these indirect measures. Relative to indirect measures, direct measures provide a sensitive, objective measure of behavior in relevant environmental contexts and allow frequent progress monitoring. We systematically reviewed studies using direct measures of behavior to evaluate effects of one or more non-stimulant medication for children ages 2-17. We identified 49 studies that met inclusion criteria. We summarized descriptive study characteristics, including participant characteristics, drug classes, behaviors measured, assessment procedures, and study designs. We also coded study quality and evaluated outcomes for studies that met a minimum quality threshold. Most studies evaluated first-generation (typical) antipsychotics for children with intellectual and developmental disabilities, using unstructured direct observations. There were significant deficits in study quality; among 10 studies that met a minimum quality threshold, we found limited evidence of medication effects as measured by direct assessments. We identify avenues for future research to inform the reliability and validity of direct measures to evaluate psychotropic medication effects.
 

Maximising Treatment Outcomes for Adults With Severe Challenging Behavior Residing in a Specialist Facility

ALISON COX (Brock University)
Abstract:

Individuals who engage in dangerous behavior towards others, or themselves, have historically been under-treated and under-researched (Foxx, 2000, p.1). Unfortunately, this trend has not changed in that challenging behavior literature featuring adult participants has been steadily declining since 2008. Adults who engage in severe, pervasive challenging behavior interact frequently with emergency service personnel, are the most expensive to support and often end up in inappropriate placement (e.g., incarceration, hospital settings). The current study adds to the scarce literature base by describing a comprehensive behavioral intervention featuring differential reinforcement, safe-extinction, token economy and response cost. Most clients experienced psychotropic medication reduction while they participated in the residences three program phases: behavioral stabilization, skill acquisition and generalisation and maintenance. We describe how to safely, effectively and ethically implement the intervention components of each programming phase, as well as hypothesize how each programming component may have contributed to maximizing treatment outcomes for each of the five client.

 
Considerations and Strategies for Practitioners Regarding Interdisciplinary Polypharmacy Management
ANITA LI (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Polypharmacy is the administration of multiple pharmacological agents to target specific behaviors or conditions. The prevalence of challenging behaviors exhibited by individuals with intellectual disabilities also increases the risk of polypharmacy. Behavior analytic practitioners working with older individuals, individuals with challenging behavior, or individuals in residential settings are more likely to encounter cases involving polypharmacy and medication management. The continued practice of polypharmacy may result in drug adverse effects, posing long-term risks for clients and potentially impacting outcomes and implementation of ABA therapy. A recent survey of practitioners indicated a lack of knowledge and strategies were barriers to interdisciplinary collaboration. Therefore, this paper will provide an overview of polypharmacy management initiatives and practices, literature support on establishing guidelines, and perspectives from the medical community to empower practitioners with strategies and data to be considered in their practice.
 
 
Symposium #126
CE Offered: BACB
Technological Advances in Assessment of Preference and Measurement of Reinforcing Effects in Applied Settings
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon H
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri)
Discussant: Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Casey Clay, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Clinicians regularly use preference and reinforcer assessments to identify effective reinforcers. Typically measurement of stimuli occurs subsequent to the assessment of preferences to confirm putative reinforcers. The types of preference assessment and tests of reinforcing efficacy used vary widely and usually to take into account ecological fit. Consideration of the assessment and measurement of effects of different types of stimuli must be taken. This symposium includes four presentations that report on multiple types of methods to assess preference and measure the effects of reinforcers, which advance methods in preference assessment and reinforcer measurement . Two studies involved the use of video-based stimuli to assess preference in paired-choice and multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessments. One study compared two different types of preference assessments (i.e, . multiple stimulus without replacement and response restriction). In two studies researchers examined the reinforcing effects using a progressive-ratio schedule, while in a different study researchers

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): conditioned reinforcement, preference assessment, reinforcing efficacy
Target Audience:

Scientists, Students, practitioners

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe multiple methods for assessing preference for children with ASD? 2. Identify benefits of different methods (e.g., video-based) of preference assessment for kids with ASD. 3. Describe ways to measure reinforcing efficacy of stimuli identified by preference assessment.
 
A Video-Based Preference Assessment of Social Stimuli
TAYLOR CUSTER (Garden Academy), Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy)
Abstract: Clinicians regularly use preference and reinforcer assessments to identify effective reinforcers. Research on preference assessments for social interactions has largely used pictorial depictions of social stimuli (Kelly, Roscoe, Hanley, & Schlichenmeyer, 2014; Lang et al., 2014). However, social stimuli are dynamic and the use of videos may better portray the nuances of social stimuli (Synder, Higbee, & Dayton, 2012). Adolescents diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder participated in the current study. An indirect assessment was initially conducted to identify social stimuli for each participant. Then the experimenters evaluated the usefulness of a video-based preference assessment to identify high- and low- preference of social stimuli. A video-based, paired-choice preference assessment was conducted in which two videos of different social stimuli were played simultaneously to identify preference of stimuli. Finally a reinforcer assessment was conducted to identify if the social stimuli functioned as a reinforcer. The results indicated that the video-based preference assessment was effective in identifying preference for social reinforcers.
 

A Replication of the Response-Restriction Preference Assessment With Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

MEGAN A. BOYLE (Missouri State University), Kaitlin Curtis (Missouri State University), Kara Forck (Missouri State University), Brittany Fudge (Missouri State University), Heather Speake (Missouri State University), Benjamin Pauls (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

Using highly preferred items that function as reinforcers is a critical component of treatment packages for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs). To address limitations of more popular preference-assessment formats, we extended the research on stimulus preference assessments by replicating the response-restriction (RR) preference assessment and comparing results in terms of preference hierarchies to those from free-operant and multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) formats with six children with ASDs. We also assessed social validity of each format with teachers and clinicians who work with children with ASDs. Complete hierarchies were produced in four of 18 assessments and with MSWO and RR formats only. Results of the social validity assessment varied across raters, with each preference assessment format receiving the highest rating from at least one rater. Results are discussed in terms of practical recommendations and relative to the preference assessment literature as a whole as well as areas for future research.

 
Brief and Continuous Conditioned Reinforcers: A Comparative Analysis
JOSHUA JACKSON (Western New England University), MaKenzie Hough (Western New England University), Sarah Malagodi (Western New England University), Jason C. Bourret (Western New England University)
Abstract: Brief and continuous conditioned reinforcers have been shown to have differential effects on free operant responding in basic literature (Findley and Brady, 1965; Jwaideh, 1973). Specifically, brief conditioned reinforcers have been demonstrated to have a response optimizing effect when delivered contingent on responding under second-order schedules of reinforcement (Findley and Brady, 1965; Malagodi, DeWesse, and Johnston, 1973). Alternatively, continuously present stimuli that are associated with the initial components of second-order tokens schedules of reinforcement have been shown to result in response suppression under specific schedule parameters (Foster, Hackenberg, and Vaidya, 2001; Bullock and Hackenberg, 2006). Although these types of conditioned reinforcers are used extensively in applied settings, there has been limited applied research on the effect these stimuli may differentially have on the behavior of humans (Kazdin & Bootzin, 1972; Hackenberg 2018). The purpose of the present study is to determine whether these types of conditioned reinforcers have differential effects on the behavior of humans. Preliminary results show that these stimuli produce differential effects on the amount of behavior maintained under progressive ratio schedules of reinforcement with continuous second-order schedules of reinforcement maintaining the highest response counts relative to brief and tandem second-order schedules.
 
 
Symposium #127
CE Offered: BACB
Developmental Behavioral Economic View
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon C
Area: DEV/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Mansi Shah (Dare Institute)
Discussant: William Joseph Harrigan (Harvard Extension School)
CE Instructor: William Joseph Harrigan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The role of behavior analysis in understanding composite variables, such as life satisfaction, is best understood in small steps. Questions of what effects the value of different reinforcers have are important steps in understanding how we can make life better. In this symposium four different investigations of reinforcement will be presented. The first presentation is a proposed instrument for exploring the relationship between task interest and time on task; influenced by the work of John Holland. The second presentation discusses behavioral predictors of burnout, and how a lack of fit between personal interests and the demands of their environment leads to emotional exhaustion. The third presentation discusses how artistic ability, and science and research interest relate to creativity. The fourth presentation discusses how gratitude evolves with developmental stage, and how intimate relationships, and emotional complexity contribute to gratitude. Each of these presentations shows steps toward developmental behavioral economic modeling of reinforcement and its effects.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Burnout, Creativity, Gratitude, Value Development
Target Audience:

The target audience is people who know behavioral science, and want to increase their knowledge of the developmental pathways in acquiring new and effective behaviors. People who are interested in how to combine behavior analysis with behavioral development. People who want to have a broad perspective of critical applications of behavior analysis to real world problems.

 
Sharpening Interest Measurement: Questions of Time
(Theory)
WILLIAM JOSEPH HARRIGAN (Harvard Extension School), Sarthak Giri (Dare Institute)
Abstract: Models of professional interest, such as the Holland RIASEC (Realistic, Investigative, Artistic, Social Enterprising. Conventional) inventory, have determined, through factor analysis, six reinforcers factors that predict and control behavior. However, due to lack of a direct behavioral measure of these interest grouping, precise prediction is difficult. The original Holland measure asks about whether they prefer to do a task or not. Two modifications are proposed. The first proposed instrument assesses the amount of time participants say they prefer to spend on tasks in each of the six RIASEC groups. The second proposed instrument measures the amount of time participants spend on each of six tasks that have been selected to show preferences for each of the RIASEC interests. This allows for a directly measurable time on task variable to assess the extent of participant’s interest. One goal of these changes is to give participants and researchers a clearer notion of how much they would like to perform their prefer tasks. By giving the concrete variable of time on tasks, participants apply a familiar cost. By asking the participant to consider opportunity cost, a more robust notion of the value of these reinforcers can be inferred.
 
Quantifying the Role of Job-Person Fit in Work Related Burnout
(Basic Research)
SARTHAK GIRI (Dare Institute), Kyona Schacht (Boston University)
Abstract: Burnout is a multivariate psychological syndrome, described and measured by, per Maslach Burnout Inventory (MBI), one’s emotional exhaustion, depersonalization, and personal accomplishment. The job-person fit framework states that a poor fit between a person’s interest and the nature of the job and day-to-day tasks increases the risk for burnout. In order to determine whether burnout scores would be higher for those whose interests do not match their job, participants (N= 55) were asked to take an anonymous online survey. The survey consisted of: modified Holland RAISEC Inventory (HRI), Maslach Burnout Inventory (MBI), and questions about their job and the amount of time they spent doing tasks that would appeal to one of the 6 RAISEC groups. The HRI was modified to make it shorter, more behavioral and face valid. The results indicated that a mismatch in their personal interests and the task they performed at work indicated burnout in 2 out 3 variables: Emotional Exhaustion (r = 0.323) and Depersonalization (r = 0.334). Implications for future research are discussed.
 
Indicators of Value of Creativity as a Personal Quality in Adults
(Basic Research)
ALEXANDRA DODZIN (Langley High School), Shutong Wei (Dare Association, Inc.)
Abstract: Certain people tend to place a great value on creativity. To identify what behavioral factors underlie creativity, survey data was collected from 107 anonymous participants. The survey of 117 questions were separated into sections that pertained to different aspects of creativity: 1) external and internal evaluation of creative character traits; 2) personal perception of likelihood to complete certain tasks; and 3) the frequency of completion of creative tasks. The factors of the rating scale are the following: 1) originality and creative thinking (factor loading .754); 2) importance of creativity as part of character (factor loading .709); 3) building and understanding the design of mechanical objects (factor loading .671); 4) intuition (factor loading .664). The factors of the power scaled instrument are 1) artistic ability (factor loading .778); 2) science and research (factor loading .742). The results show that individuals are more likely to value creativity more and exhibit more creative behaviors who are high in these factors. Interest and personal characteristics both play a big role in behavioral development. This paper isolates some of those factors and make people more creatively productive. The paper also addresses the difference between creativity and originality and how creativity manifests itself in individuals.
 

Caring, Gratitude, and Other Prosocial Behaviors

(Basic Research)
SHUTONG WEI (Dare Association, Inc.), Weilyn Chong (Hong Kong International School)
Abstract:

The focus of this article is to provide an understanding of what caring is and why it is one of the bases of behavioral economics. It addresses the definition of care, how it differs from the actions of gratitude, stages at which caring can be identified and how caring underlies societal actions and development. The paper also analyzes how caring changes depending on which stage an organism is performing at, how big of a social structure the organism is in and how caring is necessary in human societies. The paper details the results from an anonymous online survey designed to measure the perceived value of caring and gratitude. The first factor noted both an intimate relationship and immediate reaction. The first factor had a loading of 0.819. This included either parental relationships, immediate reactions to other people’s actions or both. The second factor with the indicated less intimate relationships and longer reaction time, not with more emotional complexity. The second factor had a loading of 0.816. This included strangers, non-relatives, and reactions that require long term memory retrieval to perform.

 
 
Symposium #128
CE Offered: BACB
Celebrating Successes in School-Based Applications of Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence E
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Natalie Taylor Mueller (Western Michigan University )
Discussant: Judah B. Axe (Simmons University)
CE Instructor: Judah B. Axe, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts can play an important role in the implementation of evidence-based strategies in school settings (Kohler & Strain, 1992). Support to students and teachers in a wide variety of contexts often leads to better student outcomes and classroom management (Johnson & Street, 2012; Malott & Moran, 2004). As such, this symposium highlights four different applications of behavior analysis in school settings. (1) The application of trial-based function analysis (TBFA) in public schools when functional behavior assessments (FBAs) were inconclusive. The feasibility of TBFAs will be addressed. (2) The use of behavioral skills training (BST) and coaching to train special education teachers to implement incidental teaching to increase verbal operants in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Considerations for teacher training and methods to improve verbal behavior will be analyzed. (3) A study that examined pre-meal presentation of vegetables to increase vegetable consumption for children with autism spectrum disorder. Recommendations for intervening on food selectivity will be examined. (4) A teacher-implemented toilet training procedure with two elementary students. Considerations for toilet training in formal educational settings will be discussed. Implications for the application of behavior analysis in school settings are addressed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): behavior analysis, education, evidence-based intervention, school
Target Audience:

Practitioners, graduate students, educators

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain the benefits of using a trial-based functional analysis in public school settings; (2) describe an effective intervention to increase incidental teaching among special education teachers; (3) list the steps in a procedure to increase vegetable consumption among individuals with ASD; (4) describe successful toileting practices in a school setting.
 

When Functional Behavior Assessments are Inconclusive: Applying Trial-Based Functional Analyses in the Public Schools

ANNIE MCLAUGHLIN (Annie McLaughlin Consulting, LLC), Alex Furman (Baltimore County Public Schools)
Abstract:

The use of a functional behavior assessment to assess challenging behaviors in public schools is a widely accessed, evidence-based practice and required by state and federal laws. However, due to the variability of the environment in a school, a functional behavior assessment can often produce ambiguous or difficult to interpret outcomes which impacts the effectiveness of the selected interventions. Trial-based functional analyses have been shown as an effective method to identify problem behavior in schools. This study was designed when FBAs completed by the school system personnel were inconclusive and challenging behaviors remained severe and dangerous. This study expanded the use of trial-based functional analyses into a public school special education classroom for two students with autism and intellectual disabilities after FBAs were inconclusive. All trial-based functional analyses resulted in identification of behavioral functions and subsequent interventions were taught by teachers and paraprofessionals. Additional social validity data were collected about the feasibility of using trial-based functional analyses and associated interventions from the public school teachers and paraprofessionals.

 
Increasing Teacher’s Use of Incidental Teaching to Target Mands, Tacts, and Intraverbals
SACHA T. PENCE (Drake University), Kim Danielle Krubinski (Auburn), Carol J Toner (Auburn), Doris Adams Hill (Auburn University College of Education)
Abstract: One way to improve communication skills for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is to provide frequent opportunities for children to practice and learn mands, tacts, and intraverbals. To accomplish this, it is important to train teachers and other school personnel to understand and use incidental teaching to target different verbal operants. The purpose of the study was to use a multiple-baseline across-participants design to evaluate behavior skills training (BST) with coaching to train school personnel to use incidental teaching to teach mand, tacts, and intraverbals. Six females who were currently enrolled in a practicum to become bachelor’s level or Master’s level Special Education teachers participated in dyads with a child with ASD. Trainees were provided with brief instructions on each verbal operant and then observed the experiment using incidental teaching for the target verbal operant (mand, tact, or intraverbal). Following modeling, the trainee worked with the child with ASD while the experimenter provided coaching in the form of in-situ feedback and feedback. Following BST and coaching, trainees’ use of incidental teaching to teach mands, tacts, and intraverbals increased. Improvements in children’s verbal behavior was observed.
 

Increasing Vegetable Consumption of Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder Using Pre-Meal Presentation: A Preliminary Analysis

JONATHAN W. IVY (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Lauren Davidson (The Hogan Learning Academy), Ben Bacon (The Hogan Learning Academy), Fred E. Carriles (Pennsylvania State University, Harrisburg), Helen Hendy (Penn State University, Schuylkill), Keith Williams (Penn State Hershey Medical Center)
Abstract:

Food selectivity is a common behavioral concern for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Schreck, Williams, and Smith (2004) found that 72% of children with ASD were reported by parents/guardians to consume a limited range of food items. This study examined the effect of pre-meal presentation on the consumption of vegetables in a sample of 16 students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). These 16 students (75% male; mean age = 13 years; age range 8-19 years) were enrolled in a private school serving children with autism. Researchers offered participants 10 small pieces of two vegetables during lunch (baseline) or prior to lunch (pre-meal presentation). Observers recorded the number of bites students consumed. The pre-meal presentation condition was associated with increased levels of vegetable consumption for 9 of the 16 participants. A reversal to baseline demonstrated expected decreases in bites consumed and the subsequent return to intervention demonstrated expected increases in bites consumed. Our results suggested the pre-meal presentation of vegetables can serve as a low-cost, low-effort intervention for increasing consumption of vegetables for some children with ASD.

 
Successful Toilet Training in Schools
ALYSSA R. JEWETT (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Ryan Thomas Glasgow (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Incontinence is a frequently cited and significant obstacle for students with developmental disabilities (Cicero & Pfadt, 2002). Little research is available to support toileting procedures in school settings with limited oversight from trained clinicians (Cocchiola, Martino, Dwyer, & Demezzo, 2012; Luiselli, 1997). Cocchiola and colleagues expanded the toileting literature by implementing a consultative model focused on school staff implementing toilet training procedures with five students with special needs in a preschool classroom. The current project aimed to systematically replicate their model by using a similar treatment package in an early elementary special education classroom. Classroom staff implemented toilet training procedures with two elementary students with developmental disabilities. The program included an initial didactic training on the procedures, scheduled trips to the bathroom, informal preference assessments, positive reinforcement for successful voids, and procedures for teaching self-initiations. Both students achieved mastery criteria during scheduled bathroom visits of 120-minutes and increased self-initiations. Outcomes suggest the treatment package may be a practical model for classroom staff to effectively implement a toilet training procedure. Future directions include addressing increasing treatment integrity and examining the impact for students with similar needs in school-based settings.
 
 
Symposium #129
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of The Good Behavior Game Across Procedural Variations and Student Populations
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence D
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Katie Wiskow (California State University Stanislaus)
Discussant: Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
CE Instructor: Jeanne M. Donaldson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a multicomponent intervention consisting of rules, teams, feedback, and rewards. The GBG has repeatedly demonstrated reductions in problem behaviors and increases in appropriate behaviors across various populations of students and settings. There are many potential variations to the GBG; however, not all variations have been directly explored. In addition, the GBG is most frequently implemented in general education classrooms, but there is less research on the GBG with other populations. This symposium includes four papers evaluating components of the GBG across several populations of students. The first paper compared positive and negative punishment components during the GBG in a general education elementary school classroom. The second paper compared different magnitudes of reinforcement within the GBG in three general education elementary school classrooms. The third paper evaluated the GBG during two social skills groups with children with autism. The fourth paper evaluated the effect of observation and rules to reduce problem behaviors displayed by adolescents in a juvenile residential treatment setting.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Classroom management, GBG, Group contingency, Rules
Target Audience:

BCBA's, BCBA'D's, especially those who work or consult in schools.

Learning Objectives: 1. Be able to list and describe the main components of the GBG. 2. Describe effective GBG variations. 3. Understand behavior analytic principles influencing the effectiveness of the GBG.
 
The Effects of and Preference for Positive and Negative Punishment in the Good Behavior Game
ERIKA RUBY SILVA (California State University Stanislaus; Synergy Behavior Consultants), Katie Wiskow (California State University Stanislaus)
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an effective intervention to reduce disruptive behavior in classrooms. One component of the GBG typically involves immediate positive punishment (e.g.., delivery of a hatch mark) following disruptions; however, researchers have also used response cost procedures (e.g., removal of a token). In the present study, we compared the effects of the GBG and GBG-Response Cost on levels of disruptions in a second-grade general education classroom. In addition, we measured student prompts, teacher praise, and teacher correctives. In the final phase of the study we asked students which game variation they favored. We also implemented a concurrent chains procedure to evaluate teacher preference. Results demonstrated that the GBG-Response Cost initially reduced disruptions to lower levels than the GBG, but both versions of the game were effective in reducing disruptive behavior. We also found that the teacher and majority of students preferred to play the GBG-Response Cost.
 

An Evaluation of Different Magnitudes of Reinforcement Within the Context of the Good Behavior Game

KAYLA CROOK (University of Georgia; University of Mississippi), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Karla Zabala (University of Georgia), Dan Mangum (University of Georgia), Kadijah Quinland (University of Georgia)
Abstract:

The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an evidence-based practice used in classrooms to reduce disruptive classroom behavior. The GBG has been implemented and demonstrated effectiveness across grade levels, disruptive behaviors, and teachers report that it is an easy classroom management strategy to implement. In the current study, magnitude of reinforcement was manipulated to determine if this parameter of reinforcement had an impact on the effectiveness of the GBG. Appropriate classroom behavior increased across three elementary classrooms. The impact of magnitude of reinforcement was idiosyncratic across the three classrooms. Reasons why magnitude of reinforcement may not have impacted the effectiveness of the GBG are discussed.

 
Evaluating the Good Behavior Game in Autism-Only Social Skills Groups
SAVANNAH TATE (University of Florida), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Abstract: The good behavior game (GBG) is an interdependent group contingency used to decrease target behaviors across a group of participants (Barrish, Saunders, & Wolf, 1969). We evaluated the GBG in a non-concurrent multiple baseline design. Participants included two groups of children with autism diagnoses. The first group included five children ranging in age from 5-6 years old. The second group included four children ranging in age from 9-10 years old. Target behaviors included disruptive behavior, inappropriate attention, and refusal to follow instructions. The groups participated in the game across three activities. The groups were divided into two teams. At the beginning of the session, the teams picked their “team name” and their earned activity. If a child engaged in a target behavior, his or her team received a “strike” on a visual board. If the team ended the day with fewer than 10 strikes, they received access to a pre-determined activity (e.g., iPad, dance party). For both groups, implementation of the GBG resulted in decreases in problem behavior.
 

Effects of Obtrusive Observation and Rules on Classroom Behavior of Adolescents in a Juvenile Residential Treatment Setting

Sally Hamrick (Auburn University), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University), KRISTEN BROGAN (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), William Tirey Davis (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Several studies have used interdependent group contingencies to decrease disruptive behavior and increase appropriate behavior for groups of adolescents. In addition, one study demonstrated that rules plus feedback about rule violations, without additional group contingencies, decreased problem behavior and increased appropriate behavior for adolescents in three classrooms within a residential juvenile facility. Given the rapid behavior change observed in the aforementioned study, it is possible behavior changes were produced by reactivity to obtrusive observation from program implementers. To address this question, we used two A-B designs in conjunction with the conservative dual-criterion (CDC) method to evaluate the extent to which obtrusive observation alone and rules, without systematic consequences, decreased problem behaviors in two classrooms within a residential juvenile facility. Results from visual and CDC analyses indicate that (a) obtrusive observation did not affect problem behavior in either classroom and (b) rules decreased problem behavior in both classrooms and increased appropriate behavior in one classroom. In addition, a measure of social validity indicated that the procedures and outcomes were acceptable to the classroom teacher.

 
 
Invited Panel #130A
CE Offered: BACB
Advocating, Lobbying, and Disseminating: Advice for Behavior Analysts From Relevant Stakeholders and Experts
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 3/4
Area: SCI; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University)
CE Instructor: Peter R. Killeen, Ph.D.
Panelists: JULIANE BARON (Federation of Associations in Behavioral & Brain Sciences (FABBS)), ERIN HEATH (American Association for the Advancement of Science)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts frequently opine on the lack of funding available for research, not having a seat at the proverbial table of policymakers, and being ignored by mass media and other affiliated sciences. In this special panel event, panelists from outside behavior analysis will offer insight on ways to best advocate to their discipline. Specifically, the panel will be comprised of a Washington lobbyist, a university-based government relations expert, and representatives from the Federation of Association in Behavioral & Brain Sciences (FABBS; of which ABAI is a member organization). Attendees will learn how to access resources to help advance their own work, obtain federal funding, better interface with policymakers, and contribute science to inform public policy efforts. Question and answer periods will follow. This special panel event is co-hosted by the Federation of Association in Behavioral & Brain Sciences (FABBS).

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify resources to help advance their own work; (2) identify resources to help obtain federal funding; (3) identify resources to better interface with policymakers; (4) identify resources to better contribute science that informs public policy efforts.
JULIANE BARON (Federation of Associations in Behavioral & Brain Sciences (FABBS))
Juliane Baron is the Executive Director of the Federation of Associations in Behavioral and Brain Sciences. In this role she supports the FABBS mission to promote human potential and well-being. FABBS furthers this goal by advancing the sciences of mind, brain, and behavior; promoting scientific research and training in these fields; educating the public about the contributions of research to the health and well-being of individuals and society; fostering communication among scientists; and recognizing scientists who have made significant contributions to building knowledge.   Previously Baron served as the Director of Government Relations at the American Educational Research Association. She leads AERA’s education and advocacy efforts on Capitol Hill and with federal agencies, and plays a strategic role with committees and coalitions that deal with research funding, research policy, and education. From 2006 to 2014, Baron served as deputy director of government and public affairs for the Population Association of America and the Association of Population Centers. Prior to that, she was deputy director of the Social Policy Action Network from 2001 to 2004 and director of the Population Resource Center from 2005 to 2007. For three years, Baron worked as a legislative staffer in the Texas House of Representatives, followed by a two-year stint as associate research scientist and project manager of Welfare, Children, & Families: A Three City Study, a multi-investigator study housed at Johns Hopkins University. Baron received her BA from the University of Wisconsin–Madison and her MPA from the Lyndon B. Johnson School of Public Affairs at the University of Texas.
ERIN HEATH (American Association for the Advancement of Science)
Erin Heath is the Associate Director of Government Relations at the American Association for the Advancement of Science, the world’s largest general scientific society and publisher of the journal Science. She has worked at AAAS since 2006. The Office of Government Relations provides timely, objective information on science and technology issues to lawmakers, and it assists scientists in understanding and getting involved in the policy process. Erin handles a range of policy issues of interest to the scientific community and is heavily involved in efforts to empower scientists and engineers to engage with policymakers, the media and the public. She co-chairs the Coalition for National Science Funding, the Engaging Scientists and Engineers in Policy Coalition, and the steering committee of the Golden Goose Award.
 
 
 
Symposium #131
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Collaborative Approach to Supporting Severely Impacted Adults
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon A
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: David Pyles (Pyles & Associates)
Discussant: David Pyles (Pyles & Associates)
CE Instructor: Adrienne Hursh, M.A.
Abstract:

Collaboration amongst interdisciplinary teams to manage treatment outcomes should be a first line of defense in effective behavior support with adults. Most of the time, figuring out the function of the target problem behavior is an easy task. The difficulty arises when treatment objectives are targeted in isolation thus creating a significant barrier to effective intervention. Often times adults with disabilities are served by various providers including behaviorists, psychiatrists, mental health professionals and non-behaviorally trained direct support staff. More often the consultation model for behavior services is used and the behaviorist is charged to work with a team of professionals and paraprofessionals that may or may not be focused on the same objectives. Initial and ongoing collaborative treatment planning will allow for more effective interventions. The talks that are presented in this symposium show measurable effects of professionals and paraprofessional who use a collaborative treatment model to support various individuals.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): adults, collaborative model, problem behavior
Target Audience:

The target audience for this presentation includes any professionals working in the field alongside other professionals and paraprofessionals.

Learning Objectives: Attendees will identify when and how to collaborate with other providers Attendees will learn to determine when the collaboration is effective or ineffective Attendees will learn strategies to manage ongoing collaboration
 

Collaboration With Psychiatrists: Working With Dually-Diagnosed Adults

(Service Delivery)
ADRIENNE HURSH (Pyles and Associates)
Abstract:

When working with dually diagnosis adults, behavior analysts want to minimize the need for medication for behavior challenges. The treatment evaluations presented here include collaboration between a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) and a psychiatrist to achieve medication stabilization and behavior reduction. The targeted individuals include (1) a 59 year old woman diagnosed with Schizoaffective disorder, Depressed type and Moderate Intellectual Disability, (2) a 41 year old woman diagnosed with Bipolar Disorder, Severe Intellectual Disability, and Autism, and (3) a 30 year old woman diagnosed with Anxiety Disorder, Schizophrenia, Moderate Intellectual Disability, Epilepsy and Pseudo-Seizures. All of the ladies live in a group home setting (not all in the same home) and have a history of frequent hospitalizations as well as residing in state-run facilities. A collaborative model was used with the psychiatrist and direct staff that included development and implementation of a behavior plan, as well as visual/graphical feedback for decision-making with medications. Across all individuals, behavior challenges reduced and medication changes due to increasing behavior problems was no longer needed.

 

Collaboration With Paraprofessionals to Decrease Severe Problem Behavior

(Service Delivery)
SHAI MAOR (Pyles and Associates)
Abstract:

Working with adults usually means utilizing a consultative approach where the BCBA is the consultant and paraprofessionals are the direct line staff. When this happens, collaboration with the service providers who employ the paraprofessionals and the paraprofessionals themselves is essential. In addition, the behavior program must include a strong staff training component to ensure accurate and consistent delivery of the behavior program. Without collaboration and staff training, the behavior program cannot be fully adopted to ensure effective support for the individual. This presentation includes treatment evaluations of collaborative models for three males, ages 23-28. All have dual diagnoses and have 2:1 staffing ratios due to the intensity of problem behaviors. Attendees will be presented with data that represent collaborative work with paraprofessionals that is focused on behavior plan implementation and overall behavior excess reduction.

 
 
Symposium #132
CE Offered: BACB
Investigating Self-Controlled Choice in Situations Involving Desirable and Undesirable Outcomes
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 1/2
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Forrest Toegel, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Research investigating self-control often focuses on choice between two desirable outcomes – those in which an individual can produce either a small outcome delayed by short amount of time or a large outcome delayed by a long time; however, individuals encounter another kind of choice situation in daily life – one in which a choice can produce both desirable and undesirable outcomes. The present symposium arranges three recent studies that attempt to further our understanding of self-controlled choice in situations involving both desirable and undesirable outcomes. The goal of this symposium is to explore recent approaches to investigate this type of choice situation and to encourage future research on this underrepresented area.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Choice, Conflict, Dual-Valence Consequence, Self-Control
 

Effects of Delay and Signals on Choice Between Immediate Food With Delayed Shock and Delayed Food Alone

FORREST TOEGEL (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Some problematic human behavior occurs when a single choice produces reinforcing and aversive consequences. The present experiments explored this type of choice situation using rats to investigate how the value of an immediate food reinforcer that is followed by a shock changes as a function of the delay to the shock. The rats chose between two food pellets delivered immediately and followed by delayed shock, and two food pellets delivered alone after a delay. Within each condition, the delay to food was adjusted based on each rat’s previous choices until both consequences were chosen equally often and the delay to food was stable. At this “indifference point,” the delayed food was equal in value to the immediate food followed by shock. Depending on the experiment, either the delay to shock or whether the delayed shock was signaled was manipulated across conditions. Generally, the shock devalued the immediate food to the greatest extent when the delay to shock was short. As the delay to shock was raised, these effects weakened in a pattern resembling a hyperbola. The signaling procedure did not affect the value of the immediate food systematically. The findings parallel research on temporal discounting of positive reinforcers.

 

A Procedure for Studying the Temporal Discounting of Aversive Consequences

Fernanda Gonzalez-Barriga (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), William Rodriguez (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), VLADIMIR ORDUNA (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Abstract:

In contrast to the large amount of studies of temporal discounting of positive consequences, research on temporal discounting of aversive consequences is scarce. For this reason, we developed a procedure for studying in rats the temporal discounting of aversive consequences, whose rationale and main results are presented next. In the first phase, rats chose between one-pellet and four-pellet alternatives; when subjects developed preference for the larger-amount alternative, an electric shock was added to it, resulting in a loss of preference. In the second phase, the delay to shock was progressively increased within each session (ascending delays: 0, 5, 10, 20, 40 s), which resulted in a recovery of preference for the larger-amount-plus-shock alternative as delay was increased. In a third phase, with the aim of analyzing whether the previous result was influenced by short-term habituation to the shock rather than to temporal discounting, the order of delays was reverted so that they were presented in descending order. As in the previous phase, rats showed a higher preference for the larger-amount-plus-shock alternative when delay was larger, indicating that habituation did not play a major role in this procedure. Currently, we are using this procedure to: a) analyze the impact of the intensity of the shock on the discount function, and b) evaluate the temporal discounting of aversive consequences in spontaneously hypertensive rats -a purported animal model of ADHD-, in order to complement the extensive research on temporal discounting of positive reinforcers that has been performed with this strain.

 
Discounting Combinations of Gains and Losses
YU-HUA YEH (Washington University in St. Louis), Sara J. Estle (University of North Carolina at Greensboro), Yaoyun Cui (Washington University in St. Louis), Joel Myerson (Washington University in St. Louis), Leonard Green (Washington University in St. Louis)
Abstract: Discounting research has focused mostly on relatively simple situations such as choices between immediate, smaller gains and delayed, larger gains. Everyday choice situations, however, are more complex, often involving combinations of gains and losses. We examined discounting by humans in situations that combined an immediate loss followed by a delayed gain that resulted in either a net gain (Experiment 1) or a net loss (Experiment 2) and compared it with discounting when there was only a delayed gain. We also examined discounting in situations involving an immediate gain followed by a delayed loss that resulted in either a net gain (Experiment 3) or a net loss (Experiment 4) and compared it with discounting when there was only a delayed loss. A hyperboloid discounting function that describes the discounting of delayed gains and of delayed losses in simple choice situations tended to describe the discounting of combinations of gains and losses (see Figure), although participants discounted gain-loss combinations less steeply than delayed gains not preceded by an immediate loss or delayed losses not preceded by an immediate gain. These findings support the view that complex choices like those often encountered in everyday life can be evaluated within the discounting framework.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #133
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Using Implementation Science to Open the Black Box of Trauma-Informed Schools
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, Ballroom AB
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Robin Codding (Northeastern University)
CE Instructor: Robin Codding, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: STACY OVERSTREET (Tulane University)
Abstract:

The term “trauma-informed schools” has achieved buzzword status in our current educational landscape, fueled by the urgency schools feel to address the devastating effects of trauma on the academic, social, emotional, and behavioral functioning of our students. However, there is no clear consensus regarding the inputs, or the core components, of trauma-informed schools and there have been no rigorous evaluations of their outputs, or the effects on students, teachers, or schools. If trauma-informed schools are to become more than a passing trend, we must work harder to describe the inputs, document the outputs, and explain the complex processes that link the two. In this presentation, I will summarize the core components of trauma-informed schools, identify key implementation factors thought to facilitate the adoption and maximize the impact of trauma-informed approaches, and review strategies to evaluate the impact of trauma-informed schools.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Educational practitioners and researchers.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the core components of trauma-informed schools; (2) discuss implementation factors important for the successful adoption of trauma-informed approaches; (3) compare different evaluation strategies to evaluate the impact of trauma-informed schools.
 
STACY OVERSTREET (Tulane University)

Stacy Overstreet, Ph.D. is a Professor of Psychology at Tulane University.  Over the course of her career her research has focused on how sociological, cultural, familial, psychological, developmental, and biological processes influence and interact with one another over time to shape child adaptation to trauma.  Over the past ten years, she has translated that research to inform the implementation and evaluation of trauma-informed schools.  She has published several empirical and conceptual papers related to these areas and she was co-editor of a 2016 special issue on trauma-informed schools in the journal, School Mental Health.  Dr. Overstreet is a founding member of the New Orleans Trauma-Informed Schools Learning Collaborative.  Her work through the Collaborative includes a grant from the National Institute of Justice to determine whether a multi-component implementation strategy for trauma-informed schools improves school safety as well as a grant from the Department of Justice to develop and evaluate a Train the Trainer model for the implementation of trauma-informed schools.  

 
 
Invited Paper Session #134
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
TRAUMA: Flexibility After Trauma: Exploring Vitality Through ACT and Feldenkrais Method
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty I-L
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Amy Murrell, Ph.D.
Presenting Authors: MIRANDA MORRIS (DC ACT Consortium; Private Practice), CHRISH KRESGE (Private Practice)
Abstract: Trauma can have profound and lasting effects on the lives of survivors. The impact on psychological functioning can be particularly severe and may have interpersonal, professional, and health consequences. While not all survivors experience long term problems, those who do can find their lives ruled by the experience of trauma. Acceptance and Commitment therapy (ACT) holds that the long-term negative sequelae of trauma are primarily driven by two processes: avoidance and cognitive fusion (excessive, ineffective attempts to control unwanted private experiences). That is, survivors’ attempts to “not have” the memories, thoughts and feelings associated with the trauma may account for much of the distress associated with traumatic experiences. Together, avoidance and cognitive fusion function to increase psychological inflexibility and limit behavioral repertoires, costing survivors vitality, connection and engagement in valued living. The aim of ACT is to undermine these processes in order to increase psychological flexibility, defined in ACT as “the ability to contact the present moment more fully as a conscious human being, and to change or persist in behavior when doing so serves valued ends.” In working with trauma survivors, the ACT therapist focuses on helping survivors reconnect with their values and move towards what they care about. In this talk, I will review the relationship of psychological (in)flexibility to post traumatic symptomatology. In addition, I will discuss how to use ACT to help clients come to terms with traumatic events and to build meaningful lives that are defined not by the past, but by what matters.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain how avoidance and fusion maintain post traumatic problems; (2) define psychological flexibility as used in ACT; (3) explain how to help clients clarify values and take committed action in the service of those values; (4) to operationally define ABMN Essential #1: Movement with Attention; (5) recognize ABMN Essential #7: The Learning Switch; (6) recognize ABMN Essential #6: Flexible Goals; (7) identify when ABMN and the Feldenkrais Method may be useful and complementary treatments in cases of trauma and its recovery.
 
In the Wake of Trauma: Using Acceptance and Commitment Therapy to Cultivate Valued Living
MIRANDA MORRIS (DC ACT Consortium; Private Practice)

Miranda Morris, Ph.D., is a licensed psychologist in private practice in Bethesda, MD. She treats a broad range of difficulties and specializes in trauma and anxiety. Miranda is a Peer Reviewed ACT Trainer and the founder of DC ACT, a organization with two primary objectives: 1) the dissemination of contextual behavioral therapies in the DC region and beyond, 2) the provision of support and training opportunities for aspiring ACT trainers. Miranda conducts regular workshops in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and related contextual behavioral therapies including Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) and Clinical RFT. She currently serves on the Executive Board of the the Association of Contextual Behavioral Science (ACBS) and is President Emeritus of the the Mid Atlantic Chapter of ACBS (MAC-ACBS).

Abstract: Trauma can be defined in many ways; the two most common interpretations of the word are a physical injury or a deeply emotionally upsetting event. In both cases, trauma can result in neurological and physiological as well as psychological damage and change. This damage often occurs early in life, either as a result of a genetic condition, birth-related injury, illness during infancy, or early childhood abuse or neglect. The negative consequences of trauma are often addressed in clinical psychology and sometimes specifically through clinical behavior analysis. However, in these methodologies, key effects on the child's somatic functioning may be neglected. This presentation will propose that the Anat Baniel Method of Neuromovement® (ABMN), based on the work of Dr. Moshe Feldenkrais, may be used to address neurological, physiological, and movement limitations associated with childhood trauma. Further, the presentation will explicitly outline the overlap between applied behavior analysis and these methods through educating the audience on essential principles associated with ABMN and Feldenkrais Method® movement practices.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain how avoidance and fusion maintain post traumatic problems; (2) define psychological flexibility as used in ACT; (3) explain how to help clients clarify values and take committed action in the service of those values; (4) to operationally define ABMN Essential #1: Movement with Attention; (5) recognize ABMN Essential #7: The Learning Switch; (6) recognize ABMN Essential #6: Flexible Goals; (7) identify when ABMN and the Feldenkrais Method may be useful and complementary treatments in cases of trauma and its recovery.
 
From Fixing to Connecting Through Movement With Awareness
CHRISH KRESGE (Private Practice)

Chrish is a Feldenkrais® practitioner (1998) who works with people of all ages and backgrounds, using movement as a primary tool for improving self-awareness, posture, thinking, voice, and overall health and wellness.  Chrish is also an actor, producer and director. She is passionate about using her diverse skills and background to help people find their optimal selves, innate dignity and composure. Chrish has been teaching the Feldenkrais Method® across the world for over 21 years in places such as the U.S., Ghana, Morocco, France, and Nepal.  During her teaching of the Feldenkrais Method, Chrish offers her students an enriching experience consisting of mental and physical improvement through natural, easy, and pleasurable ways of moving, using the brain’s amazing capacity to reorganize the body. In addition to working with performing artists and business executives alike, Chrish specializes in working with children with disabilities and trauma, and is a graduate of the Anat Baniel Neuromovement® Method for Children. Her studies with Ruthy Alon (Movement Intelligence) have also informed her work in many ways. Chrish has served three terms on the national Board of Directors of the Feldenkrais Guild® of North America and has chaired numerous annual Feldenkrais Method® conferences in North America.

 
 
Panel #135
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Addressing Ethical Violations When We Catch Behavior Analysts Behaving Badly
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, University of D.C. / Catholic University
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jessica Kelly, M.S.
Chair: Emily Marie Lawson (Pennington Group)
SARAH RUSSELL (Sage Graduate School; ASPIRE LLC)
SUZANNA MYERS (Pennington Group ABA)
JESSICA KELLY (J Kelly ABA)
Abstract:

The Behavior Analyst Certification Board requires all certified individuals to be familiar with and adhere to the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts (10.0, Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2016). Anectodal reports from various certified providers in Hampton Roads, VA indicates a pattern of escape/avoidance behavior in response to witnessing ethical violations by their fellow certified colleagues, some who also acted as their supervisor and employer at the time of the violations (J. Kelly, personal communication, 2018). Specifically, these Board Certified Behavior Analysts and Board Certified assistant Behavior Analysts resigned from their employment positions instead of attempting to resolve the issue with the individual who engaged in the violation as our code instructs us to do (Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts 7.0, BACB, 2016). Informal interviews conducted with supervisees also revealed that the majority of these individuals did not receive training on confronting individuals engaging in ethical violations nor did they receive training on submitting a notice of alleged violation via the Behavior Analyst Certification Board or submitting a report with the state’s licensure department if applicable. It is imperative that individuals representing behavior analysis follow through with their ethical obligations to maintain our science’s reputation.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs, graduate level students completing their fieldwork towards eligibility to sit for the BACB exam, supervisors, supervisees

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand the importance of upholding the BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code; (2) address / confront colleagues, supervisors, and supervisees regarding alleged ethical violations; (3) navigate the steps for reporting ethical violations to the appropriate authority.
Keyword(s): ethical responsibility, ethical violations, harm risk, timely reporting
 
 
Invited Tutorial #137
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
SQAB Tutorial: Using Quantitative Theories of Relapse to Improve Functional Communication Training
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 6
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Brian Greer, Ph.D.
Chair: Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Presenting Authors: : BRIAN GREER (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) has strong empirical support for its use when treating socially reinforced problem behavior. However, treatment effects often deteriorate when FCT procedures are challenged, leading to the recurrence of problem behavior, decreased use of the functional communication response (FCR), or both. Researchers have accordingly described a number of strategies to improve the long-term effectiveness of differential-reinforcement procedures (e.g., FCT). For example, Wacker et al. (2011) assessed the maintenance of FCT-treatment effects by periodically exposing the FCR to periods of extinction and found that additional exposure to FCT helped guard against the disruptive impact of later periods of extinction. Basic researchers have described similar modifications to behavior-reduction procedures based on quantitative theories of behavior (e.g., Behavioral Momentum Theory and Resurgence as Choice) that also should help mitigate treatment relapse. Our research team has recently begun investigating

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs, applied and basic researchers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain FCT and describe its efficacy; (2) describe at least one common challenge to FCT treatment effects; (3) describe at least two specific strategies for mitigating relapse of problem behavior following FCT.
 
BRIAN GREER (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
Brian D. Greer is the founding director of the Severe Behavior Program within the Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services. He is an assistant professor in the Department of Pediatrics and a core member of the Brain Health Institute. He received a Bachelor of Science in psychology from the University of Florida in 2008, a Master of Arts in applied behavioral science in 2011 and a Ph.D. in behavioral psychology in 2013, both from the University of Kansas. He later completed a postdoctoral fellowship at the University of Nebraska Medical Center. He has served on the board of editors and as a guest associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He is the 2013 recipient of the Baer, Wolf, and Risley Outstanding Graduate Student Award and the 2019 recipient of the B. F. Skinner Foundation New Researcher Award in the area of applied research. Dr. Greer is the Executive Director of the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior, and he currently supervises three R01 grants from the National Institute of Child Health and Human Development on preventing relapse of destructive behavior using Behavioral Momentum Theory and Resurgence as Choice. He has helped to acquire and carry out over $10 million in federal grant funding.
 
 
Symposium #139
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of Derived Relational Responding in Diverse Contexts
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon I
Area: VBC/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Alexander Jenkins (Southern Illinois University-Carbondale)
Discussant: Timothy M. Weil (Tandem Behavioral Health & Wellness)
CE Instructor: Alexander Jenkins, Ph.D.
Abstract:

A wealth of empirical support exists for applications of derived relational responding (DRR) in diverse contexts. To date, however, limited research exists around the ways in which DRR fits into the societally-significant domain of gambling and monetary exchange. To that end, the present symposium seeks to explore how our own verbal behavior may come to occasion different patterns of gambling behavior, and shift preference as a function. Further, we aim to add to the growing body of literature around DRR by investigating monetary exchange via observational learning

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): DRR, Gambling, RFT
Target Audience:

intermediate

Learning Objectives: attendees will learn how to conceptualize derived relational responding in the context of gambling attendees will learn how observational learning may give rise to derived relational responding attendees will be able to describe the overarching nature of derived relational responding to less explored contexts and the way(s) in which verbal behavior interacts with other forms of behavior
 

Establishing Derived Equivalence Relations of Monetary Exchange via Observational Learning With Individuals With Autism

(Applied Research)
KWADWO O. BRITWUM (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Anne Sheerin (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The present study investigated whether two adults with Autism will demonstrate equivalence relations after observing each other demonstrate specific prerequisite conditional discriminations. Participants were taught in group context to perform relations between objects of particular value and a combination of dollar bills and coins equal to the value of the object (A1234B1234). Afterwards, participants were taught in the same group context to perform relations between combinations of money equal to the value of the objects (B), and a separate combination of dollar bills and coins that is equal to the value of B (B1234C1234). Each participant was trained on two separate class members while the other participant observed, (a) participant 1 (class members 1 &2), (b) participant 2 (class members 3&4). Post training probes revealed the emergence of equivalence relations between combinations of money and particular objects for all stimulus classes involved in direct training with each participant. Results provide some implications for the use of equivalence-based instructional programs with individuals with Autism in group context.

 
Verbal Behavior and Derived Preference in Gambling Tasks
(Applied Research)
LINDA MUCKEY (Southern Illinois University), Alexander Jenkins (Southern Illinois University-Carbondale), Benjamin Camp (Southern Illinois University-Carbondale), Dejan Milic (Southern Illinois University-Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The following series of experimental manipulations examines the emergence of derived relational responding in a simulated gambling environment. Prior to undergoing any relational training or other procedures, participants’ responses in a conditional discrimination procedure under several contextual stimuli (different colored backgrounds) were probed. Each of the four colored backgrounds were presented in randomized order with three stimuli presented inside the colored box. No feedback was provided. Participants then completed one 20-trial preference assessment comparing red and blue background slot machines and one 20-trial preference assessment comparing green and yellow background slot machines. Following preference assessments, participants underwent a three-phase conditional discrimination procedure. Participants were initially trained on the relational response of selecting the highest or best stimulus (1st place, $100, quarter) in the array in the context of the BLUE background. Feedback was provided in the form of awarding one point and a correct bell noise following the response. Mastery criterion was considered to be selecting the correct stimulus 10 times consecutively. Following training in BLUE context, selecting the lowest or worst stimulus (4th place, one dollar, penny) was reinforced in the RED context. Selecting the third best (3rd place, nickel, five dollar) stimulus was reinforced in the context of the GREEN background. No training was conducted for the YELLOW context. Responses in the YELLOW context were only probed before and after training. Participants responding towards each machine in the preference assessment was compared before and after relational training. All slot machines were on similar payout densities and reinforcement schedules. Results and implications will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #141
CE Offered: BACB
Scaling Mount Medicaid: Behavior Analysts' Role in Securing ABA Coverage
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 201
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates and TxABA Public Policy Group)
Discussant: John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services)
CE Instructor: John M. Guercio, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Many people who could benefit greatly from ABA services cannot gain access to them due to lack of financial resources and insurance. Medicaid funding of ABA services is one mechanism to enable financially and socially disadvantaged people to benefit from ABA services. The session will involve behavior analysts from 4 states discussing how behavior analysts have and could address public policy issues leading to state Medicaid programs funding ABA services. The activities and contributions of behavior analysts in 4 states will be presented. The sequences of events in each state differ, but some general strategy recommendations will be addressed. Audience participation will be encouraged.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Licensed Behavior Analysts and BCBAs/BCBA-Ds who are leaders in state behavior analysis organizations

 
Medicaid Coverage of ABA Services: Missouri and Illinois
JOHN M. GUERCIO (Benchmark Human Services)
Abstract: My section will cover both Missouri and Illinois Medicaid coverage of ABA services. The Missouri section of the talk will discuss how the Missouri autism waiver was eventually replaced with Missouri HealthNet coverage and how that process works now for individuals under the age of 18. The Illinois discussion will address some the provider definitions of who can provide behavioral services in the state of Illinois under the guise of Medicaid. There are some concerning issues here that are being addressed by the Illinois Association for behavior analysis that will be covered in detail.
 
Medicaid Coverage of ABA Services: Oklahoma
TIFFANIE MOORE (Blue Sprig Pediatrics)
Abstract: In September 2019, Centers of Medicare and Medicaid (CMS) approved a state plan amendment to add applied behavior analysis (ABA) coverage to SoonerCare (Oklahoma Medicaid) under Early Periodic Screening, Diagnostic and Treatment (EPSDT). This presentation aims to provide an overview of effective advocacy efforts, relevant legal cases, ongoing barriers and corresponding solutions for ABA treatment for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). This presentation will include a brief history of ABA coverage in Oklahoma, including establishment and involvement of the state licensure board and crucial stakeholders (i.e. parents, professionals, educators, and legislators) in ongoing advocacy efforts. The current status of ABA Medicaid coverage in Oklahoma will be discussed.
 
Medicaid Coverage of ABA Services: Texas
BERENICE DE LA CRUZ (PACED Behavior, LLC and TxABA Public Policy Group), Katherine Miriam Johnson-Patagoc (Texana Center and TxABA Public Policy Group), Jeffrey E. Dillen (Texana Center andTxABA Public Policy Group), Mariel C. Fernandez (Blue Sprig Pediatrics and TxABA Public Policy Group), Rany Thommen (ABA Today and TxABA Public Policy Group), Duy D. Le (Child Study Center and TxABA Public Policy Group), Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates and TxABA Public Policy Group)
Abstract: The Texas Association for Behavior Analysis, Public Policy Group (TxABA PPG) will share information on its history. The focus of the talk will be on how TxABA PPG organized grass roots efforts to positively affect the lives of children with autism and their families in Texas. These efforts first led to the passing of legislation for licensure of behaviors analysts. TxABA PPG continued efforts have more recently led to the State of Texas passing legislation for Medicaid coverage of ABA therapy for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). After the passing of this legislation, TxABA PPG continued to be involved in the roll out process by seeking stakeholders’ input and providing guidance to the State of Texas on the policies and procedures that impacted how the program was implemented. The final part of the presentation will report on the current status of Medical coverage of ABA for children with ASD in Texas.
 
Medicaid Coverage of ABA Services: Georgia
SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (Savannah State University)
Abstract: Effective January 1, 2018, Georgia’s Medicaid program began providing coverage for adaptive behavioral services for individuals under age 21 with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). Provision of services is not limited to BCBA/BCBA-Ds, but we are included among the professionals who may apply to the state to become an approved provider, along with licensed physicians and licensed psychologist; at this time, we do not have licensure for behavior analysts. Although they cannot be providers, BCaBAs and RBTs can provide services under the supervision of a provider, with a limit such that providers may supervise up to six BCaBAs or RBTs at any point in time. In this presentation I will cover how the introduction of this coverage this has impacted not only service provision in the state of Georgia, but also the Georgia Association of Behavior Analysis (GABA), educational opportunities for behavior analysis in Georgia, and interest in licensure for behavior analysts in our state.
 
 
Symposium #142
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission We ARE Acting to Save the World: Behavior Analysis Addresses Systems-Level Problems
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty N-P
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University)
Discussant: Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University)
CE Instructor: Sarah M. Richling, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Skinner (1987) stressed that acting to solve the world’s problems required changing the environment of which the problem-solving behavior is a function. In the ensuing decades since he called on behavior analysts to become more involved in system level change, the relevant environment did change – e.g., the introduction of new or stronger journals, organizations, researchers, grant programs, etc. – and behavior analysis matured into a discipline that now applies its theoretical and methodological approach to the remediation of social and cultural problems. This symposium presents a sample of current behavior analytic work addressing systems-level change, with presenters drawn from chapter authors of the forthcoming book Behavior science perspectives on culture and community (Mattaini & Cihon, Eds.). Presenters will discuss behavior analytic advances in promoting environmentally sustainable practices, moderating problematic climate change via both community organizing models and working with the corporate sector, fostering social justice through research and clinical practice, and engaging in activism and advocacy efforts to promote progressive social change. The four topics are interrelated with each other and, combined with discussant remarks and 20 minutes for audience questions, will offer a rich introduction or update to cutting edge applications of behavior analysis to saving the world

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Graduate students and professionals

 
Diversity submission 

Taking Our Seat at the Table: Behavior Analysis and the Advancement of Global Sustainability

BRETT GELINO (University of Kansas), Tyler Erath (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

The humans of today are among the most important to share the Earth. The efforts that lay ahead—reducing our carbon footprint, preserving our natural landscapes, drastically changing our resource consumption—are likely to yield outcomes we may never directly experience. Although technological ingenuity will be critical, efforts by behavioral scientists to encourage sustainable lifestyles will be among the leading means by which to proactively maintain Earth’s habitability. In this vein, behavior analysis has a rich history of work promoting sustainable living. We conducted a systematic review of behavior analytic research in sustainability using key phrases derived from leading climate and Earth science reports (e.g., Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change). We coded the resulting fifty-two empirical studies published across six primarily behavior analytic journals according to intervention methods and target behavior to reveal gaps in the existing literature. The goals of this presentation will thusly be to (a) summarize the efforts of behavior analysis to-date in the areas of sustainable living, (b) highlight areas for which empirical research is lacking, and (c) highlight areas where future behavior analysts can make the most meaningful contribution to advance global sustainability

 
Diversity submission 

Global Warming: Behavior Options Ahead As We Approach Two Degree Celsius Limit

MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (Praxis2LLC; University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Global warming (GW) will continue to accelerate unless exceptional efforts are taken soon to reduce carbon emissions and greenhouse gases. Increasingly dire consequences are apparent now across the globe. GW is a behavioral problem at its root -- a "super wicked problem" whose solutions seem unsolvable within the time available for action. A science of the behavior of individuals is relatively clear about the contingencies that influence individuals to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions and behavior analysis has made significant contributions to our understanding but has little impact on the problem, given the lack of evidence on strategies for influencing entire populations. This talk outlines a theoretical account of the behavior of individuals and the practices of organizations relevant to the trajectory ahead. The challenge for the behavioral science community is to identify, understand and manage the variables that will bring about massive, crucial changes in individual behavior and organizational action to prevent further warming or help prepare for what lies ahead. Prevention may be beyond behavior science community skill set, but successes in applications of behavior analysis suggest that this community may be orchestrated to address behaviors needed for adaptation to a warming planet and resilience during climate crises.

 
Diversity submission Creating Spaces for Social Justice
SHAHLA SUSAN ALA'I (University of North Texas)
Abstract: We are a collective of faculty and students in a community of practice designed to learn about social justice. Our disciplines are Applied Behavior Analysis, Women’s and Gender Studies, Applied Anthropology and Evolutionary Anthropology. Our personal identities are diverse and complicated. We gather formally about once a week to have conversations that are placed in the context of our daily lives and scholarship. In our conversations, we introduce and explore our conceptual, methodological and praxis perspectives. The conceptualizations we share are based within a fluid framework involving womanist, behaviorist and anthropological constructs. Our methods are participatory and include direct observation and qualitative strategies. The praxis is our daily effort, activism, and applied research. All these efforts have resulted in a collective shaping process that has progressed our understandings and actions in the realm of social justice. It is an uncomfortable and cherished space.
 
Diversity submission 

How Behavioral Scientists Find Their Global Voice: Activism, Advocacy, Accompaniment, and Policy Change

SARAH M. RICHLING (Auburn University), Jose Ardila (University of Nevada)
Abstract:

A wide array of populations and communities are trapped in complex, multi-level systems of interlocked behaviors that offer no clear path toward dignity and social justice. The impact behavior analysts can have with progressive social change is enhanced through the strategic adoption of three key repertoires: activism, advocacy, and accompaniment (AAA) and a thorough analysis of evidence-based policy change efforts. Understood as value-oriented practices whose effects are primarily observed at the systems level, activist activities involve building knowledge about issues impacting various social communities and engaging in on-going efforts to improve the quality of life on a large scale. Advocacy and accompaniment actions are functionally related to these values, which are discrete plans of action with specific operationalized outcomes. AAA efforts may be enhanced with support from the behavior analytic community, armed with evidence-based strategies that effectively produce policy change, and more importantly, improvements to quality of life for society at large. In this presentation we provide a conceptual analysis of social change efforts and provide suggestions for establishing systemic behavioral change as an aggregate product of the behavior analytic community.

 
 
Symposium #143
CE Offered: BACB
Basic, Translational, and Reverse-Translational Research on Resurgence and Reinstatement
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 3/4
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Carolyn Ritchey (Auburn University)
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
CE Instructor: Carolyn Ritchey, M.S.
Abstract:

Effective interventions for socially significant problem behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injury) may be susceptible to treatment relapse. Resurgence and reinstatement are laboratory models of relapse which may occur following treatments for problem behavior arranging alternative sources of reinforcement. Resurgence occurs when reducing or eliminating reinforcement for an alternative response increases a previously reinforced and then extinguished response. Reinstatement refers to the reoccurrence of a target response following the presentation of stimuli that previously maintained that response. Both forms of relapse can threaten the long-term success of clinical interventions. Research on resurgence and reinstatement may facilitate the development of methods to better understand and mitigate these types of treatment relapse. This symposium comprises four presentations on resurgence and reinstatement. Kaitlyn Browning will present a reverse-translational study examining the effects of alternative-response discrimination training on resurgence in rats. Amanda Miles will discuss the effects of presenting conditioned reinforcers while extinguishing an alternative response on resurgence in pigeons. Carolyn Ritchey will present a human operant study evaluating the effects of training history on resurgence and variability. Finally, Ashley Bagwell will present the results of a series of translational studies examining reinstatement of responding in non-clinical populations and individuals with developmental disabilities.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): reinstatement, resurgence, translational research, treatment relapse
 

Repeated Resurgence With Conditioned Reinforcement

(Basic Research)
AMANDA MILES (West Virginia University), Brian R. Katz (West Virginia University), Anthony Oliver (University of Vermont; West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Resurgence, transient increase in previously reinforced responses after eliminating alternative reinforcement, is an indication of behavioral flexibility under changing conditions. Prior experiments showed delivery of either reinforcers or their associated stimuli (conditioned reinforcers) while extinguishing alternative responses decreases resurgence magnitude. However, these associated stimuli were not shown to function as conditioned reinforcers. Thus, the present experiment aimed to identify stimuli that functioned as conditioned reinforcers and then determine if their presentation mitigated resurgence. Four experimentally naïve male White Carneau pigeons were exposed to a repeated within-session resurgence procedure (Cook & Lattal, 2019). In each session responses in the Alternative Reinforcement phase were reinforced under a variable-ratio (VR) 40 schedule with presentation of food and a blue light. In Resurgence Test phases food delivery was omitted, but a light still was presented on the same VR-40 schedule. On even-numbered sessions the blue light was used, whereas on odd-numbered sessions a novel orange light was used. For all pigeons a greater magnitude of resurgence was observed during odd-numbered sessions. Further, higher rates of alternative responding during even-numbered sessions indicated that the blue light did function as a conditioned reinforcer. Therefore, presentation of conditioned reinforcers while extinguishing an alternative response does mitigate resurgence.

 
Examination of Alternative-Response Discrimination Training on Resurgence in Rats
(Basic Research)
KAITLYN BROWNING (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract: Resurgence is an increase in a previously suppressed behavior following a worsening of conditions for a more recently reinforced alternative behavior. Given the clinical relevance of resurgence, many have assessed procedures that may be used to mitigate resurgence. For example, Fuhrman, Fisher, and Greer (2016) showed that, following alternative-response discrimination training, presentation of a stimulus that signaled the unavailability of alternative reinforcement (S-) eliminated resurgence. In a reverse-translational experiment, we aimed to replicate and extend these findings in rats. Following baseline in which the target response was reinforced, rats received discrimination training in which the alternative response produced food in one component of a multiple schedule (S+) and was on extinction in the second (S-), while target responding was placed on extinction in both. In the final phase, resurgence of target responding was assessed in both components by removing alternative reinforcement in the S+ component. Resurgence occurred at comparable rates in both components. One potentially important difference between the current study and Fuhrman et al. is that they tested only in the presence of the S- whereas we tested for resurgence in both S+ and S-. Additional experiments designed to examine this difference will be discussed.
 
Examining Effects of Training History on Humans’ Resurgence and Variability Using a Novel Touchscreen Procedure
(Basic Research)
CAROLYN RITCHEY (Auburn University), Yuto Mizutani (Aichi Gakuin University), Toshikazu Kuroda (Aichi Bunkyo University), Shawn Patrick Gilroy (Louisiana State University), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University)
Abstract: Using a novel touchscreen interface, this study assessed the degree to which the duration of training a target response influenced resurgence of target responding versus inducing general variability. University students were randomly assigned to one of three groups in which they could swipe an animated 3D soccer ball to spin any angle. Phase 1 began with a 3-min (Group Long) or 1-min (Group Short) period during which stars equaling 5 cents were presented contingent upon every target response falling within ±22.5 degrees of the first swipe. Group None completed Phase 1 after a single unreinforced swipe, comprising no training history. Phase 2 followed for all groups with a 3-min period during which every alternative swipe, 180-degrees from the target-swipe direction (±22.5 degrees), produced reinforcers. During testing in Phase 3, all reinforcer deliveries ceased during the last 2-min period. For all groups in Phase 3, target and non-target responding increased from the end of Phase 2. Several findings were consistent with previous research: (1) Longer training history produced higher levels of target responding during testing; (2) Phase-3 target responding was positively correlated with training response rates; and (3) increases in target responding did not exceed increases on controls, indicating extinction-induced variability.
 
Translational Evaluations of Reinstatement of Responding: Reinstating Effects of Previously Neutral Stimuli
(Applied Research)
ASHLEY BAGWELL (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Andrea Ramirez-Cristoforo (The University of Texas at Austin), Fabiola Vargas Londono (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: Reinstatement is a type of relapse that involves the recurrence of responding during response-independent delivery of reinforcing stimuli following extinction. It has been suggested that the mechanism responsible for reinstatement involves the taking on of discriminative stimulus properties by reinforcing stimuli. We will present data from a series of studies that focus on relapse in the form of reinstatement across several translational experimental preparations including arrangements with (a) non-clinical responses with non-clinical populations that served as analogues to clinical situations in which there may be a risk of reinstatement of problem behavior and (b) reinstatement of problem behavior exhibited by individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. Specifically, we evaluated the effects of response independent provision of previously neutral stimuli following extinction in which reinforcing stimuli were withheld. Our results showed (a) reinstatement is an effect that may represent a challenge to treatment with regard to clinical relapse in the form of recurrence of problem behavior and (b) factors other than the discriminative properties of reinforcing stimuli may contribute to reinstatement of responding. Results will be discussed both in terms of potential clinical implications as well as possible future directions in translational and applied research contexts.
 
 
Symposium #145
CE Offered: BACB
Caregiver Training: An Integral Component of Behavior-Analytic Service Delivery
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence A-C
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Emily L. Baxter (Syracuse University)
Discussant: William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Emily L. Baxter, M.S.
Abstract:

In order for behavior-analytic treatments to be maximally effective, caregiver training (e.g., parents, teachers) is necessary. This symposium will describe four studies examining methods for assessing variables related to poor caregiver performance and strategies for training caregivers to implement behavioral interventions. The first study describes an evaluation of the psychometric properties of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services, designed to assess the environmental determinants of poor staff performance. The second study will present data examining the utility of a self-instructional manual for training special-education teachers and graduate students in behavior analysis to select appropriate prompting strategies. The third presentation describes a study evaluating methods for training staff to implement task analyses with high levels of fidelity. Finally, the fourth presentation will describe a randomized controlled trial assessing the effects of a manualized parent-training program targeting high-frequency challenging behaviors displayed by children with autism spectrum disorder. Training caregivers to become effective treatment agents is an integral part of behavior-analytic service delivery and each presentation will provide thoughtful insights on the topic. To end, the discussant will review the collective findings and provide directions for future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): caregiver training, parent training, staff training, treatment integrity
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium will be students, researchers, and practitioners that are interested in caregiver training.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the clinical and social significance of caregiver training; (2) describe environmental variables related poor staff performance; (3) summarize at least one research-based strategy for training caregivers.
 
Further Evaluation of the Reliability and Validity of a Staff Performance Assessment Tool
(Service Delivery)
DANIEL J CYMBAL (Florida Tech)
Abstract: Behavior analysts have recently developed informant-based tools to assess the variables responsible for poor staff performance. One such tool, the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services (PDC-HS), has been shown to be useful. However, empirical evaluation of the tool’s reliability and validity has been limited. Wilder, Lipschultz, Gehrman, Ertel, & Hodges (2019) found that the PDC-HS was largely valid and reliable when participants scored assessment-based videos depicting a staff performance problem. However, one limitation of this study was the degree to which the staff performance problem depicted in the video accurately represented the complexity of real-world staff problems. The present study extends Wilder et al., utilizing the same experimental framework but with performance problem scripts drawn from actual answers given by supervisors in the field. We collected data from 21 staff participants at varying levels of education and experience working at behavior-analytic therapy sites. Each participant scored three different videos with varying performance problems twice, and these responses provided the basis for calculations of validity, interrater reliability and test-retest reliability. Results suggest that the tool was generally valid and reliable, but differences between the results of Wilder et al. and the current study are apparent. Recommendations for future research are provided.
 
Training Teachers and Graduate Students to Evaluate and Select Prompting Strategies for Their Students
(Service Delivery)
LANDON COWAN (University of Houston- Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), KALLY M LUCK (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Megan Skrbec (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Amber Prell (University of Houston- Clear Lake)
Abstract: An extensive literature base has demonstrated the successful application of various response prompts and prompt-fading procedures when teaching students with developmental and intellectual disabilities. However, few practical resources exist to guide special-education teachers and clinicians in the evaluation and selection of prompting strategies for individual students and specific skills. We used a multiple baseline across participants design to evaluate the efficacy of a self-instructional manual for training special-education teachers and graduate students in behavior analysis to select appropriate prompting strategies to use with students across a variety of skills. Participants included eleven teachers and five graduate students. Results indicated that the self-instructional manual was effective for improving their evaluation, selection, and implementation of appropriate response prompts and five different prompt-fading strategies. Results have implications for the development of decision-making tools to guide teachers and clinicians in the selection of interventions for learners. Keywords: Prompts, prompt fading, prompting strategy, special education, teacher training, manualization, self-instruction
 
Increasing and Maintaining Procedural Integrity Using a Brief Video Model
(Service Delivery)
BRANDI TODARO (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University ), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Treatment integrity is an important variable in delivering effective ABA services. Common components of caregiver training include didactic instruction, video modeling, and role play. Mueller et al. (2003) conducted a study in which different training packages were used to train parents to implement feeding protocols. They suggest that little research has been conducted with people who are naïve to the field. The current study sought to examine ways of effectively training new staff to implement a task analysis with a high degree of treatment integrity. Participants were recruited among new hires to the New England Center for Children. A multiple baseline design across a dyad of teachers was used to examine the effects of implementing two types of training procedures, didactic instruction and video modeling. One training procedure was implemented for six training sessions and then the other for an additional six training sessions. Data have been collected for a total of four dyads. Both methods improved integrity and exposure to a second training method further improved integrity. Interobserver agreement data were collected on treatment integrity in a minimum of 33% of each condition and total agreement averaged above 85%.
 
Developing a Behavioral Parent-Training Program Specific to High-Frequency Maladaptive Behaviors in Autism Spectrum Disorders
(Service Delivery)
EMILY L. BAXTER (SUNY Upstate Medical University; Syracuse University), William Sullivan (Upstate Medical University), Avery Albert (Syracuse University), Nicole M. DeRosa (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Kevin Antshel (Syracuse University), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Manualized parent-training protocols (e.g., the Incredible Years) are available to parents whose children engage in problematic behaviors. These protocols typically utilize an eclectic range of therapeutic strategies. To date, however, there has not been a manualized parent-training protocol that exclusively utilizes behavior analytic-based techniques to address problematic behaviors common among children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). We examined the efficacy of a 6-week, focused parent training intervention across 38 parents of children with ASD. Parents were randomized into either a behavioral parent training or an active control intervention. A variety of outcome measures were used to examine the effects of the intervention at baseline, the conclusion of treatment, and at a 6-month follow-up. The primary outcome measure was the Clinical Global Impression-Improvement (CGI-I) scale administered by an Independent Evaluator (IE) who was unaware of treatment assignment. The CGI-I scale score reflected the IE’s assessment of overall improvement from baseline to endpoint. Differences in improvement were found between groups. In the control group, 22.2% of families improved significantly, compared to the treatment group, of which 62% of families improved significantly. Results will be discussed in relation to other manualized parent-training protocols, and directions for future research will be presented.
 
 
Symposium #146
CE Offered: BACB
Different Applications and Outcomes of Preference Assessments With College Students and Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202B
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Faris Rashad Kronfli (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Faris Rashad Kronfli, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will include presentations on research related to the application and outcomes of various preference assessments. First, researchers will present a series of studies looking at choice among a series of outcomes. Specifically, researchers evaluated a) the likelihood that college students would exhibit a negative time preference (i.e., save the best for last) among hypothetical choices and b) the correspondence between preference outcomes when choices were hypothetical and real. Second, researchers will present a comparison of a) preference for conversation topics using vocal and multiple-stimulus-without-replacement preference assessments and b) how the results of these preference assessments correspond to reinforcer assessments among individuals diagnosed with ASD who have complex vocal-verbal repertoires. Third, researchers will present data evaluating if a) topographically similar, healthier foods can be used as substitutes for less healthy foods that are commonly used as reinforcers and b) determine if preference rank for the healthy alternatives predict this substitution among individuals diagnosed with ASD. Implications for interventions and future research will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, college students, preference assessment
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Students in undergraduate or graduate behavior analysis programs, Registered Behavior Technicians

 
When Do We Save the Best for Last? Outcome Category as Predictor of Time Preference in Sequences
(Basic Research)
MARIANA I. CASTILLO (UMBC), Shuyan Sun (UMBC), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract: Generally, immediate outcomes are preferred to delayed outcomes, and in economics, this is referred to as positive time preference. If positive preference is normative, when asked to schedule a set of outcomes, people should typically prefer to start with the best outcome, and end with the worst. Several studies have shown that when a choice is among a sequence of outcomes, people typically exhibit negative time preference (i.e., saving the best for last - STBFL). We conducted a series of studies looking at predictors of time preference in sequences. In Study 1 we surveyed 192 college students about their preference for the order in which they would experience hypothetical outcomes with sequences of categorically-different outcomes (e.g., noxious stimuli, food, exercise, school work, leisure). A significantly smaller percentage of participants STBFL relative to prior studies, but the percentage was highest when sequences involved noxious stimuli or food. In Study 2 we examined the correspondence between 8 college students’ preference for the order in which they would experience sequences of categorically-different outcomes when those were hypothetical versus real. Participants were most likely to STBFL with noxious stimuli when those were real, and least likely to STBFL when scheduling real or hypothetical exercises.
 

Identifying Preference for and Reinforcing Efficacy of Conversation Topics Among Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
FARIS RASHAD KRONFLI (University of Florida), Samuel L. Morris (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Failure to consider preferred conversation topics when working with individuals who have complex vocal-verbal behavior might create aversive learning contexts when teaching social skills. For example, an individual learning to join a conversation might be less inclined to participate if the topic chosen is not preferred. However, commonly used preference assessment procedures might not be appropriate given the functioning level of the individual. Therefore, the purpose of the current experiment was to replicate and extend previous research by comparing preference for conversation topics using a self-report measure, a multiple-stimulus-without-replacement (MSWO) preference assessment, and a reinforcer assessment. High levels of correspondence between self-report, MSWO, and reinforcer assessment hierarchies were observed with four out of six subjects, whereas only the self-report or MSWO hierarchy had a high degree of correspondence with the reinforcer assessment hierarchy for the other two out of six subjects. Implications for interventions when teaching complex social skills and directions for future research are discussed.

 

Substitutability of Healthier Alternatives for Edible Reinforcers in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
SARAH CATHERINE WEINSZTOK (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Kissel Joseph Goldman (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Pediatric nutrition and weight status was listed as a primary focus of the Healthy People 2020 report. Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may be especially vulnerable to nutritional deficits; these individuals may exhibit selective or restrictive eating habits and might often receive edible reinforcers within the context of early intervention services. Selective eating repertoires can lead to overweight, obesity and/or nutritional deficits. One way to combat overweight and obesity through nutrition is to replace unhealthy foods with healthier substitutes. Therefore, the purposes of this study were: (1) to determine if topographically similar, but healthier, alternatives would substitute for less healthy foods commonly used as reinforcers, and (2) determine if preference rank for the alternatives predicts this substitution. Preferred foods and healthier alternatives were first ranked through paired-stimulus preference assessments. The most highly preferred snack food was then examined in a concurrent progressive-ratio assessment against both its formally similar alternative, and the most highly preferred alternative foods. The purpose of this assessment was to determine which, if any, healthier alternatives functioned as substitutes for the preferred snack foods. Alternatives were considered substitutes if responding shifted towards the healthier alternative as the behavioral cost to access the preferred food increased. Results show that some healthier, formally similar, alternatives readily substitute for highly preferred foods. Implications for interventions to increase nutritional status among individuals with autism are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #147
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Fostering a Researcher-Practitioner Model in Autism Intervention in China: Two Study Examples
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 102
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Chengan Yuan (Arizona State University)
Discussant: Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa)
CE Instructor: Matthew O'Brien, Ph.D.
Abstract:

There exists a continuous discussion on the role of research training for applied behavior analysis practitioners in their professional development (Critchfield, 2015). However, practitioners who work in applied settings often have limited access to research training and participation. This is especially the case for practitioners located in China. Isolating practitioners from research may lead to a lack of updated evidence on the intervention that practitioners expect to undertake and result in selecting an intervention that may be less effective (Kelly et al, 2015). Training practitioners to embed research in their intervention may lead to their increased awareness of research, critical analysis of existing studies, and empirical contribution to the behavioral literature. In this symposium, the presenters will discuss two studies using different research methodologies to demonstrate how to actively involve practitioners in China in rigorous applied research to help improving intervention efficacy for their clients with autism and solving clinically significant problems based on empirical evidence.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, China, Researcher-Practitioner
Target Audience:

Graduates, researchers, and practitioners in the field of behavior analysis

 

Effects of a Group Contingency on Reciprocal Conversation and Social Preference of Children With Autism

LIQI CHEN (Jingdezhen Kindkids Autism Rehabilitation and Training Center), Chengan Yuan (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism often have difficulties initiating and maintaining reciprocal conversations with others. Among the few studies that examined reciprocal conversations with children with autism, Koegel, Park, and Koegel (2014) proposed a reciprocal conversational framework that include the basic components that may facilitate continued conversational exchanges. In this study, we used an interdependent group contingency to improve reciprocal conversation responses of children with autism based on Koegel et al. framework. We paired the children with autism as conversational partners. Given that the interdependent group contingency may also promote cooperation and interaction between children (Smith et al. 2019), we further assessed children’s social preference through their choices between spending time with their peers or by themselves. In a multiple baseline design, we found that the group contingency immediately produced independent reciprocal conversation responses and increased preference for peers across all participants. In addition, the framework allowed children to sustain their conversation. Improvements were further maintained even after the group contingency was removed and novel peers were introduced. Practitioners in China implemented the study and participated in data collection. Verbal reports from the practitioners further indicate that they plan to include this intervention during their daily behavioral interventions.

 

Improving Delayed Recall of Children With Autism Through Instruction on Rehearsal Strategy and Reinforcement

LANQI WANG (University of Iowa), Chengan Yuan (Arizona State University), Qing Zhang (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

Challenges in delayed recall of events and stimuli are common in individuals with autism (Naoi, Yokoyama, & Yamamoto, 2007). However, few studies have evaluated the interventions that can improve recall with children with autism. Previous studies have found that individuals who used a rehearsal strategy during the delay are more likely to recall past stimuli than those who do not rehearse the recall (e.g., Bebko, Rhee, Ncube, & Dahary, 2017). This study is to examine if teaching rehearsal strategy to children with autism and providing reinforcement for recall would improve their delayed recall. Children with autism will be randomly assigned into three groups: control, rehearsal, and rehearsal + reinforcement groups. Thus, we will also assess if reinforcement for the correct recalls is necessary to improve participants’ performance. Practitioners will participate in this study as instructors who will implement the procedure and collect data. In addition, they will also collect data on treatment fidelity and interobserver agreement of each other. We will discuss fostering the role of researcher-practitioner during this presentation. Data collection will start in November 2019 and be completed by January 2020.

 
 
Panel #149
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Challenges and Solutions in Delivering ABA Services to Underserved Communities Across Various Cultural and Socioeconomic Backgrounds
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Fumi Horner, Ph.D.
Chair: Oswaldo Ochoa (Bloom Behavioral Health)
FUMI HORNER (Behavioral Perspective, Inc.)
MAGGI CARDENAS (Behavioral Perspective, Inc.)
MARI URAMOTO (Children Center Inc.)
Abstract:

Estimated 75,000 board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs) are needed in order to support the growing need for behavior analytic services in the United States (Hartley et. al., 2016) with only 32,000 current BCBAs (Behavior Analysis Certification Board, 2018). The United States employment demand for Behavior Analysts from 2010 to 2019 found that increases were observed for each state from 2010 (BACB, 2019). Furthermore, there are many other countries, such as Japan, where there are simply not enough behavioral service providers to serve people with developmental disabilities. With such rapid increases in the demand for ABA services within US and possibly even more in other countries, how can the field of Behavior Analysis and organizations work together to provide the services for people with varying socioeconomic and cultural backgrounds? How can we modify our traditional service delivery to better-accommodate to their various needs or level of resources? The panelists will discuss how behavior analytic services in the above-mentioned areas can be implemented and their experience on delivering services across socioeconomic and cultural backgrounds.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Business owners, managerial level BCBAs

Learning Objectives: Learn some strategies on how to individualize ABA service delivery to families with various cultural and socioeconomic backgrounds. Learn an application and some limitations of adapting English-written language curriculum using Discrete Trial Instruction in Japanese. Learn ethical considerations and cultural competency when providing services in foreign countries with limited funding for ABA services.
Keyword(s): cultural competency, developmental disabilities, service delivery, underserved communities
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #151
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
About Reward
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, Ballroom AB
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
CE Instructor: Carla H. Lagorio, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: WOLFRAM SCHULTZ (University of Cambridge)
Abstract:

The talk will describe the properties of neurons in the brain’s reward systems and how their action contributes to economic decision-making. Each of several reward systems, including the dopamine neurons, striatum, amygdala and orbitofrontal cortex, play a unique role in these processes. The details of this function are currently being investigated using designs based on behavioral theories, such as animal learning theory, machine learning and economic utility theory.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Anyone interested in brain processes.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define reward; (2) explain the function of rewards; (3) explain how we make economic decisions; (4) discuss how the brain processes rewards; (5) explain how reward processes go wrong.
 
WOLFRAM SCHULTZ (University of Cambridge)

Wolfram Schultz is a graduate in medicine from the University of Heidelberg. After postdoctoral stays in Germany, USA and Sweden, and a faculty position in Switzerland, he works currently at the University of Cambridge. He combines behavioural, neurophysiological and neuroimaging techniques to investigate the neural mechanisms of rlearning, goal-directed behaviour and economic decision making. He uses behavioural concepts from animal learning theory and economic decision theories to study the neurophysiology and neuroimaging of reward and risk in individual neurons and in specific brain regions, including the dopamine system, striatum, orbitofrontal cortex and amygdala.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #152
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Diversity submission The First Carbon Based Valley to Create Community, Social and Sustainability: Using Behavior Sciences for Population Level Change
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty I-L
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Thomas G. Szabo, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: DENNIS EMBRY (PAXIS Institute)
Abstract:

The Wright Brothers first powered flight by a human lasted 12 seconds in 1903. A year later—using processes of variation, testing in the real world, and selection—the Wright brothers had an airplane that flew for 90 minutes—an improvement of 450 times. Today, a Boeing 787 Dreamliner—my favorite aircraft with nearly 3 million air miles between American, United and the deceased Pan Am in my life—can fly straight up during takeoff and fly from New York to Sydney non-stop. The aircraft improved a million times over since the first powered flight, and a result of continuous variation, testing and selection.

Applied Behavior Analysis, as conceived by Don Baer, Mont Wolf, and Todd Risley, was a technical methodology to achieve greater good that philosophers of many stripes posited. The contingencies of reinforcement on behavior analysts, determine how well and thoughtful the behavioral technology gets selected to achieve the vision conceived my dissertation advisors.

Reading through the older Journals of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), it is clear that many of the second-generation grad students, like me, were thinking and testing ABA for improving all manner social and behavioral ills. If you flip through those JABA’s, you can find all sorts of studies that could have been turned into commercial, real-world products and services that could have made an enormous beneficial change in our precious blue water and green jewel in space and for its inhabitants. That said, most of the contingencies, were and still are, for publications and grants, rather than real-world change. Outside of that, today, the major employment is for behavioral specialists working with children with Autism or other disorders.

Only a few ABA “products” are true large-scale enterprises, one of those being the PAX Good Behavior Game® and Triple P Parenting both touching millions of people. Both PAX GBG and Triple P have deep roots in the original science, but are both sold, trained, and supported around the world to very diverse customers.

My talk is about how to build the First Carbon Based Valley of behavioral scientists (mimicking the Silicon Valley) to develop, test and disseminate practical, proven, cost-effective strategies rooted in behavioral science to be scaled up, sold, implemented well with sustainable effects on human wellbeing for whole populations—not just private practice clients or persons with diagnoses. I will use examples of the population-level strategies I’ve built my career on: working with Sesame Street, Implementing a National Safety Program in New Zealand, state-level multiple baseline on tobacco control, parenting interventions, mission readiness involving military families, reducing county-wide meth use, and, of course, the Good Behavior Game. All of this has been done in the context of a for-profit business engaging in continuous improvement based on the principles of applied behavior analysis.

My call to the audience is to create the First Carbon Valley—linking early career and established career behavioral scientists to better the world with commercialized, continuously-proven behavioral science. I am willing to help start and support this effort, which we have already begun to do informally.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. 

 
DENNIS EMBRY (PAXIS Institute)

Dennis D. Embry received his Ph.D. from the University of Kansas, focused on using ABA for population-level efforts with Sesame Street and the AAA Foundation for Traffic Safety—ultimately implementing that work throughout New Zealand. Dr. Embry is president/senior scientist at PAXIS Institute in Tucson, and co-investigator at both Johns Hopkins Center for Prevention and the Manitoba Centre for Health Policy.  Founded in 1998, PAXIS Institute is an international prevention science company, focused on preventing mental, emotional, behavioral and related physical disorders at population-level. He is a SAMHSA/CMHS National Advisory Council member, the board of the National Federation of Families for Children’s Mental Health, and the scientific advisory board of the Children’s Mental Health Network. In the 1990s, he implemented the first RCT at population-level to reduce youth violence (PeaceBuilders) using ABA principles. In 1999, he began replicating the longitudinal Hopkin’s studies of the Good Behavior Game. Today Dr. Embry’s prevention efforts affecting more than one million children in 38 states, multiple provinces of Canada, and EU countries with multiple studies showing population-level reduction of mental, emotional, and behavioral disorders using PAX GBG and evidence-base kernels. As grad student, Dr. Baer (his advisor) asked Dennis why he wanted to study ABA having a political and history background, the answer: “I want to use science to make our world a better place for children.”

 
 
Symposium #154
CE Offered: BACB
Methodological Research in Applied Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon G
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: SungWoo Kahng, Ph.D.
Abstract:

One of the strengths of applied behavior analysis is its reliance on strong methodology. We develop systematic methods of measuring data, which we will summarize in a graphical manner. We then rely on visual analysis of these data to determine treatment efficacy as well as guide our decision making. Finally, we have additional observers concurrently collect data so that we can calculate interobserver agreement to confirm the consistency of our data collection. This process leads to the objective and precise measurement and evaluation of our data, which allows us to have confidence in our assessment and treatment outcomes. This symposium will (a) review our visual analysis practice in research, (b) examine a novel method of using simulation modeling analyses to determine statistical significance of single-case data, and (c) evaluate how often it may be necessary to calculate interobserver agreement. These presentations will highlight state of the art research on methodological issues related to practice and research in applied behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): interobserver agreement, methodology, visual analysis
Target Audience:

Advanced behavior analysts

 
A Review of Visual Analysis Reporting Procedures in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis
KATIE WOLFE (University of South Carolina), Meka McCammon (University of South Carolina)
Abstract: Most studies in applied behavior analysis use single-case research (SCR) methodology to examine causal relations between variables. In SCR, visual analysis is the primary method by which data are evaluated to determine the presence or absence of causal relations. However, a growing body of research suggests that visual analysis may be unreliable under many circumstances (e.g., Wolfe, Seaman, & Drasgow, 2016). One reason for this lack of reliability may be the absence of clear procedures for conducting visual analysis (Barton, Meadan, & Fettig, 2019), which may contribute to inconsistent interpretation of data across analysts. The purpose of this study is to review recent SCR designs published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (2014 – 2018) to provide a descriptive analysis of 1) the prevalence of SCR, 2) the types of SCR designs used, 3) visual analysis procedures reported by authors, and 4) conclusions drawn by authors as a result of their visual analysis. Preliminary results indicate that SCR designs make up the vast majority of articles published in JABA, with multiple baseline and multiple treatment designs being the most common designs used. Full results, which may inform future research and reporting standards for visual analysis, will be discussed.
 
Comparison of Visual Analysis Outcomes and Simulation Modeling Analysis Outcomes in A-B Designs
SCOTT SPARROW (University of Kansas), Bertilde U Kamana (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas), Nicole Kanaman (University of Kansas)
Abstract: We used behavioral skills training and on-the job feedback (Parsons, Rollyson, & Reid, 2012) to increase staff use of four “healthy behavioral practices” (e.g., provide positive interactions, provide effective instruction) in 18 homes and programs serving adults with disabilities. Due to various logistical aspects, we used an AB design (baseline and intervention conditions) across the 18 homes and programs and the four practices to determine the effects of our intervention. Visual analysis outcomes suggested increases in correct staff behavior from baseline to the intervention phase across homes and programs, as well as across practices in many instances. As an additional evaluation of our effects, we conducted statistical analyses of these data using simulation modeling analyses (SMA; Borckartdt et al., 2008), which allows clinical researchers to determine the statistical significance of single-subject data. We compared the outcomes of SMA to visual analysis of the AB design data for data sets in which visual analysis suggested a clear outcome. This allowed us to determine the degree to which visual analysis and the outcome of the SMA matched (i.e., showed a true positive or true negative outcome). Overall, most results suggested true positive or true negative outcomes across the two analyses.
 
Interobserver Agreement: How Much is Enough?
Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Noor Javed (Kennedy Kreiger Institute), MOLLY K BEDNAR (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Madeleine Guell (Johns Hopkins University), Erin Schaller (Little Leaves Behavioral Services), Rose Nevill (University of Virginia), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Abstract: The collection of data that are reliable and valid is critical to applied behavior analysis (e.g., Kazdin, 1977; Kennedy, 2005). Although there are guidelines for selecting the most appropriate measure of interobserver agreement (IOA), there is little empirical support to guide how much IOA is needed overall. Current guidelines suggest that IOA be calculated for 20%-33% of sessions (e.g., Kennedy, 2005; Poling et al., 1995); however, practical limitations may influence the actual percentage of sessions that a second observer is available. The purpose of the current study was to provide preliminary guidelines for determining the optimal amount of IOA to report by simulating various percentages of overall IOA. Data from multielement FAs of inpatients (N= 100) were used, and the total number of sessions with IOA for each participant was subsequently manipulated such that 30%, 25%, 15% and 10% IOA could be calculated and compared using statistical analyses. Results suggested that no significant differences in IOA were obtained at the total IOA cutoffs simulated; however, the IOA scores were sensitive to response rate and varied depending on the type of IOA evaluated.
 
 
Panel #155
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Risky Business Reboot: Ethics, Interventions, and Consultation in the Area of Sexuality
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon H
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Sorah Stein, M.A.
Chair: Robin Moyher (George Mason University)
SORAH STEIN (Partnership for Behavior Change)
FRANK R. CICERO (Seton Hall University)
DANI PIZZELLA (Special School District of St Louis County)
Abstract:

The field of behavior analysis acknowledges our responsibility to ethically provide services that support the autonomy of and maximize reinforcement for our clients, while also maximizing benefit to the community at large. Perhaps in no arena is this responsibility more pertinent than in that of sexual behavior. Cognizance around ethical issues as well as potential legal implications is of highest importance, especially in situations in which our clients have developmental disabilities. This panel will serve as a sounding board for common issues faced in the field as behavior analysts who address potential behavior change surrounding sexual behavior. Panelists will provide anecdotal information to inform best practices, surrounding the ethics of consultation and intervention, and the ethical considerations of each. Past Risky Business panels will serve as a brief touchpoint for this panel, as our panelists continue to bring us new and relevant information in the realm of sexual behavior.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs and BCaBAs

Learning Objectives: not required for BACB CEUs
Keyword(s): developmental disabilities, ethics, sexual behavior
 
 
Symposium #157
CE Offered: BACB
EAHB Distinguished Contributions Award: Celebrating the Contributions of Dr. Timothy D. Hackenberg
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 1/2
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory
Chair: Stephanie Jimenez (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown)
Discussant: Adam E. Fox (St. Lawrence University)
CE Instructor: Kathryn M. Kestner, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group invites you to formally recognize the contributions of Dr. Timothy Hackenberg, whose extensive research career has shed much light on the complexities of human behavior. A colleague of Dr. Hackenberg will reflect on his many contributions toward advancing our understanding of complex human behavior and Dr. Hackenberg will subsequently deliver an address on a topic of his choosing. Please join us to celebrate the contributions of Dr. Timothy Hackenberg.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Animal Behavior, EAB, EAHB, Human Operant
Target Audience:

Graduate students and professionals

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) explain the importance of species continuity to a science of behavior, (2) identify procedural differences which may be responsible for our inability to generalize important findings from non-human animals to humans, and (3) define and describe the importance of functional calibration.
 

Of Pigeons and People: Some Thoughts on Cross-Species Comparisons of Behavior

TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Reed College)
Abstract:

A starting point for the experimental analysis of human behavior is that of species continuity, of core principles that apply broadly across the animal kingdom, including humans. This continuity assumption has paid off handsomely, revealing impressive generalities across species. But important differences between humans and other animals have been reported as well. What to make of such differences? Are they best regarded as qualitative (differences in kind) or quantitative (differences in degree)? Unfortunately, due to procedural differences, it has proven difficult to compare humans and other animals on a level playing field. A level playing field requires some means of functional calibration, evaluating the procedures against known behavioral yardsticks (e.g., reinforcer immediacy, probability, amount, and so on). I will illustrate this approach with some research from my lab on cross-species analysis of choice in pigeons and humans. We have found that reducing procedural differences brings the choice patterns of the two species into greater accord, suggesting that at least some of the human-animal differences reported in the literature may reflect procedural differences rather than more fundamental differences in behavioral process. With procedures matched on important functional characteristics, genuine species differences can be separated from procedural differences.

 
Celebrating the Continued Contributions to EAHB of Dr. Timothy Hackenberg
KATHRYN M. KESTNER (West Virginia University), J. Adam Bennett (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Please join us as we present the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior SIG Distinguished Contributions Award to Dr. Timothy Hackenberg. Dr. Hackenberg’s intellectual ancestry includes two previous recipients of the award. Dr. Hackenberg received his Ph.D. from Temple University in 1987 under the mentorship of Dr. Philip Hineline, and he then continued his training with Dr. Travis Thompson as a postdoctoral trainee at the University of Minnesota. Dr. Hackenberg spent almost 20 years at the University of Florida and is now a Professor of Psychology at Reed College. He has contributed greatly to the advancement of the science of behavior; for instance, his work on choice and conditioned reinforcement in humans and other animals laid the groundwork for countless research ideas, theses, dissertations, and research programs. This symposium will provide an opportunity to reflect on Dr. Hackenberg’s contributions to the field, focusing on the case that reducing procedural differences may bring cross-species continuities into sharper focus.
 
 
Symposium #158
CE Offered: BACB
Use-Inspired Research on Token Economies
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence D
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Griffin Rooker, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Token economies are among the most commonly used and successful applied technologies (e.g., Soares, et al., 2016). Tokens offer advantages over providing the directly consumable reinforcer, as they are delivered without interrupting desirable behavior. Further, tokens may allow for longer durations of reinforcer access, which can enhance the value of the directly consumable reinforcer. However, a number of unanswered questions remain about tokens economies (Hackenberg, 2018). The current symposium addresses some of the limitations of the prior literature on token economies through a large-scale survey of current practices to establish and use tokens (Study 1), as well as directly assessing the value of tokens (reinforcing efficacy) across procedures that establish tokens as conditioned reinforcers (Study 2) and assessing the value of tokens (preference) exposed to contingencies (gain, loss, free) related to their practical use (Study 3). Findings from these studies are discussed with regards to practical use of token economies.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Applied-behavioral economics, Learning, Motivation, Token economy
Target Audience:

Undergraduates, practitioners, researchers

Learning Objectives: Understand how tokens come to be conditioned reinforcers. Understand how tokens are commonly used. Understand how history with tokens may affect token value.
 
The Evolution of Token Economies from Research to Practice
NATHALIE FERNANDEZ (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Tracy Argueta (The University of Florida)
Abstract: Token economies are among the most widely used procedures in behavior analysis and research on token economies has spanned over 80 years. Some textbooks have outlined the essential components of token economies and suggested how they could be trained and implemented in practice (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2019; Miltenberger, 2015). Hackenberg (2018) outlined a plethora of translational and applied research on token systems and suggested there is still much more work to be done. However, procedures evaluated in applied research can vary from how those procedures are implemented in clinical practice. It may be the case that the way in which token economies are implemented in clinical settings do not resemble the procedures described in research and behavior analytic textbooks. We surveyed certified clinicians about their commonly used practices when training and implementing token economies with individuals with autism and other neurodevelopmental disorders. Results suggest that token economies in practice often bear little resemblance to how they are described in the literature. Suggestions for future research will be discussed.
 

A Comparison of Procedures to Establish Tokens as Conditioned Reinforcers

TRACY ARGUETA (The University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Nathalie Fernandez (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Tokens are among the most common consequences delivered by behavior analysts who work with individuals with developmental disabilities (Graff & Karsten, 2012). However, recommendations for establishing tokens as conditioned reinforcers vary and many questions remain about best practices. In this study, children with intellectual and developmental disabilities completed preference and reinforcer assessments, from which we identified two to three backup reinforcers. We then evaluated four procedures for establishing tokens as conditioned reinforcers, usually followed by extinction tests to determine if the token had assumed any independent value. We began with stimulus-stimulus (SS) pairing of tokens with the backup reinforcers. If SS pairing did not establish tokens as conditioned reinforcers, we evaluated response-stimulus (RS) pairing and/or noncontingent token-exchange training, in which participants exchanged noncontingently delivered tokens for backup reinforcers. If neither of these procedures established tokens as conditioned reinforcers, we assessed response-contingent token-exchange training. Results suggest that (1) exchange plays a critical role in supporting reinforcer effectiveness, and (2) the conditions under which we evaluate the effects of token training might influence our results and conclusions.

 

Token Preference Following Exposure to Gain, Loss, and Free Contingencies for an Individual With Autism Spectrum Disorder

MOLLY K MCNULTY (Kennedy Krieger), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alexander Rodolfo Arevalo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Drew E. Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer N. Haddock (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Conditioned reinforcers (e.g., tokens) assume the reinforcing value of the primary reinforcer with which they were paired. Behavioral economic concepts and some applied evidence suggest that the use of conditioned reinforcers with different reinforcement and punishment contingencies could alter their perceived value (adding value or devaluing that token). In particular, working to gain tokens or losing tokens may increase their value; whereas, getting tokens for free may decrease their value. The current study examined one participant’s preference for two different tokens immediately following the use of these tokens in the context of reinforcement and punishment contingencies (contingent reinforcement, noncongtingent reinforcement, and loss). Results of the study are consistent with behavioral economic research and suggest that contingent reinforcement and loss contingencies may have value adding effects; whereas, noncontingent reinforcement contingencies may have devaluing effects. Results are discussed within the context of a behavioral economic framework and practical applied advice is provided.

 
 
Symposium #159
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Enhancement of Reading Competence With Headsprout: A Computer-Based Behavioral Intervention
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence E
Area: EDC/DEV; Domain: Translational
Chair: Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University)
Discussant: Janet S. Twyman (blast)
CE Instructor: Julian C. Leslie, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The failure of a large proportion of children in early education to reaching desired standards of reading competence is a concern in many countries. Many small scale studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of Headsprout (R) in enhancing reading skills in young children but computer-based behavioral interventions have rarely been implemented on a wide scale. There are many obstacles to this, mostly cultural rather than scientific, but it is important to overcome these if behavior analysis is to make a major contribution in this essential area of basic education. As Headsprout is currently available inexpensively there is an opportunity to make rapid progress with this agenda and we have been working on this in Northern ireland for a number of years. The first paper in this symposium reports a large-scale study recruiting participants from a number of primary schools in the region, and the second paper reviews the series of studies conducted to date, identfying successes and also the scientific and a cultural issues that remain to be addressed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): computer-based instruction, mainstream education, reading competence
Target Audience:

Professionals and researchers working in mainstream and special education settings.

Learning Objectives: Following this session, those attending: 1. will be aware of the widespread deficits in reading attainment in schools internationally; 2. will have some knowledge of the the Headsprout Early reading program; 3. will have reviewed evidence of the effectiveness of the Headsprout Early reading program in closing the gap between age-typical readers and disadvantaged children.
 

Better Reading for Better Outcomes: Impact of Headsprout Early Reading on Literacy of Disadvantaged Primary School Children in Northern Ireland

(Applied Research)
GERRY MCWILLIAMS (Ulster University), Claire E. McDowell (Ulster University, Coleraine), Una O'Connor Bones (Ulster University), Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University)
Abstract:

A quarter of UK primary school children leave school below the expected literacy level. In Northern Ireland, although the literacy of primary school children is improving, the gap between disadvantaged and other children is not closing. This study is providing an HER intervention for children across 8 schools in Northern Ireland with high levels of disadvantage, using a pre-test, post-test study design to test the impact of HER on literacy performance. Additionally, this research analysed the correlation between the time spent on HER and subsequent improvements in literacy performance. Distinctive features are the relatively large scale, and the use of school staff and resources to deliver HER, thus increasing ecological validity and sustainability. Measures include a standardised reading assessment in combination with a bespoke fluency and accuracy test, administered before, during and after HER training. Baseline, midpoint and post intervention data will be reported. Findings suggest HER contrubted towards closing the gap in reading attainment between disdadvantaged primary school children and their age-matched peers, and that this type and scale of study can contribute to school-wide adoption of computer-aided behavioural interventions to support children’s reading progress.

 

What Have We LearnedAbout Reading? A Review of a Research Programme to Enhance Reading Competence in Disadavantaged Children in Northern Ireland

(Applied Research)
JULIAN C. LESLIE (Ulster University), Catherine Storey (Queen's University Belfast), Claire E. McDowell (Ulster University, Coleraine)
Abstract:

Many countries face continuing problems in developing literacy and reading skills in primary education with substantial numbers of children missing national literacy targets. Behaviour analysis focusses on the need to specify key skills that comprise any higher-order activity and then train them explicitly in a program that is individualised. For reading, key skills are phonemic awareness, use of phonics, fluency, guided oral reading, and acquisition of new vocabulary words. The Headsprout Early Reading© program, developed by behaviour analysts, is an online package which targets each of the skills through intensive systematic phonics training. It makes use of computer-based instruction and promotes higher levels of student engagement and enjoyment. We have carried out several studies within mainstream schools in Northern Ireland using Headsprout© to improve the reading skills of disadvantaged children and have obtained encouraging results. The most recent stage has been to carry out a study involving a number of schools, and have the classroom teachers implement the Headsprout© program. This is closer to our overall goal of district-wide implementation. There are further challenges in sustaining behaviour-based interventions in schools, and it will be suggested that we can usefully draw on the huge literature on autism interventions to address these.

 
 
Panel #160
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
The Role of Behavior Analysts in the Transition Process for Students with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence F-H
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Edward Justin Page, Ph.D.
Chair: Edward Justin Page (Duquesne University)
PATRICK E. MCGREEVY (Patrick McGreevy and Associates)
TROY FRY (Patrick McGreevy and Associates)
TRACY EILEEN SINCLAIR (The University of Oklahoma)
Abstract:

Students with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD), when compared to typical developing peers, continue to have lower post-secondary outcomes (e.g., employment rates, community integration) (Migliore & Butterworth, 2008; Papay & Bambara, 2014). As the transition pathways expand beyond employment (i.e., education, independent living, community integration), multidisciplinary teams are searching for ways to better prepare students with IDD for life after high school. Behavior analysts can support education personnel in all major facets of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA; 2004). This panel aims to discuss how Behavior Analysts can collaborate with multidisciplinary teams on assessment, intervention, and thoughtful programming, highlight areas for improvement within the transition process, and discuss how to approach conflicting views on best practices.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience for this panel are professionals who work as behavior analysts within school districts and consult with school staff members on transition programming. A secondary target audience are behavior analysts who have a vested interest in assessing students with IDD.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand how behavior analysts can contribute as part of a multidisciplinary team; (2) identify assessments and best practices which can be used to increase transition outcomes; (3) and state the transition pathway options for students with IDD .
Keyword(s): Post-secondary, Transition
 
 
Invited Panel #163
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP
Quantitative Theories of Relapse to Improve Functional Communication Training: A Panel With Discussion
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 6
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
Chair: Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: Christopher A. Podlesnik, Ph.D.
Panelists: JENNIFER J. MCCOMAS (University of Minnesota), JOEL ERIC RINGDAHL (University of Georgia), TIMOTHY A. SHAHAN (Utah State University)
Abstract:

This panel will be a discussion of Dr. Brian Greer’s SQAB Tutorial on using quantitative theories of relapse to improve FCT.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe contemporary applications of computer technologies in behavior analysis; (2) describe the research questions to be addressed by computer technologies; (3) describe resources to leverage computer technologies in behavior analysis.
JENNIFER J. MCCOMAS (University of Minnesota)
JOEL ERIC RINGDAHL (University of Georgia)
TIMOTHY A. SHAHAN (Utah State University)
 
 
Special Event #164
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Presidential Scholar Address: Treating Antisocial Behaviors Among Children and Adolescents: From Behavior to Social Context
Saturday, May 23, 2020
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, Ballroom AB
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University)
CE Instructor: Peter R. Killeen, Ph.D.
 

Presidential Scholar Address: Treating Antisocial Behaviors Among Children and Adolescents: From Behavior to Social Context

Abstract:

Conduct Disorder in contemporary psychiatric diagnosis systems refers to a pattern of antisocial behaviors including acts of aggression, property destruction, stealing, vandalism, and cruelty. This is a lifelong impairing condition that has enormous costs to individuals, families, and society. This presentation highlights the problem, risk and causal factors and current treatments. One of the treatments we have studied is parent management training, which relies on principles and techniques of behavior analysis. Changing child, adolescent, and parent behavior seemed to be the major challenge as my work began. That turned out not to be anywhere near as daunting as addressing the challenges in society that directly support, foster, and in some cases cause aggression and antisocial behavior. The presentation will convey limitations of current intervention research, using my own work as a case study, and attend to broader foci that fall outside of any single model of behavior or discipline. Novel models of intervention delivery will be illustrated to convey ways to reach people in need but who receive none of our interventions or services.

 
ALAN KAZDIN (Yale University)
 
Alan E. Kazdin. Ph.D., ABPP, is Sterling Professor of Psychology and Child Psychiatry (Emeritus) at Yale University. Before coming to Yale, he was on the faculty of The Pennsylvania State University and the University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine. At Yale, he has been Director of the Yale Parenting Center, Chairman of the Psychology Department, Director and Chairman of the Yale Child Study Center at the School of Medicine, Director of Child Psychiatric Services at Yale-New Haven Hospital.   Kazdin’s research has focused primarily on the treatment of aggressive and antisocial behavior in children and adolescents. His 750+ publications include 50 books that focus on methodology and research design, interventions for children and adolescents, behavioral and cognitive-behavioral treatment, parenting and child rearing, and interpersonal violence. His work on parenting and childrearing has been featured on NPR, PBS, BBC, and CNN and he has appeared on the Today Show, Good Morning America, ABC News, 20/20, and Dr. Phil. For parents, he has a free online course (Coursera), Everyday Parenting: The ABCs of Child Rearing (ABCs = Antecedents, Behaviors, Consequences).   Kazdin has been editor of six professional journals (Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, Psychological Assessment, Behavior Therapy, Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice Current Directions in Psychological Science, and Clinical Psychological Science). He has received a number of professional awards including the Outstanding Research Contribution by an Individual Award and Lifetime Achievement Award (Association of Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies), Outstanding Lifetime Contributions to Psychology Award and Distinguished Scientific Award for the Applications of Psychology (American Psychological Association), the James McKeen Cattell Award (Association for Psychological Science), and the Gold Medal Award for Life Achievement in the Science of Psychology (American Psychological Foundation). In 2008, he was president of the American Psychological Association.
 
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss current findings regarding aggressive and antisocial behavior among children and adolescents (e.g., prevalence, long-term course, risk and causal factors); (2) review the status of treatments for problem behaviors for children and adolescents; (3) consider the many contexts that in which antisocial behavior emerges and is maintained; (4) discuss novel models of delivering services that can be used to scale interventions and reach people who are neglected in the delivery of evidence-based (and non-evidence-based interventions).
 
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}